Issuu on Google+

Welcome to

Mt. Hood Community College 26000 SE Stark Street Gresham, Oregon 97030

TABLE

Located in the shadow of majestic Mount Hood, MHCC enrolls over 30,000 people annually. Classes are offered on the 200-acre main campus in Gresham, Oregon, as well as satellite campuses throughout the district.

OF

CONTENTS

HOW TO ENROLL ............................................... 3-6 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS .................................... 7-12 EDUCATIONAL OFFERINGS Professional-Technical Programs................... 14-65 Special Studies ..........................................66-69

The MHCC district comprises an area of about 950 square miles with a population of more than 216,000.

Transfer Information .................................. 70-71 Transfer Curricula ....................................... 72-93 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ................................. 95-194 GENERAL & STUDENT INFORMATION Academic Regulation ...............................196-204 Student & Community Resources .............. 204-208 Special Programs.....................................208-210 Student Rights........................................ 211-213 College Mission & Facts ...........................213-214 EXECUTIVE STAFF & COLLEGE BOARD..............215-216 PROFESSIONAL STAFF ..................................216-219 INDEX .......................................................220-222

VISIT

US ON THE INTERNET

For a world of information about Mt. Hood Community College, visit our home page on the World Wide Web:

www.mhcc.edu 1


Bienvenido!

Equal Opportunity

Mt. Hood Community College se enorgullece de contar con la preferencia de la comunidad latina.

It is the policy of MHCC to provide equal educational and employment opportunities and to provide service benefits to all students and employees without regard to race, color, religion, national origin, sex, age, disability or any other status or characteristic protected by applicable state or federal law. This policy is in accordance with the laws enforced by the Department of Education and Department of Labor, including Presidential Executive Order 11246, as amended, Title VI and Title VII of the 1964 Civil Rights Act as amended by the Civil Rights Act of 1991, Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, the Veteran’s Readjustment Act of 1973, the Age Discrimination Acts of 1974-75. the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and Oregon Revised Statute 659.030. Inquiries regarding application of these and other regulations should be directed to either the college’s Human Resources Office 503491-7200, the office of the Vice President of Student Development and Services 503-491-7317, or TDD 503-491-7202; the Office of Civil Rights, Department of Education Office, Seattle, Washington; or to the office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Department of Labor, San Francisco, CA.

MHCC ofrece los recursos necesarios para aquellos que quieran enriquecer su experiencia universitaria y provee los instrumentos para una educación y vida exitosa a los estudiantes latinos a través de su personal bilingüe, asesorías académicas, orientación vocacional y programas para el desarrollo de liderazgo.

Programa de Transiciones Respondiendo a las necesidades de la comunidad Latina, el Programa de Transiciones asiste a padres solteros y amas de casa a continuar su educación y explorar opciones de carrera. Para más información llama al 503-491-6972.

Asesoramiento Académico El collegion tiene personal bilingüe para asistir a los estudiantes a matricularse en clases y a desarrollar planes de estudios de acuerdo a sus intereses. Para más información comuniquese con Cecilia Sattergren at 503-491-7376 para asesoramiento académico o Susana Godoy para ayuda financiera al 503-491-7345.

Clases de Inglés como Segunda Lengua y GED.

The information provided in this catalog is available in alternative format for persons with disabilities. For information call 503-491-6923 (503-491-7670 TDD).

El colegio ofrece numerosas clases para el aprendizaje del inglés y GED en español. Para más información comuniquese con David Arguello al 503-491-7567.

While every effort is made to ensure the accuracy of the information in this catalog, Mt. Hood Community College has the right to make changes at any time without prior notice. This catalog is not a contract between Mt. Hood Community College and current or prospective students.

MEChA Club El Club MEChA es una de las las organizaciones más activas en el colegio. El club toma parte en varias actividades, organiza la celebración anual del Cinco de Mayo, patrociana eventos para recaudar fondos y es un gran medio para que los estudiantes hagan nuevas amistades. Para más información comuniquese con Al Sigala, Consejero del Club al 503-491-7213.

Some policies and procedure are subject to change. See quarterly schedules for details.

2


How to Enroll Step 1. Apply for Admission Admissions and Records Office 503-491-7393

Returning Enrollment Students will need to obtain a signature of approval from an advisor in the Academic Advising and Transfer Center on each registration form before they may register. These returning students do not have to see the Executive Dean unless the student is not making satisfactory academic progress as defined by the college.

Room AC 2250 www.mhcc.edu/admissions

Admission of all students is centralized in the Admissions and Records Office. New students registering for credit bearing coursework must pay a one-time, nonrefundable admission fee when they return their form.

Students Age 16 and Older Initial Enrollment

Gen-eral

Students who have not graduated from high school or been released from compulsory attendance must do the following: • Meet with an advisor in the Academic Advising and Transfer Center prior to registration in any class

Mt. Hood Community College has an open-entry general admission policy and welcomes all students who can benefit from instruction regardless of their educational background. Some programs or circumstances have additional admission requirements. Those programs or circumstances are listed below.

• Take the College Placement Test if deemed necessary by the advisor • Complete the “High School Permission Form”. This form includes the “Release Agreement for Potential Injury and Liability” and is valid for 12 months.

The first step to enroll at MHCC is to complete a Student Admission Form. The form is available: • MHCC website at www.mhcc.edu/admissions/applications

Returning Enrollment

• Schedule of classes each term

These students follow the same guidelines for registration as students 18 years of age and older.

• Admissions and Records Office You may submit the form by: • Fax 503-491-7388 • In person

Admissions and Records Office

• Mail

Mt. Hood Community College Admissions and Records Office 26000 SE Stark St. Gresham, OR 97030

Home-Schooled Students any age Home-schooled students will follow one of the specific procedures as outlined above.

Students under Age 18 Released from compulsory attendance Students, who have been released from compulsory attendance, must: • Submit the “Release from compulsory Attendance Form” to the Admissions & Records Office. This form is obtained from the student’s resident high school district.

Underage Students – credit coursework Persons under 18 years of age, who have not graduated from high school, shall follow special admissions procedures to enroll.

Note: These students follow the same guidelines for admission and registration as students 18 years of age or older.

Students Age 15 and Under Initial Enrollment

Financial Aid Eligibility of Under-Age Students

New students age 15 or under, must see the Executive Dean of Student Development and Services, prior to initial registration. Students seeking to meet with the Executive Dean need to contact the Administrative Assistant at 503-491-7317.

For the purposes of financial aid eligibility, “underage” students are not “regular” students and are therefore not aid eligible. Regular students are defined as degree seeking students. Students concurrently enrolled in high school and MHCC are by federal regulation ineligible for financial aid. If a student is age 16 or older, has been released from compulsory high school attendance, and has completed a GED and/or completes the College Placement Test to meet the “Ability to Benefit” requirements, they may be aid eligible. The Office of Financial Aid will make the final determination of aid eligibility status based on documentation provided by the student.

Student must bring to the meeting with the Executive Dean of Student Development and Services: • Letter of request from student • Letter of support from high school counselor (or ESD for homeschooled students) addressing the student’s maturity and readiness for college experiences

Under-Age Students - non-credit coursework

• High School Permission Form

Any student under the age of 18 may take “Continuing Education” classes, regardless of age, without special approval of MHCC staff. However, their parent or guardian must sign a “Release Agreement for Potential Injury or Liability Form”. This form is available in the Admissions and Records Office, Academic Advising and Transfer Center or the web site. This form will be kept on file in the Admissions and Records Office.

• Application for Underage Student Admission Checklist form - (completed) • College Placement Test (CPT) scores - (completed) The Executive Dean of Student Development and Services will notify the instructor(s) in the division(s) the student is taking classes. The above information will be included in the Executive Dean’s decision-making process. If the Executive Dean approves the admission of the student, the registration schedule will be signed indicating such approval. The approval will be for 12 months. The Executive Dean’s decision as to whether the student will be allowed to enroll will be final.

3


International Students

completed packets meeting minimum criteria will be considered. The deadline for submitting a completed packet varies for each program, so it is important to check the specified deadline date for each program. The return of an admission packet does not guarantee that the applicant has satisfied minimum criteria. The Admissions and Records Office will notify applicants of their status within 30 days after the completion of the selection process.

To be considered for admission to Mt. Hood Community College, international students must submit the following to the Admissions Office: • An International Student Application, MHCC Student Admission Form, and the non-refundable application fee • Financial Statement, Affidavit of Support, and official supporting financial documents (such as a bank statement)

Limited-Entry Programs Limited-Entry Programs generally begin once a year in the fall term. Applicants are admitted on a space available basis after academic criteria has been met. Application packets for these programs are available on our web site at www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions or in the Admissions and Records Office.

• Documentation of Measles vaccination and Tuberculosis testing • Photocopies of the passport ID page • Students transferring from another US institution must submit a Transfer Clearance form from the current school, a copy of their I-20, and official transcripts.

Restricted-Entry Programs

• Proof of English proficiency in one of the following ways: · Submit an official TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) score of at least 500 (paper based test) or 173 (computer-based test). Students who score at least 450 on the paper based TOEFL or 133 on the computerized test may enroll in developmental English classes during their first year. Admission to the college will be granted upon completion of the English Language classes with grades of “C” or better. · Graduation from an American high school with attendance at that school for at least one year with a 2.00 grade point average (GPA) and successful completion of the Mt. Hood Community College Placement Test (CPT) · Successful completion of an English Language Program with a minimum GPA of 2.00 · Transfer students from an accredited United States college or university that have completed a minimum of 12 credit hours with the minimum GPA of 2.00. The courses must include college level English composition.

Applicants for a restricted-entry program must complete the admissions application procedures and meet program criteria before being considered for acceptance into the program. In addition, each restricted-entry program has a non-refundable application fee due at time of application. Further information regarding Limited or Restricted-Entry programs is available on page 196.

Step 2. Arrange for Financial Aid The Office of Student Financial Aid Room AC 1152 503-491-7262 www.mhcc.edu/academics/student_services/finaid The Office of Financial Aid at Mt. Hood Community College helps students apply for and receive all major types of Title IV federal and State of Oregon financial aid, including grants, work, loans and scholarships. Additional information regarding the specific types of grants, work, loans and scholarships are described on page 206.

• MHCC is not authorized to admit international students into our aviation programs.

The Office of Financial Aid provides materials, resources and helpful staff to guide students through the application process.

• All international students holding an F-1 visa must provide proof of health and accident insurance before being enrolled at Mt. Hood Community College.

General Eligibility Requirements To apply for aid, applicants must:

Co-Admission – Mt. Hood Community College/ Portland State University

· Be at least 16 years old · Be a U.S. citizens or an eligible non-citizen

Through a special admission process students can be admitted to both institutions as they pursue their freshman and sophomore years at MHCC. Co-admitted students enjoy:

· Have earned a high school diploma or a GED

• One application for co-admission

· Be in pursuit of a degree or certificate in an eligible program (at least 24 credits or six months in length)

· Have “adequate” placement test scores if they are without a high school diploma or a GED

• Academic Advising from both institutions

· Be registered with the Selective Service if they are male and at least 18 years old

• Library privileges at both institutions • Coordinated financial aid and scholarships

How to Apply First time financial aid applicants:

Applications and information is available at Mt. Hood Community College, 503-491-7315; Portland State University, 503-725-9546; or at our website, http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/classes_programs_c.

· On-line: on the internet at www.fafsa.ed.gov Personal Identification Numbers (PIN) must be requested and received before filing electronically. If the PIN is not supplied at the time of electronic filing, a physical signature page must be printed, signed and submitted by regular, surface mail.

Limited or Restricted-Entry Programs Some of our programs have enrollment limits and/or other requirements before a student may register. The entry type of each program is listed at the top of each program description page. These programs require special application procedures.

or

· Paper: complete a paper FAFSA (Free Application for Federal Student Aid). Forms for this option are available in any financial aid office, in most high school counseling offices and some public libraries.

Application packets for limited and restricted programs are available on the web site at www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions or in the Admissions and Records Office. Each packet includes the information and forms necessary for applicants to apply for the program in which they are interested. The packet must be completed accurately and returned. Only

4


Previous financial aid recipients:

the AATC, or from their home computers. The orientation provides students with key information about the college, degree options, and the registration process.

Students will usually receive a “Renewal Application” by mail sometime before January 1 of each year. The applicant, to ensure that the FAFSA results are sent to all colleges desired, must enter school codes or complete addresses for prospective colleges.

Once orientation is completed, new students will work with an academic advisor to create a schedule of classes.

Conditions for Awards

Beyond the first term, the Academic Advising and Transfer Center remains the place to come for advising for those students completing skill-building courses (e.g. RD90, WR90, MTH10, MTH20), those exploring program options, and those preparing to enter one of MHCC’s limited or restricted entry programs. Students may make an appointment with an advisor to develop an educational plan, review degree progress, or receive an unofficial evaluation of transfer credit. Students may also drop in and utilize resources located in the Transfer Center. The Transfer Center includes a library of college catalogs, advising guides for popular college majors, and internet access to transfer schools and programs nationwide.

The following three items are the key conditions reviewed when awarding financial aid: 1. The size of the Expected Family Contribution (EFC) The FAFSA data is used to calculate this number. This number is used to determine eligibility for most types of financial aid. 2. The budget of the student while in college 3. Availability of the types of aid

Application Verification All schools and colleges must verify some of the data on a percentage of FAFSA applications. All students must submit at least unofficial grade transcripts from all colleges previously attended before the review process will be considered complete.

Continuing students who have declared a major should seek information and assistance primarily from their faculty advisor. Meet with your faculty advisor periodically to make sure you are on the right track to meet your goals. Contact information for faculty advisors is available at www.mhcc.edu/advising and on specific program pages of this catalog.

This office must be notified of official transcripts already submitted to the Admissions and Records Office.

Aid Disbursement

Step 5. Register for Classes

After the student accepts their financial aid award, it is posted to their account and they can use that (except bank loans) directly to pay their tuition and fees. Any remaining aid will be disbursed as a check that can be used to buy books, pay for room and board, transportation and miscellaneous supplies and personal items.

Admissions and Records Office Room AC 2250 503-491-7393 www.mhcc.edu/admissions/registration Registration is available for currently enrolled, returning and new students via Touch Tone, Web, and in person as explained in our quarterly schedule of classes. Mail in registration is accepted for Continuing Education courses only.

Step 3. Visit the Testing/ Assessment Center Testing Services 503-491-7678

The quarterly schedule of classes is mailed to all in-district residents and is available on our campus and on the MHCC web site at www.mhcc.edu.

Room AC 2335 www.mhcc.edu/academics/advising/testing

Please use the following checklist to review required steps prior to registration: ❑ Complete the Student Admission Form, submit it to the Admissions and Records Office and pay the one-time nonrefundable admission fee if registering for the first time for credit courses.

Testing Services is often one of the first stops for potential students. To be properly placed into courses, new students must take a College Placement Test (CPT). This test, which covers reading, writing and mathematics, helps to assess your academic readiness and will help you choose classes that fit your present skill level.

❑ Take the College Placement Test (CPT) if you plan to take six or more credit hours or if you plan to take any course in English composition, mathematics, chemistry or reading.

You may not have to take the placement test if: · You have transcripted coursework in reading, writing, and/or mathematics. Bring a copy of your transcript to the Academic Advising and Transfer Center for assistance.

OR Bring college transcripts if you have completed English composition and a mathematics course, both with a grade of “C” or higher to the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or fax to 503-491-7388 so that the CPT may be waived.

· You have taken a college placement test at another college within the last 12 months. Bring a copy of your score report to Testing Services to have your scores evaluated. Students may be asked to take only the Math part of the CPT.

❑ Update your student record with the Admissions and Records Office if changes have occurred to your name, address, phone number and/or major.

· You are taking fewer than 6 credits that do not include reading, writing, mathematics or chemistry courses.

❑ Complete an education plan by meeting with a staff member in the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or a faculty advisor.

Step 4. Talk to an Advisor

❑ Review a current schedule of classes to select courses and to learn important dates, policies and procedures.

Academic Advising and Transfer Center Room AC 2182 503- 491-7315 www.mhcc.edu/academics/advising

❑ Complete a registration form or Touch Tone or web worksheet with the courses you have selected. ❑ Register via Touch Tone, Web, or in person. Mail in registration is available for Continuing Education classes only.

The next stop for most new students is the Academic Advising and Transfer Center (AATC). Prior to sitting down with an advisor, students may have the option to attend an in-person orientation session or complete an online orientation, www.mhcc.edu/orientation. Those students selecting the on-line version may complete the orientation in the Testing Center,

❑ Make arrangements to pay tuition and fees with the Cashier’s Office. Registration assistance is available in the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or in the Admissions and Records Office.

5


Please see the Academic Regulations section of this catalog for important information regarding adding, dropping, withdrawal from school, waiting lists, attendance and no-show drop policy.

College Services paid for by check will be provided two weeks after payment occurs. An example of services include official transcript requests, awarding of degrees and certificates, catalog purchases, and GED testing; but does not apply to tuition payment.

Step 6. Pay for Classes

Student Financial Responsibility By enrolling or having enrolled as a student at Mt. Hood Community College, you agree to be responsible for all charges on your student account and abide by the student account practices and policies. Students will be held accountable for understanding the practices and policies of college billing and collections. Detailed descriptions are provided on pages 198-199 of this catalog. They include: • Types of Fees • Definition of Terms

Business Office – Student Billing Accounts Receivable Room AC 2260 503-491-6981 or 503-491-7276 www.mhcc.edu/admissions/financial_matters

College Tuition and Fees The MHCCD Board of Education sets tuition rates and reserves the right to make changes without notice. The amount of tuition you pay is determined by your residency and by the number of credit hours you are taking. Some classes require an additional course fee. There may be other types of fees assessed as well. A full description of tuition and fees are listed in the quarterly schedule of classes or on the web.

• Student Account Statements

• Past Due Accounts

• Collections

• Refunds

• Student Rights and Responsibilities

Payment Due Date

This information is also available:

Payment for all tuition and fees is due on or before the published due date, usually the first day of the term. All charges on your student account must be paid in full before you can register for another term.

• In the applicable student handbook and brochures • In the quarterly schedule of classes • On the MHCC website.

Payment Options The college has four options available for payment. No other payment arrangements are available. 1. Pay all tuition and fees by the first day of the term. If a student registers after the term begins, payment is due the day of registration. This includes courses added from wait lists.

Step 7. Plan for Success After you have taken care of all of the details needed to apply, enroll and register at Mt. Hood, you want to enjoy your time here, as well as maintain a good academic career. Certainly good study skills, adequate preparation, and attendance are important. Sometimes, though, other factors may affect how you persist at the school. We have many options that can assist you in this endeavor:

2. Student Installment Payment Note Student may opt to arrange for a deferred payment plan. Tuition/fees may be deferred if: • The student registers using an official social security number • Tuition/fees total $100 or more • No other monies are owed to the college

Career planning/Declaring a major The most successful students are those who have connected with a career focus and with faculty who share those career interests. Choosing a major is an important step in your academic life. Choosing a career and a major requires some introspection on your part. Our Career Planning and Counseling Center located in Room AC 2182 can help you discern your interests, skills, abilities and values, and tie those to majors and careers. You can declare your major at any time; just look for the major change forms in the academic and student services departments. For more information, call 503-491-7432.

Student Installment Payment Notes are not available to international students. If classes have been added after the Student Installment Payment Note has been signed, call Accounts Receivable immediately, 503-491-6981 or 503-491-7276. Additional charges to the student account may cause changes in the required minimum payment. Failure to pay the new minimum payment would drop the student from the Student Installment Payment Note plan.

Design an educational plan

3. Financial Aid/Scholarship

Once you have chosen a career path and major, it is imperative that you design an educational plan that will lead you to the correct degree and its requirements. The Academic Advising and Transfer Center (AATC) can assist you with this, as well as with many other advising needs. Once you choose a major, you should work with your assigned academic advisor, who will be in your career field. In the AATC, a well-stocked Transfer Information Center is available on line and in hard copy; advisors can also help you with many important issues in the transfer process. The number is 503-491-7315 and the Center is located in Room AC 2182.

If a student’s financial aid is not available by the first day of the term or does not completely cover their tuition amount, they should select option 1 or 2 above. If a balance remains on their student account past the due date, the account is subject to late fees and collection costs. 4. Agency or Company Arrangements for payment by an agency or company must be pre-approved by the college. The student is responsible to ensure that a payment authorization is on file in the College’s Accounts Receivable department by the first day of the term. Ultimately the student is responsible for payment of all unpaid charges, including late fees and third party service fees.

Tutoring and assistance If you have difficulties with your academic work, don’t delay in asking for help. The Learning Assistance Center (LAC) provides a wide array of services, including tutoring and learning strategies workshops that could assist you. The LAC is located on the Mezzanine of the Library. For information, call 503-491-7108. Of course, you should always utilize the office hours of your instructors for assistance and questions about their courses.

Payment Types All payments must be made in US funds. Acceptable payment types include: • Cash • Money Order • Visa • MasterCard • Check

If you find that you have difficulties with finances, outside pressures or need a job or any other type of assistance, please contact any member of the Student Development and Services staff on campus. They will be able to refer you to an appropriate source.

6


Degree Requirements Associate of Applied Science Degree

Six additional quarter-credit hours from any of the following areas: 1. Social Science/Humanities (Arts and Letters)

(Professional-Technical Programs)

Select from social science and/or humanities. (Maximum of three credit hours in skill-oriented classes within the humanities category.)

The Associate of Applied Science Degree will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. (Some programs may require more than 90 credit hours.)

2. Science/Mathematics/Computer Science Select from science, mathematics, and/or computer science. (Mathematics must be MTH20 or higher.)

Please refer to the Course Numbering System and Developmental Education courses on page 200, with regard to courses not applicable toward a Mt. Hood Community College degree or certificate.

3. Communications 6. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the degree/certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge, Experienced-Based Credit, International Baccalaureate) does not satisfy this requirement.

2. Successfully complete all required courses in a professional-technical curriculum as listed in the catalog. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit. Repeated courses may be counted only once toward graduation unless specified in the course description or unless specifically required in a program curriculum.

If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or university.

3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. 4. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the candidate’s major classes (e.g., course prefixes such as DH, EET, NUR, etc.)

This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the coursework.

5. Successfully complete required general education courses. Students who are pursuing an MHCC Associate of Applied Science (AAS) degree at MHCC who have earned a baccalaureate degree or higher from an accredited institution of higher education will have satisfied the general education requirements for the AAS degree. However, students must complete or have completed the program specific general education requirements within a certificate or AAS degree.

7. Complete the application process and pay a nonrefundable graduation application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (e.g., spring term graduates must apply during fall term). Note: A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses numbered 100 and above may be applied toward the AAS degree. (ENL94R, ENL94S, and ENL94W are not to be included. See Developmental Education Courses.)

General Education Courses must be selected from the approved list of General Education courses for the Associate of Applied Science Degree, (see page 8). A. Health/Physical Education A minimum of three credits in Physical Education (PE) and/or in Health Education (HE/HPE). A maximum of 9 credits of PE may be applied to the AAS degree. Two (2) credit hours of PE185 credit may be granted toward an Associate degree at Mt. Hood for completion of military basic training. A copy of the DD214 form is required. B. Communications Three quarter-credit hours at a level equivalent to WR101 or WR121. Other communication courses may satisfy the distribution requirements only; refer to the approved general education course list.

Note: The sequence of courses, UNST101, UNST102, UNST103, is an interdisciplinary alternative way for students to earn general education credits. It is designed for students who are intending to transfer to Portland State University and want to complete their freshman inquiry requirement. All three courses must be taken to satisfy the 15 credit requirement. Students who successfully complete will receive credit in writing, social science, science, and humanities.

Associate of General Studies Degree The purpose of the degree in general studies is to provide the student an opportunity to pursue a broad general education during the two years at a community college. It is intended as a flexible program for the student who is not pursuing a specified curriculum in the lower division transfer or professional-technical area. The general studies degree may, in addition to including the number of hours in the divisional areas as listed below, include courses in lower division collegiate transfer, occupational education, professional-technical education and general education. Because of the flexibility and broad approach of this degree, a student may find that it may not fulfill all of the requirements of full junior standing when transferred to a four-year institution. The transferable credits generally include only those courses numbered 100 or above. Please refer to page 200, “Courses Numbered 100-299,” for more information.

C. Mathematics Three quarter-credit hours at a level equivalent to MTH20 or higher. (MTH33, MTH34, MTH35 are accepted for Automotive, Machine Tool Technology, Welding and Apprenticeship AAS degrees only.) D. Human Relations Three quarter-credit hours; refer to the approved general education course list below. E. Distribution

The Associate of General Studies Degree will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements:

7


Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge, Experience-Based Credit, International Baccalaureate) does not satisfy this requirement.

1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. 2. Successfully complete all required courses in the general studies curriculum as follows. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit.

If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or university.

Repeated courses may be counted only once toward graduation unless specified in the course description or unless specifically required in a program curriculum.

This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the coursework.

Courses (except for electives) must be selected from a list of approved general education courses (see page 8). The list is available in the Admissions and Records Office, the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or from the program advisor. A. Health and Physical Education A minimum of three credits which must include at least one class in Physical Education (PE) and one class in Health Education (HE). Other options: HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life or HPE291 Lifeguard Training or PE285OL Wilderness Survival (3 credit) satisfies the total HPE requirement. PE285OL Wilderness Survival for two credits may satisfy the HPE requirement by completing one additional credit in either health or physical education. (A maximum of 9 credits of PE185 may be applied to the AGS degree.) Two (2) credit hours of PE185 credit may be granted toward an Associate degree at Mt. Hood for completion of military basic training. A copy of the DD214 form is required. B. Communications Six quarter hours at a level equivalent to WR101 and WR102; or WR121 and WR122; or three credits in writing and three credits in speech; or three credits in writing and RD117; or three credits in writing and BA205. (Refer to the approved general education course list below.)

6. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable graduation application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (i.e., spring term graduates must apply during fall term). Note: The sequence of courses, UNST101, UNST102, UNST103, is an interdisciplinary alternative way for students to earn general education credits. It is designed for students who are intending to transfer to Portland State University and want to complete their freshman inquiry requirement. All three courses must be taken to satisfy the 15 credit requirement. Students who successfully complete will receive credit in writing, social science, science, and humanities.

Certificate Requirements The one-year certificate will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Successfully complete all required courses in a one-year certificate program as listed in the catalog. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit.

C. Mathematics

2. All programs of study of one academic year or more in length for which certificates are granted require a recognizable body of instruction in program-related areas of 1) communication, 2) computation (mathematics), and 3) human relations. Please refer to the individual program for specific courses.

Three quarter-credit hours at a level equivalent to MTH20 or higher (except MTH33, MTH34, MTH35). D. Human Relations Three quarter-credit hours; refer to the approved general education course list below. E. Humanities (Arts and Letters) 12 credit hours in humanities (arts and letters) (maximum of six credit hours in skill oriented classes). F. Social Sciences 12 credit hours in social science. G. Science/Mathematics/Computer Science 9 credit hours in science or mathematics or computer science. (MTH20 and MTH40 are excluded and will not meet this requirement.) H. Complete the above requirements plus elective courses (no more than 25 credits of one discipline may apply as electives) to total 90 applicable credit hours. Elective courses may be any course number 10 or higher, not including those listed as Developmental Education courses, see page 200. A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses numbered 100 or higher may be applied toward the AGS degree. (ENL94R, ENL94S, and ENL94W are not to be included. See Developmental Education Courses.)

Repeated courses may be counted only once toward graduation unless specified in the course description or unless specifically required in a program curriculum. Students who are pursuing an MHCC certificate at MHCC who have earned a baccalaureate degree or higher from an accredited institution of higher education will have satisfied the general education requirements for the certificate. However, students must complete or have completed the program specific general education course requirements within a certificate. 3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. 4. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the certificate and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the candidate’s major classes. 5. Satisfactorily earn 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge, Experience-Based Credit, International Baccalaureate) does not satisfy this requirement. 6. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable graduation application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (e.g., spring term graduates must apply during fall term).

3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher.

The following is a list of general education courses, currently offered at Mt. Hood Community College, applicable to the Associate of Applied Science Degree, the Associate of General Studies Degree, and the Certificate of Completion. For additional approved general education courses no longer offered, please check the master list

4. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the core requirements (an average; not a “C” in every class). 5. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the degree/certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College

8


available in Admissions and Records, Academic Advising and Transfer Center, or from your program advisor. Courses numbered 199 will qualify as elective credit only.

*MUS162, *MUS163, *MUS191, MUS205, MUS208, MUS211, MUS212, MUS213, *MUS214, *MUS215, *MUS224, MUS261, MUS262, MUS263, *MUS265, *MUS292, *MUS297

Health and Physical Education

PHL201, PHL202, PHL203, PHL208 R210, R211, R212

HE202, HE204, HE205, HE206, HE207, HE208, HE250, HE252, HE253, HE255, HE261, HE265, HPE291, HPE295, PE185, PE194, PE285OL, PE285OH (may use only 1 credit toward a PE185 requirement), PE292SWT, PE294

RD117 RUS101, RUS102, RUS103, RUS111, RUS112, RUS113 SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP130, SP218, SP229, SP262

Communications (distribution only for AAS)

SPAN101, SPAN102, SPAN103, SPAN111, SPAN112, SPAN113, SPAN150, SPAN151, SPAN201, SPAN202, SPAN203

BA205, RD117, SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP218, WR101, WR102, WR121, WR122, WR123

TA101, TA106, TA107, TA109, TA141, TA142, TA143, TA144, TA148, TA241

Mathematics MTH20, MTH33**, MTH34**, MTH35**, MTH60, MTH65, MTH80, MTH85, MTH95, MTH105, MTH111, MTH112, MTH211, MTH212, MTH213, MTH231, MTH243, MTH244, MTH245, MTH251, MTH252, MTH253, MTH254, MTH255, MTH256, MTH261

WR226, WR241, WR242, WR244, WR245, WR246, *WR247, WR248 *Skill oriented class

Social Sciences

**These classes are accepted as meeting the mathematics and the science/mathematics/computer science distribution requirement for the Automotive, Machine Tool Technology, Welding and Apprenticeship AAS degrees only.

ANTH101, ANTH102, ANTH103, ANTH180, ANTH211, ANTH212, ANTH213, ANTH215, ANTH231, ANTH232

Human Relations

HST104, HST110, HST111, HST112, HST195, HST201, HST202, HST203, HST204, HST211, HST212, HST213, HST225, HST237, HST240, HST264, HST270, HST271, HST272, HST292, HST293, HST294

EC115, EC201, EC202, EC203 GEOG105, GEOG106, GEOG107, GEOG206, GEOG214, GEOG290

ANTH103, ANTH180, BA202, GEOG107, HD204, HST211, HST212, HST213, HST220, HT141, HUM110, HUM111, HUM112, HUM202, INTL101, J211, PHL202, PHL208, PS200, PS204, PS205, PS209, PS215, PS220, PS225, PS241, PS297, PSY101, PSY201, PSY202, PSY203, PSY214, PSY216, PSY225, PSY231, PSY232, PSY235, PSY236, PSY237, PSY239, SOC204, SOC205, SOC206, SOC213, SOC214, SOC215, SOC216, SOC223, SOC225, SOC232, SP115, SP218, SPD204, WS101

INTL101, IS210 J211 PS200, PS201, PS203, PS204, PS205, PS209, PS215, PS217, PS220, PS225, PS241, PS242, PS297 PSY101, PSY151, PSY201, PSY202, PSY203, PSY214, PSY216, PSY231, PSY232, PSY235, PSY236, PSY237, PSY239

Social Science/Humanities (Arts and Letters) Humanities (Arts and Letters)

SOC204, SOC205, SOC206, SOC213, SOC214, SOC215, SOC216, SOC223, SOC225, SOC232, SOC291

ART115, ART116, ART117, ART197, ART201, ART202, ART203, ART211, ART212, ART213, *ART214, *ART219, *ART225, *ART226, *ART227, ART231, ART232, ART233, *ART234, *ART240, *ART241, *ART254, *ART255, *ART256, *ART257, *ART258, *ART259, *ART257B, *ART258B, *ART259B, *ART261, *ART262, *ART263, *ART264, *ART265, *ART266, *ART271, *ART272, *ART273, ART281, *ART288, *ART289, *ART291, *ART292, *ART293, *ART294, *ART295, *ART296, *ART297

WS101

Science/Mathematics/Computer Science AH11 BA231 BI101, BI102, BI103, BI110, BI121, BI122, BI132, BI145, BI188, BI211, BI212, BI213, BI231, BI232, BI233, BI234, BI235, BI240

ASL101, ASL102, ASL103, ASL201, ASL202, ASL203 ENG104, ENG105, ENG106, ENG107, ENG108, ENG109, ENG112, ENG113, ENG201, ENG202, ENG203, ENG204, ENG205, ENG206, ENG212, ENG214, ENG218, ENG221, ENG222, ENG250, ENG253, ENG254, ENG255, ENG263, ENG275,

BINF290 BT103 CH104, CH105, CH106, CH110, CH151, CH170, CH221, CH222, CH223, CH241, CH242, CH243

ENL201R, ENL201S, ENL201W FR101, FR102, FR103, FR111, FR112, FR113, FR201, FR202, FR203, FR211, FR212, FR213

CIS120/L, CIS122, CIS133PA, CIS133PB, CIS133SQL, CIS133XML, CIS140, CIS144, CS133JA, CS133VB, CS160, CS161, CS162, CS233JA, CS233VB, CS234JA, CS234VB, CS244, CS260

GER101, GER102, GER103, GER111, GER112, GER113, GER201, GER202, GER203

ENGR201, ENGR202, ENGR211, ENGR212, ENGR213 F240

HUM100, HUM106, HUM110, HUM111, HUM112, HUM202, HUM210

FN225

JPN101, JPN102, JPN103, JPN111, JPN112, JPN113, JPN201, JPN202, JPN203, JPN211, JPN212, JPN213

FW251, FW252, FW253, FW254

*MUP101, *MUP105, *MUP114, *MUP115, *MUP121, *MUP123, *MUP125, *MUP131, *MUP146, *MUP171-192, *MUP201, *MUP205, *MUP214, *MUP215, *MUP221, *MUP225, *MUP231, *MUP246, *MUP271-292, MUS101, MUS104, MUS105, MUS111, MUS112, MUS113, *MUS114, *MUS115, *MUS116, *MUS117, *MUS118, *MUS119, *MUS124, *MUS125, *MUS126, *MUS131, *MUS132, *MUS133, *MUS137, *MUS138, *MUS139, *MUS147, *MUS148, *MUS149, *MUS161,

GE101, GE102, GE115

FA257, FA258, FA266

G148, G165, G201, G202, G203 GS104, GS105, GS106 MTH20 MTH33*, MTH34*, MTH35* (Associate of Applied Science only) MTH60, MTH65, MTH80, MTH85, MTH95, MTH105, MTH111, MTH112,

9


MTH211, MTH212, MTH213, MTH231, MTH241, MTH243, MTH244, MTH251, MTH252, MTH253, MTH254, MTH255, MTH256, MTH261

4. Successfully complete the following: Courses (except for elective credits) must be selected from the list of approved courses for the Associate of Arts – Oregon Transfer Degree (see page 11). The list is available on the following pages and in the Admissions and Records Office, the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or from the program advisor.

PH104, PH109C, PH121, PH122, PH123, PH127, PH201, PH202, PH203, PH211, PH212, PH213 * These classes are accepted as meeting the mathematics and the science/mathematics/computer science distribution requirement for the Automotive, Machine Tool Technology, Welding and Apprenticeship AAS degrees only.

General Requirements

A. Computer Literacy/Proficiency One quarter-credit hour of college level computer-based coursework. B. Health and Physical Education A minimum of three credits which must include at least one class in Physical Education (PE) and one class in Health Education (HE). Other options: HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life or HPE291 Lifeguard Training or PE285OL (3 credit) satisfies the total HPE requirement. PE285OL Wilderness Survival for two credits may satisfy the HPE requirement by completing one additional credit in either health or physical education. A maximum of 9 credits of PE185 may be applied to the AA/OT degree. Two (2) credit hours of PE185 credit may be granted toward an Associate degree at Mt. Hood for completion of military basic training. A copy of the DD214 form is required. C. Mathematics Four quarter-credit hours of college level mathematics with a grade of C or better (any mathematics course that has MTH95 or intermediate algebra or a higher course as a prerequisite, except MTH211). D. Oral Communication/Rhetoric Three quarter-credit hours of a speech course with a grade of C or better. E. Writing** Nine quarter-credit hours at a level equivalent to WR121, 122, 123, or 227 with grades of C or better in each course. F. Distribution Requirements*/** 1. Humanities (Arts and Letters): A minimum of 12 credits chosen from at least two disciplines, with no more than nine credits from one discipline. Only six credits of skill-oriented classes can be used to meet humanities requirements. NOTE: In Arts and Letters, a second year of a foreign language may be included, but not the first year. American Sign Language is considered a foreign language. 2. Social Sciences: A minimum of 15 credits, chosen from at least two disciplines, with no more than nine credits from one discipline. 3. Sciences/Math/Computer Science: A minimum of 15 credits (including at least 12 credits in biological or physical sciences with laboratories) chosen from at least two disciplines. *Each course must be at least three credits. ** The sequence of courses, UNST101, UNST102, UNST103, is an interdisciplinary alternative way for students to earn general education credits. It is designed for students who are intending to transfer to Portland State University and want to complete their freshman inquiry requirement. All three courses must be taken to satisfy the 15 credit requirement. Students who successfully complete will receive credit in writing, social science, science, and humanities.

Distribution (Associate of Applied Science only) Six credits from any of the following areas: Communications Social Science/Humanities Science/Mathematics/Computer Science

Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer Degree The Oregon Transfer Degree (Associate of Arts) is a program of study that community college students can follow to fulfill all their lower division general education requirements for a bachelor’s degree at an Oregon University System institution. It is an agreement between the Oregon State System of Higher Education and Oregon’s community colleges to provide transfer of community college coursework to an Oregon university system institution. Completion of the Oregon Transfer Degree can lead to junior standing, for registration purposes, for any student admitted to a university in the Oregon university system: University of Oregon, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Western Oregon University, Southern Oregon University, Oregon Institute of Technology and Eastern Oregon University. However, some school, department or major requirements with regard to courses or grade point average may not be fulfilled by this degree Students considering transfer to private and out-of-state institutions will find the Oregon Transfer Degree to be excellent preparation for upper division study. A similar transfer agreement also exists between Mt. Hood Community College and Concordia University, Pacific University, Warner Pacific College, George Fox University and Marylhurst University in the Portland area, as well as Western Baptist College, BYU-Hawaii, Hawaii Pacific University, Boise State University, Seattle Pacific University, and Washington State University. Upon enrolling at Mt. Hood Community College, students need to be ready for college-level mathematics, writing and science in order to complete the Associate of Arts Degree in two years. If students lack the necessary skills, MHCC offers excellent preparatory courses and tutorial assistance to help them get on track quickly. Please refer to page 200, “Courses Numbered 100-299,” for more information. The Associate of Arts Degree will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. See #5 for an explanation (Some majors may require more than 90 credit hours.) 2. Successfully complete all required courses. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit.

5. Complete elective courses to reach a total of 90 credits. The courses must be numbered 100 or above. However, only up to 12 credit hours of professional/technical courses numbered 100 or above may be applied as electives toward this degree. Professional/technical courses offered at community colleges in Oregon are identified by specific alpha prefixes. Please see page 200 for a list of the professional-technical alpha prefixes offered at Mt. Hood Community College.

Repeated courses may be counted only once toward graduation unless specified in the course description or unless specifically required in a program curriculum. 3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher and maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree.

10


Two (2) credit hours of PE185 credit may be granted toward an Associate degree at Mt. Hood for completion of military basic training. A copy of the DD214 form is required. C. Mathematics Four quarter credit hours of college level mathematics with a grade of C or better (any mathematics course that has MTH95 or intermediate algebra or a higher course as a prerequisite, except MTH211). D. Oral Communication/Rhetoric Three quarter credit hours of a speech course with a grade of C or better. E. Writing** Nine quarter credit hours at a level equivalent to WR121, 122, 123, or 227 with grades of C or better in each course. F. Distribution Requirements*/** Students must complete a minimum of nine credits in one of the three areas listed below, and a minimum of six credits in each of the remaining areas. 1. Humanities (Arts and Letters):. Only six credits of skill-oriented classes can be used to meet humanities requirements. NOTE: In Arts and Letters, a second year of a foreign language may be included, but not the first year. American Sign Language is considered a foreign language. 2. Social Sciences 3. Sciences/Math/Computer Science * Each course must be at least three credits. **The sequence of courses, UNST101, UNST102, UNST103, is an interdisciplinary alternative way for students to earn general education credits. It is designed for students who are intending to transfer to Portland State University and want to complete their freshman inquiry requirement. All three courses must be taken to satisfy the 15 credit requirement. Students who successfully complete will receive credit in writing, social science, science, and humanities.

A maximum of 15 credits of the highest level of ENL courses (ENL201R, ENL201S, ENL201W) may be applied as electives only toward the AA-OT Degree. 6. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the degree/certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge, Experienced-Based Credit, International Baccalaureate) does not satisfy this requirement. If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or university. This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the coursework. 7. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable graduation application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (i.e., spring term graduates must apply during fall term).

Associate of Science Degree The Associate of Science degree is designed for students who plan to transfer and complete a Bachelors of Science degree at a four-year institution. The degree requirements allow students more flexibility in course selection allowing them to focus on their discipline requirements. NOTE: Completion of this degree does not guarantee that all lower-division General Education requirements have been met for a baccalaureate degree (i.e., this is not a block transfer degree as is the AA/OT). In selecting courses for this degree, students are highly encouraged to consult the specific transfer curriculum pages in this catalog, the faculty advisor, and the institution to which they intend to transfer to determine if it is an appropriate choice. The Associate of Science degree will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. See #6 for an explanation (Some majors may require more than 90 credit hours.) 2. Successfully complete all required courses. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit.

5. Complete elective courses to reach a total of 90 credits. The courses must be numbered 100 or above. Professional-technical courses may be applied to the Associate of Science degree only if they are part of a current, formal transfer agreement with a four-year institution (see specific catalog transfer pages). Professional-technical courses offered at community colleges in Oregon are identified by specific alpha prefixes, see page 200.

Repeated courses may be counted only once toward graduation unless specified in the course description or unless specifically required in a program curriculum.

A maximum of 15 credits of the highest level of ENL courses (ENL201R, ENL201S, ENL201W) may be applied as electives only toward the AS Degree.

3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher and maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree.

6. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the degree/certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge, Experience-Based Credit, International Baccalaureate) does not satisfy this requirement.

4. Successfully complete the following: Courses (except for elective credits) must be selected from the list of approved courses for the Associate of Science (see page 11). The list is available on the following pages and in the Admissions and Records Office, the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or from the program advisor. A. Computer Literacy/Proficiency One quarter credit hour of college level computer-based coursework. B. Health and Physical Education A minimum of three credits which must include at least one class in Physical Education (PE) and one class in Health Education (HE). Other options: HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life or HPE291 Lifeguard Training or PE285OL (3 credit) satisfies the total HPE requirement. PE285OL Wilderness Survival for two credits may satisfy the HPE requirement by completing one additional credit in either health or physical education. A maximum of 9 credits of PE185 may be applied to the AS degree.

If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or university. This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the coursework. 7. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable graduation application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (i.e., spring term graduates must apply during fall term).

11


Associate of Science - Oregon Transfer Degree in Business

1. Writing: A minimum of eight credits of college-transfer writing courses. Designated courses are: WR121, WR122, WR227. 2. Oral Communications/Rhetoric: A minimum of three credits of a fundamentals of speech or communication course. 3. Mathematics: A minimum of 12 credits, MTH111 or above, four of which must be statistics. 4. Computer Applications: Proficiency in word-processing, spreadsheet, database, and presentation software as demonstrated by successful completion of three credits in applicable courses. B. Distribution Requirements* Note: In “Arts and Letters”, the second year of a foreign language may be included, but not the first year. ASL is considered a foreign language. 1. Arts and Letters: A minimum of 12 credits, chosen from at least two disciplines. 2. Social Sciences: A minimum of 12 credits, with a minimum of eight credits of “principles of economics” (to include microeconomics and macroeconomics) at the 200 level. The courses in economics must be completed with a grade of “C” or better. 3. Science: A minimum of 12 credits of laboratory courses in the biological or physical sciences. *Each course must be at least three credits. C. Business-Specific Requirements: Note: Each course in this section must be completed with a grade of “C” or better.

Any student who holds Associate of Science/Oregon Transfer in Business (AS/OT-Bus) degree that conforms to the following guidelines and who transfers to any institution in the Oregon University system, (University of Oregon, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Western Oregon University, Southern Oregon University, Oregon Institute of Technology and Eastern Oregon University) will have met the lower-division general education requirements of that institution’s baccalaureate degree programs. Students transferring with this degree will have junior standing for registration purposes. For transfer students graduating from high school in 1997 and thereafter, the Oregon University System has a second language admission requirement: two terms of a college-level second language with an average grade of C- or above, OR two years of the same high school-level second language with an average grade of C- or above, or satisfactory performance on an approved second language assessment of proficiency. Demonstrated proficiency in American Sign Language meets this second language admission requirement.

Business School/Program Admission Admission to the Business School/program of any Oregon university System (OUS) institution is not guaranteed upon completion of the Associate of Science/Oregon Transfer in Business (AS/OT-Bus) degree. It is strongly recommended that students contact the specific OUS campus’ Business school/program early in the first year of their AS/OT-Bus program to be advised about additional requirements and procedures for admission consideration to the OUS institution and the Business school/program.

BA101 BA211 BA212 BA213 BA226

Introduction to Business Principles of Accounting I Principles of Accounting II Principles of Accounting III Introduction to Business Law (or other advisor-approved Business elective) D. Electives and/or University-Specific Prerequisites Note: This list of prerequisites and recommendations is subject to change without notice. 8 to 14 credits, depending on choice of transfer institution. Eastern Oregon University: WR227, Technical Report Writing; The Business Law course for the AS/OT-Bus is required. Oregon Institute of Technology: The Business Law course for the AS/OT-Bus is required. Recommendations: PSY201, General Psychology; BA206, Management Fundamentals (equivalent to BUS215 at OIT); WR227, Technical Writing Oregon State University: BA271, Information Technology in Business; BA275, Business Quantitative Methods; MTH241 Calculus of Biological/Management/Social Sciences; MTH245, Math for Biological/Management/Social Sciences; The Business Law course for the AS/OT-Bus is required. Portland State University: CS106 Computing Fundamentals II; BA205, Business Communications Using Technology; Stat244, Introduction to Probability and Statistics II; GPA: 2.75 overall and 2.75 in pre-business courses. Southern Oregon University: BA271 or BA282, Applied Business Statistics; GPA: 2.0 overall and 2.5 in all business courses. Students must apply for admission to the Business School/ Program University of Oregon: DSC199 Special Studies: Business Applications Software; MTH241, MTH242, Calculus for Business and Social Science I, II; Multicultural requirement; GPA: 2.75 overall and 2.75 in pre-business core. Students must apply for admission to the Business School/Program Western Oregon University: The Business Law course for the AS/OT-Bus is required.

Course and Elective Information Lower-division courses taken at the community college may not meet the requirements of an upper-division course with a similar title and content offered by an Oregon University System Business School/Program. In such cases, the courses in question will normally transfer as electives. The AS/OT-Bus degree may include up to 12 approved professionaltechnical credits as electives. The Associate of Science - Oregon Transfer degree will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. (Some majors may require more than 90 credit hours.) 2. Successfully complete all required courses. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit. Repeated courses may be counted only once toward graduation unless specified in the course description or unless specifically required in a program curriculum. 3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher and maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree. 4. Successfully complete the following: Courses (except for elective credits) must be selected from the list of approved courses for the Associate of Science – Oregon Transfer Degree in Business (see page 11). The list is available on the following pages and in the Admissions and Records Office, the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or from the program advisor. A. General Requirements: Note: Each course in this section must be completed with a grade of “C” or better. These requirements represent minimal skill competencies. As such, they may be open to demonstration of proficiency.

12


Distribution Requirements

5 Complete elective courses to reach a total of 90 credits. The courses must be numbered 100 or above. However, only up to 12 credit hours of professional/technical courses numbered 100 or above may be applied as electives toward this degree. Professional/technical courses offered at community colleges in Oregon are identified by specific alpha prefixes. Please see page 200 for a list of the professional-technical alpha prefixes offered at Mt. Hood Community College. Courses that are developmental in nature, designed to prepare students for college transfer courses, are not applicable to this degree.

Humanities (Arts and Letters)

ART115, ART116, ART117, ART197, ART201, ART202, ART203, ART211, ART212, ART213, *ART225, *ART226, *ART227, ART231, ART232, ART233, *ART234, *ART240, *ART241, *ART254, *ART255, *ART256, *ART257, *ART258, *ART259, *ART261, *ART262, *ART263, *ART264, *ART265, *ART266, *ART271, *ART272, *ART273, ART281, *ART288, *ART289, *ART291, *ART292, *ART293, *ART294, *ART296 ASL201, ASL202, ASL203 ENG104, ENG105, ENG106, ENG107, ENG108, ENG109, ENG112, ENG113, ENG201, ENG202, ENG203, ENG204, ENG205, ENG206, ENG212, ENG214, ENG218, ENG221, ENG222, ENG250C, ENG253, ENG254, ENG255, ENG263, ENG275

A maximum of 15 credits of the highest level of ENL courses (ENL201R, ENL201S, ENL201W) may be applied as electives only toward the AS/OT-Business Degree. 6. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the degree/certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge, International Baccalaureate) does not satisfy this requirement.

FA257, FA258, FA266 FR201, FR202, FR203 GER201, GER202, GER203

If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or university.

HUM100, HUM106, HUM110, HUM111, HUM112, HUM202, HUM210 JPN201, JPN202, JPN203 MUS101, MUS105, MUS111, MUS112, MUS113, *MUS124, *MUS125, *MUS126, MUS205, MUS208, MUS211, MUS212, MUS213, MUS261, MUS262, MUS263

This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the coursework.

PHL201, PHL202, PHL203, PHL208 R210, R211, R212 RD117

7. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable graduation application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (i.e., spring term graduates must apply during fall term).

SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP130, SP218, SP229, SP262 SPAN201, SPAN202, SPAN203

The following is a list of approved courses, currently offered at Mt. Hood Community College, applicable to the Associate of Arts – Oregon Transfer Degree, the Associate of Science Degree, and the Associate of Science Oregon Transfer - Business. For additional approved general education courses no longer offered, please check the master list available in Admissions and Records, Academic Advising and Transfer Center or from your program advisor. Courses numbered 199 will qualify as elective credit only.

TA101, TA106, TA107, TA109, TA141, TA142, TA143, TA241 WR226, WR241, WR242, WR244, WR245, WR246, WR248 *Skill Oriented Class

Social Sciences ANTH101, ANTH102, ANTH103, ANTH180, ANTH211, ANTH212, ANTH213, ANTH215, ANTH231, ANTH232

Computer Literacy

EC115, EC201, EC202, EC203

ART214, ART225, ART226, ART227

GEOG105, GEOG106, GEOG107, GEOG206, GEOG214, GEOG290

BA231

HST104, HST110, HST111, HST112, HST195, HST201, HST202, HST203, HST204, HST211, HST212, HST213, HST225, HST237, HST240, HST264, HST270, HST271, HST272, HST292, HST293, HST294

BT210 (summer 1999 or after) CI120L, CIS122, CIS125, CS133JA, CIS133SQL, CS133VB, CIS133XML, CIS140, CIS144, CS161, CS162, CS233JA, CS233VB, CS234JA, CS234VB, CS244, CS260

INTL101, IS210 (3 - 6 credit versions only) J211

GE102

PS200, PS201, PS203, PS204, PS205, PS209, PS215, PS217, PS220, PS225, PS241, PS242, PS297

Health and Physical Education HE202, HE204, HE205, HE206, HE207, HE208, HE250, HE252, HE253, HE255, HE261, HE265, HPE291, HPE295

PSY101, PSY151, PSY201, PSY202, PSY203, PSY214, PSY216, PSY231, PSY232, PSY235, PSY236, PSY237, PSY239

PE185, PE285OH (may use only 1 credit toward a PE185 requirement), PE285OL, PE292SWT

SOC204, SOC205, SOC206, SOC213, SOC214, SOC215, SOC216, SOC223, SOC225, SOC232, SOC291 WS101

Mathematics

Science/Mathematics

MTH105, MTH111, MTH112, MTH212, MTH213, MTH231, MTH241, MTH243, MTH244, MTH251, MTH252, MTH253, MTH254, MTH255, MTH256, MTH261

BI101L, BI102L, BI103L, BI110L, BI121L, BI122L, BI132L, BI145, BI188C, BI211L, BI212L, BI213L, BI231L, BI232L, BI233L, BI234L, BI235L, BI240

Oral Communication/Rhetoric

BINF290 CH104L, CH105L, CH106L, CH110, CH151L, CH170L, CH221L, CH222L, CH223L, CH241L, CH242L, CH243L

SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP218

Writing WR121, WR122, WR123, WR227

CIS120/L, CIS122, CS133JA, CS133VB, CS160, CS161, CS162, CS233JA, CS233VB, CS234JA, CS234VB, CS244, CS260

13


ENGR201, ENGR202, ENGR211, ENGR212, ENGR213 F240L FN225 FW251, FW252L, FW253L, FW254L G148C, G165L, G201L, G202L, G203L GE101, GE102, GE115 GS104L, GS105L, GS106L MTH105, MTH111, MTH112, MTH212, MTH213, MTH231, MTH241, MTH243, MTH244, MTH251, MTH252, MTH253, MTH254, MTH255, MTH256, MTH261 PH104L, PH109C, PH121, PH122, PH123, PH127, PH201L, PH202L, PH203L, PH211L, PH212L, PH213L L

Lab Science Class

14


• Professional/ Technical Programs • Special Studies • Transfer Information

Educational Offerings

15


Quick Program Reference Guide FALL TERM 2004 - SUMMER TERM 2005 PAGE

PROGRAM

PROFESSIONAL & TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS PHONE

DEGREE/ CERTIFICATION

ADMISSION CATEGORY

ADMISSION REQUIREMENT** READING/WRITING MATH

Equivalent to completing:

17

Accounting

503-491-7196

AAS

Open

*

*

Accounting Clerk

503-491-7196

Certificate

Open

*

*

Automotive Technology: 18

DaimlerChrysler CAP

503-491-7016

AAS

Limited

RD90/WR90

MTH20

19

Ford ASSET

503-491-7016

AAS

Limited

RD90/WR90

MTH20

20

Honda PACT

503-491-7016

AAS

Limited

RD90/WR90

MTH20

21

IMPORT

503-491-7016

AAS

Limited

RD90/WR90

MTH20

22

Aviation - Professional Pilot Airplane

503-491-7016

AAS

Open

*

*

23

Business/eBusiness, Marketing and Management

503-491-7196

AAS

Open

*

*

24

Computer Applications Specialist

503-491-7017

AAS/Cert.

Open

*

*

26

Cosmetology - School of Hair Design

503-491-7196

AAS

Restricted

RD90/WR90

MTH10

27

Dental Hygiene

503-491-6070

AAS

Restricted

RD115/WR115

MTH65

28

Early Childhood Education

503-491-6070

AAS

Open

*

*

29

Early Childhood Education

503-491-6070

Certificate

Open

*

*

29

Electronics Technology

503-491-7016

AAS/Cert.

Limited

RD90/WR90

MTH95

30

Engineering Technology:

31

Architectural

503-491-7017

AAS

Limited

RD90/WR90

MTH20

31

Civil

503-491-7017

AAS

Limited

RD90/WR90

MTH20

503-491-7017

AAS Option

Limited

RD90/WR90

MTH20

503-491-7017

AAS

Limited

RD90/WR90

MTH20

33

Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management 503-491-7196

AAS

Open

*

*

33

Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management 503-491-7196

Certificate

Open

*

*

34

Environmental Health and Safety

503-491-6081

AAS

Open

*

*

35

Environmental Health and Safety

503-491-6081

Certificate

Open

*

*

40

Environmental Horticulture

503-491-6081

Certificate

Open

*

*

Fisheries Technology

503-491-6081

AAS

Limited

RD90/WR90

MTH10

- Environmental Option 32

Mechanical

16


Quick Program Reference Guide FALL TERM 2004 - SUMMER TERM 2005 PAGE

PROGRAM

PROFESSIONAL & TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS PHONE

DEGREE/ CERTIFICATION

ADMISSION CATEGORY

ADMISSION REQUIREMENT** READING/WRITING MATH

38

Funeral Service Education

503-491-6081

AAS

Restricted

RD90/WR90

MTH60

39

Graphic Design

503-491-7410

AAS

Limited

RD90/WR90

MTH20

40

Hospitality and Tourism Management

503-491-7196

AAS

Open

*

*

41

Hospitality and Tourism Management

503-491-7196

Certificate

Open

*

*

44

Machine Tool Technology

503-491-7016

AAS

Limited

RD 90/WR90

MTH20

45

Medical Assistant

503-491-6070

AAS

Limited

RD90/WR90

MTH20

47

Medical Office Specialist

503-491-6070

AAS

Open

*

*

50

Medical Transcription

503-491-6070

AAS

Open

*

*

51

Mental Health/Human Service

503-491-6070

AAS

Restricted

RD90/WR90

MTH10

52

Mental Health/Human Service Youth Worker

503-491-6070

Certificate

Restricted

RD90/WR90

MTH10

53

Natural Resource Technology–Forest Resources

503-491-6081

AAS

Limited

RD90/WR90

MTH20

54

Natural Resources Technology – Wildlife

503-491-6081

AAS

Limited

RD90/WR90

MTH20

54

Natural Resources Technology

503-491-6081

Certificate

Limited

*

*

55

Nursing

503-491-6070

AAS

Restricted

RD115/WR121

MTH65

56

Office Assistant

503-491-7196

Certificate

Open

*

*

56

Office Management/Administrative Assistant

503-491-7196

AAS

Open

*

*

58

Office Software Specialist

503-491-7196

Certificate

Open

*

*

59

Physical Therapist Assistant

503-491-6070

AAS

Restricted

RD115/WR90

MTH20

59

Professional Photography

503-491-7410

AAS

Restricted

RD90/WR115

MTH20

60

Radio Broadcasting

503-491-7410

AAS

Restricted

RD90/WR90

MTH10

61

Respiratory Care

503-491-6070

AAS

Limited

RD115/WR90

MTH60

62

Sheet Metal Technology

503-491-7401

AAS

Restricted

*

*

62

Surgical Technology

503-491-6070

AAS

Limited

RD115/WR115

MTH65

63

Television Production Technology

503-491-7410

AAS

Restricted

RD90/WR90

MTH20

65

Welding Technology

503-491-7016

Certificate

Open

*

*

*While not required for admissions, please see curriculum page for writing and mathematics skill levels.

**Beginning the 2005-2006 school year.

17


Professional-Technical Education Program Description

Occupational Extension Programs and Courses

Mt. Hood Community College offers selected professional technical education curricula designed to prepare students for gainful employment. The professional-technical programs serve the community by providing business, industry and the trades with workers who have learned basic skills and competencies.

In addition to the regular professional and technical associate degree and certificate programs designed to prepare students for entry into occupational careers, Mt. Hood Community College offers occupational extension programs. The purpose of these programs is to develop the abilities, skills and attitudes needed to achieve employment stability or advancement.

The objectives of professional-technical education at Mt. Hood Community College are: • To provide pre-employment instruction in the development of manipulative skills and technical knowledge, including emphasis on health, safety, job orientation, business standards and ethics, customer relations, human relations in industry, and the responsibilities of citizenship. • To assist those in need of retraining and readjustment by providing professional-technical offerings to meet changing industrial conditions. • To provide apprenticeship and other skills, technical knowledge, safety and employer-employee relations for those already employed in industry. • To provide professional-technical education students with the opportunity to extend their educational achievements through participation in a program leading to an associate degree. • To contribute to the welfare of the community by providing conscientious, productive, intelligent workers. There are two basic types of professional-technical programs offered by MHCC:

Students enrolled in regular preparatory programs may apply occupational extension courses toward their major upon consent and approval of their program adviser. However, occupational extension programs are not financial aid eligible. The following occupational extension programs and courses are offered, depending upon the availability of fiscal resources: Central Service Technician ..................................Call 503-491-7179 Certified Travel Associate................................... Call 503-491-7666 Certified Travel Counselor .................................. Call 503-491-7666 Emergency Medical Technician (EMT) ...................Call 503-491-7113 Nursing Assistant...............................................Call 503-491-7113 Phlebotomy ............................................... Call 503-491-7506 R.N. Surgical Orientation ....................................Call 503-491-7179 R.N. Reentry to Practice .................................... Call 503-491-7406

Apprenticeship Mt. Hood Community College works in cooperation with the State Apprenticeship Council and the following Apprenticeship Training Committees: Brickmasons/Tilesetters .......................................... 503-234-3781 Cement Masons ..................................................... 503-408-8555 Glaziers, Architectural Metal and Glass Workers ............................................... 503-226-4089 IAM ..................................................... 503-669-3113 Pacific Inside Electrical ........................................... 543-756-6997 Plasterers ......................................................503-232-3257 Plumbers/Fitters and Marine Metal Trades .................503-691-1997 Sheet Metal ......................................................503-257-1022

The ASSOCIATE of APPLIED SCIENCE DEGREE program provides two years of specialized education designed to prepare the student for career entry: The CERTIFICATE programs are occupation-oriented programs of shorter duration than the associate degree program. Selected transfer courses may be substituted for general education requirements in many professional-technical associate degree or certificate programs. All transfer course substitutions must be approved by the appropriate associate dean. Professional-technical programs that include general, related or approved electives as part of the curriculum require that the student obtain approval to take such courses PRIOR to registration.

For further information on apprenticeship programs, please call the State Apprenticeship Council at 503-731-4072, located at 800 NE Oregon Street, Portland, Oregon, or contact the Mt. Hood Community College Apprenticeship Program Coordinator at 503-491-7401.

Recognition of Completion Recognition of Completion is a non-transcripted award granted by Mt. Hood Community College to identify completion of a body of coursework in specific areas.

Alternative Credit 2+2 TECH PREP. Students from high schools that have 2 + 2 Tech Prep program articulation agreements with MHCC may earn credit as outlined in the program agreements. The procedure for earning credit may be through credit by examination or as detailed in the program agreements. Earned credit will be transcripted on the MHCC permanent record. Participation in 2 + 2 Tech Prep does not automatically enroll a person in an MHCC certificate or degree program. MHCC admissions procedures and requirements must still be met. Your local high school can provide interested students with procedures.

see page Automotive Technology Computer Numerical Control Instructional Assistant Journalism Legal Administrative Assistant Machine Tool Operator Medical Billing Specialist/Claims Analyst Medical Office Coding Medical Receptionist Outdoor Education Welding Technology

18


Accounting Technology

Third Quarter BA205 BA213 BT218

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisors Jerry Kohler: 503-491-7408 - Room AC 2682 Jim Arnold: 503-491-7468 - Room AC2686

kohlerj@mhcc.edu arnoldj@mhcc.edu

Do you want an accounting career but don’t have the time and/or money to get a four-year business degree? As a graduate of MHCC’s Accounting Technology program, you will be able to pass placement agency accounting exams that will enable you to compete for positions as Accounting Manager, full charge bookkeeper, staff accountant, accounts payable manager, etc. Although some companies still require a four-year degree, more and more employer’s are recognizing that MHCC’s Accounting Tech Students have the knowledge and skills to handle their accounting needs.

Fourth Quarter AC38 AC39 BA220 BA226 BT103

BA177 BA206 EC201 WE280AC

BA101 BA212 BA231 BT210__ WR121

Cost Accounting I .................................................. 3 Finance ................................................................ 3 Computer Accounting Applications .......................... 3 Small Business Management ................................... 3 Financial Statement Analysis .................................. 3

15

Related Electives Any Business course(s) with the prefix BA, BUS, CS, CIS, BT116, BT210 (or other courses subject to instructor approval) may be used as a related elective. Students must earn a grade of “C” or better in all Accounting classes in order to be awarded a degree in Accounting Technology or an Accounting Clerk certificate.

Cr

Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4 Keyboarding/Formatting* ...................................... 2 Business Editing.................................................... 3 Excel - Level I ....................................................... 1 Excel - Level II...................................................... 1 Computer Concepts Lab I* ...................................... 1 Human Relations ................................................... 3

Second Quarter

15-16

* Prerequisite required that is not included in curriculum. See course description in back of catalog. ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

The courses are scheduled to accommodate various work or family schedule limitations by offering most of the first year courses both in the day and evening every quarter. The second year accounting courses are offered during the day one year and during the evening the next year to meet the needs of students with restricted schedules. Students are also encouraged to earn credit from their accounting work experience in a Cooperative Education Internship by accomplishing goals on the job that are beneficial to the employer and provide the student with a growth opportunity. BA211 BT11S BT110 BT210__ BT210__ CIS120L

15

Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax Filing Requirements ..................................... 3 Management Fundamentals .................................... 3 Principles of Economics I ...................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship or Related electives ............................................ 3-4 Distribution requirement‡ ...................................... 3

Sixth Quarter BA215 BA222 BA228 BA250 BA271

17

Intermediate Accounting I ..................................... 3 Intermediate Accounting II .................................... 3 Tax Accounting ..................................................... 3 Introduction to Business Law ................................. 3 Business Mathematics* .......................................... 3

Fifth Quarter

Upon successful completion of this Accounting Technology Degree you will: · have a solid foundation of accounting concepts · have hands-on experience using a computerized commercial accounting package and electronic spreadsheets · be able to process payroll, meeting all the needs of the employer and the legal reporting requirements · be able to analyze financial statements and use accounting information to assist management in becoming more profitable and efficient. Employment opportunities are available at every step in the Accounting Programs. Many students start to work either part-time or full-time before completing their studies and supplement their “on the job training” by continuing to take courses in the accounting programs. Most employers recognize the benefit that continued accounting education will have on their employee’s ability to contribute on the job and support them in their effort to grow and learn either financially or by providing flexible working hours.

First Quarter

Business Communications ...................................... 4 Principles of Accounting III ................................... 4 Records Management with Microsoft Access ............. 3 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3 Mathematics requirement**‡ .................................. 3

‡ See pages 7-9.

Accounting Clerk Certificate Program

MHCC Faculty Advisors Jerry Kohler: 503-491-7408 - Room AC 2682 Jim Arnold: 503-491-7468 - Room AC2686

15

Introduction to Business........................................ 4 Principles of Accounting II..................................... 3 Information Technology in Business ........................ 4 Excel - Level III .................................................... 1 English Composition* ............................................. 3

kohlerj@mhcc.edu arnoldj@mhcc.edu

Do you want a career that will provide you continued opportunities for growth and recognize your achievements every step of the way? Start the Accounting Clerk program and you will receive a certificate of completion recognizing the employable skills you have acquired at the end of each of the first and second quarters. After completing the third quarter you will receive the Accounting Clerk certificate documenting your completion of the one-year program.

15

Anyone with a limited amount of time or funds can get started in this practical, cost effective program. Recent high school graduates who need employable skills in a relatively short period of time, small business owners or prospective small business owners who need the

19


Second Quarter (Winter)

accounting basics and business office skills, and returning students who want retraining into a career that provides continued opportunities for advancement all find this program attractive. Many accounting students work part or full time.

BA177 BT110 BT116 BT210__ BT210__ CIS120L

Completion of the first quarter prepares you for an entry level office job requiring word processing and data entry skills, use and understanding of a basic accounting system, manual and/or electronic organization and maintenance of office records, as well as a general understanding of business terminology and business math including the use of an electronic calculator.

15

Completion of the second quarter qualifies you to be among the few job applicants who are prepared to process payroll, meeting all the needs of the employer and the legal reporting requirements. In addition to learning the basic principles and applications of computer technology you will be proficient in using computer spreadsheets, the accountant’s most important computer tool. Business communication skills and the ability to use electronic mail, electronic scheduling, and multi-line telephone systems will further strengthen your ability to make a contribution in any business environment.

Third Quarter (Spring) BA213 BA228 BT103 BT218 WR121

* Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. ** BT121 may be substituted for BT11S and BT210__ Word Processing. *** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. Note: Students must earn a grade of “C” or better in all Accounting classes in order to be awarded a degree in Accounting Technology or an Accounting Clerk certificate.

The longer you are able to stay in the program the more qualified you will be to assume additional job responsibilities. It is an EASY TRANSITION from the one-year Accounting Clerk program to the two-year Accounting Technology Degree program. Many students start the Accounting Clerk program and then decide they want to expand their knowledge and skills and be rewarded for performing even more challenging job responsibilities by earning the two-year Accounting Technology degree. All of the courses in the one-year Accounting Clerk program can be applied to the two-year Accounting Technology program.

DaimlerChrysler CAP – Automotive Technology Limited Entry Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

MHCC Faculty Advisors Steve Michener: 503-491-7148 - Room IT 52 michenes@mhcc.edu Mark Lambrecht: 503-491-7111 - Room IT 51 lambrecm@mhcc.edu

If you plan to transfer to a four-year school you can enroll in the accounting specialty of the Business Administration transfer degree program. You will also have the opportunity to take additional advanced accounting courses to strengthen your preparation for upper-division course work at a university. Consult a faculty advisor for assistance in identifying and selecting courses which may be of most benefit to you.

The DaimlerChrysler College Automotive Program (CAP) provides students with a unique opportunity to earn income while being trained as service technicians for DaimlerChrysler Corporation dealerships (Chrysler, Dodge, and Jeep). The program is designed as a two-year automotive curriculum to develop the technical competency and professionalism of the incoming dealership technician. The CAP program is a two-part experience with training taking place at both Mt. Hood Community College and at the sponsoring DaimlerChrysler dealership. The curriculum leads to an associate degree in Automotive Technology and a certificate of completion from DaimlerChrysler CAP program.

A career in accounting is for people with above-average mathematical and analytical skills who have good communication skills and want to work in a business environment. Today, more than ever, the accountant/bookkeeper must be a team player. Interacting and working in small groups is encouraged and developed in many of the courses in the accounting programs. Computer skills are also developed throughout the programs and incorporated into courses whenever appropriate.

BA101 BA211 BT11S BT210__ BI210__ PSY201

Principles of Accounting III ................................... 4 Computer Accounting Applications .......................... 3 Business Mathematics* .......................................... 3 Records Management with Microsoft Access ............. 3 English Composition* ............................................. 3

16

Completion of the one-year program will enable you to help managers use accounting information when making decisions. You will also gain experience trouble shooting how to record accounting transactions which are encountered less frequently and make recommendations when there are reporting options. Your ability to use a commercial accounting software package and apply electronic spreadsheets to various accounting situations will enable you to be efficient as well as knowledgeable.

First Quarter (Fall)

Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax Filing Requirements* ......................................... 3 Business Editing.................................................... 3 Business Tools and Techniques ................................ 3 Excel - Level I ....................................................... 1 Excel - Level II...................................................... 1 Computer Concepts Lab I* ...................................... 1 Mathematics Requirement***‡................................ 3

Aimed at men and women who have a career interest in the automotive industry, this program demands a commitment to both work and study for a two-year period including fall, winter, spring and summer terms both years.

Cr

Introduction to Business........................................ 4 Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4 Keyboarding/Formatting*(**)................................. 2 Word - Level I ....................................................... 1 Word - Level II ...................................................... 1 General Psychology................................................ 3

The CAP Student DaimlerChrysler dealerships see the students in this program as its “service technicians of the future”. The instructional facilities are equipped with some of the finest and up-to-date equipment available. CAP students have the assurance of industry support and certain employment options for the future. Being accepted in the CAP program means learning the latest automotive technology and being paid for on-the-job experience.

15

20


The Sponsoring Dealer

Seventh Quarter

DaimlerChrysler dealerships will screen qualified applications and select those they wish to sponsor. Once a student has been selected, he or she will begin working at the dealership alternate terms during the two-year training process. Dealers will provide an experienced technician to monitor student work, service uniforms and an hourly wage.

AM152 AM153 AM156 AM157 AM258 AM259

Applicants to the program are accepted on a limited entry basis after meeting the selection criteria for the program. Applications are available on our web site, http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application packet, if you have questions, please call 503-491-7165.

AM110 AM111 AM118 AM119 AM120 MTH34 WR101

AM280

AM280

6

AM132 AM133 AM136 AM137 AM216 AM217

MHCC Faculty Advisor Jerry Lyons: 503-491-7203 - Room IT 35 Ed Railey: 503-491-7130 - Room IT 41

lyonsj@mhcc.edu raileye@mhcc.edu

The FORD ASSET Program The Automotive Student Service Educational Training program (Asset) provides students with a unique opportunity to earn income while being trained as service technicians for Ford Motor Company’s current and future vehicles. Designed as a two-year automotive curriculum to upgrade the technical competency and professional level of the incoming dealership technician, ASSET is a two-part experience with training taking place at both Mt. Hood Community College and at sponsoring Ford and Lincoln/Mercury dealerships. The curriculum was developed by MHCC in conjunction with Ford Motor Company, and leads to an associate degree in Ford Asset automotive technology.

19 6

Aimed at men and women who have a career interest in the automotive industry, ASSET demands a commitment to both work and study for a two-year period, including fall, winter, spring and summer terms both years.

The FORD ASSET Student Ford Motor Company sees the students in ASSET programs across the nation as its “service technicians of the future.” The finest technical schools have been selected as program sites, and all instructional facilities are equipped with the most up-to-date and professional equipment available. ASSET students have not only the reassurance that a major corporation is placing stock in them by their selection for training, but they also have relatively certain employment options for the future. Being chosen for the ASSET program means learning from Ford-certified instructors and being paid for on-the-job experience.

17 6

The Sponsoring FORD ASSET Dealer

Engine Performance II Theory................................. 3 Engine Performance II Lab .................................... 3 Steering and Suspension Theory.............................. 2 Steering and Suspension Lab ................................. 1 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory ....................... 2 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab ........................... 1 Psychology of Human Relations .............................. 3

Sixth Quarter AM280

Cr

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

Fifth Quarter AM251 AM252 AM253 AM254 AM256 AM257 PSY101

Limited Entry Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

Automotive Electronics I Theory ............................. 2 Automotive Electronics I Lab.................................. 1 Brake Systems Theory ............................................ 2 Brake Systems Lab ................................................. 1 Engine Performance I Theory ................................. 3 Engine Performance I Lab...................................... 2 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3 General Education Distribution requirement‡ ........... 3

Fourth Quarter AM280

FORD ASSET – Automotive Technology

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

Third Quarter

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

‡ See pages 7-9.

Internal Combustion Engine Theory ......................... 3 Internal Combustion Engine Lab ............................. 2 Electrical Systems Theory ....................................... 4 Electrical Systems Lab ........................................... 2 Minor Vehicle Services ........................................... 2 Professional Technical Computation II or MTH60 Beginning Algebra I ............................... 3 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................ 3

Second Quarter

15

Eighth Quarter

Registration in program classes after the start of the first term may be possible with instructor permission. For interested students, AM100, Automotive Skill Building (1 credit) provides individuals with the fundamental information and skills required to enroll in other CAP program courses before the first day of the 3rd term. For further information, contact a program advisor. To be fully admitted into the program, students must apply for and be accepted into the program for the following academic year.

First Quarter

Automatic Transmission Theory ............................... 3 Automatic Transmission Lab ................................... 3 Power Train Theory ................................................ 2 Power Train Lab ..................................................... 1 Automotive Electronics II Theory ............................ 2 Automotive Electronics II Lab ................................ 1 General Education Distribution requirement‡ ........... 3

Ford and Lincoln/Mercury dealerships in the Portland metropolitan area will screen qualified ASSET applicants and select those they wish to sponsor. Once a student has been selected, he or she will begin working at the dealership alternate terms during the two- year training process. Dealers will provide an experienced technician to monitor student work, service uniforms, and an hourly wage. Admission is based on meeting application deadlines and satisfactory completion of criteria. All criteria is described in the application packet. Application packets are available on our web site at http:// www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application packet, if you have questions, please call 503-491-7165.

15

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

6

Registration in program classes after the start of the first term may be possible with instructor permission. For interested students, AM100,

21


Automotive Skill Building (1 credit) provides individuals with the fundamental information and skills required to enroll in other ASSET program courses before the first day of the 3rd term. For further information, contact a program advisor. To be fully admitted into the program, students must apply for and be accepted into the program for the following academic year.

Honda PACT – Automotive Technology

First Quarter

MHCC Faculty Advisors Steve Michener: 503-491-7148 - Room IT 52 michenes@mhcc.edu Mark Lambrecht: 503-491-7111 - Room IT 51 lambrecm@mhcc.edu

AMF110 AMF111 AMF118 AMF119 AMF120 MTH34 WR101

PSY101

Honda dealerships see the students in this program as its “service technicians of the future”. The instructional facilities are equipped with some of the finest and up-to-date equipment available. PACT students have the assurance of industry support and certain employment options for the future. Being accepted in the PACT program means learning the latest automotive technology and being paid for on-the-job experience.

17

The Sponsoring Dealer Honda/Acura dealerships will screen qualified applications and select those they wish to sponsor. Once a student has been selected, he or she will begin working at the dealership alternate terms during the twoyear training process. Dealers will provide an experienced technician to monitor student work, service uniforms and an hourly wage.

6

Applicants to the program are accepted on a limited entry basis after meeting the selection criteria for the program. Applications are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application packet, if you have questions, please call 503-491-7165. Registration in program classes after the start of the first term may be possible with instructor permission. For interested students, AM100, Automotive Skill Building (1 credit) provides individuals with the fundamental information and skills required to enroll in other PACT program courses before the first day of the 3rd term. For further information, contact a program advisor. To be fully admitted into the program, students must apply for and be accepted into the program for the following academic year.

15 6

Automatic Transmission Theory ............................... 3 Automatic Transmission Lab ................................... 3 Power Train Theory ................................................ 2 Power Train Lab ..................................................... 1 Automotive Electronics II Theory ............................ 2 Automotive Electronics II Lab ................................ 1 General Education Distribution requirement‡ ........... 3

Eighth Quarter AMF280

The PACT Student

Ford Dealership Experience ..................................... 6

Seventh Quarter AMF152 AMF153 AMF156 AMF157 AMF258 AMF259

Aimed at men and women who have a career interest in the automotive industry, this program demands a commitment to both work and study for a two-year period including fall, winter, spring and summer terms both years.

Engine Performance II Theory................................. 3 Engine Performance II Lab .................................... 3 Steering and Suspension Theory.............................. 2 Steering and Suspension Lab ................................. 1 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory ....................... 2 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab ........................... 1 General Education Distribution requirement‡ ........... 3

Sixth Quarter AMF280

6

Ford Dealership Experience ..................................... 6

Fifth Quarter AMF251 AMF252 AMF253 AMF254 AMF256 AMF257

19

Automotive Electronics I Theory ............................. 2 Automotive Electronics I Lab.................................. 1 Brake Systems Theory ............................................ 2 Brake Systems Lab ................................................. 1 Engine Performance I Theory ................................. 3 Engine Performance I Lab...................................... 2 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies or HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life ...................... 3 Psychology of Human Relations .............................. 3

Fourth Quarter AMF280

The Honda Professional Automotive Career Training (PACT) provides students with a unique opportunity to earn income while being trained as service technicians for American Honda Motor’s Acura and Honda dealerships. The program is designed as a two-year automotive curriculum to develop the technical competency and professionalism of the incoming dealership technician. The PACT program is a two-part experience with training taking place at both Mt. Hood Community College and at the sponsoring Honda dealership. The curriculum leads to an associate degree in Automotive Technology and a certificate of completion from Honda PACT program.

Ford Dealership Experience ..................................... 6

Third Quarter AMF132 AMF133 AMF136 AMF137 AMF216 AMF217 HE252

Cr

Internal Combustion Engine Theory ......................... 3 Internal Combustion Engine Lab ............................. 2 Electrical Systems Theory ....................................... 4 Electrical Systems Lab ........................................... 2 Minor Vehicle Services ........................................... 2 Professional Technical Computation II or MTH60 Beginning Algebra I ............................... 3 Workplace Communications I .................................. 3

Second Quarter AMF280

Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

First Quarter AM110 AM111 AM118 AM119 AM120 MTH34

15

Ford Dealership Experience ..................................... 6

6

WR101

‡ See pages 7-9.

Cr

Internal Combustion Engine Theory ......................... 3 Internal Combustion Engine Lab ............................. 2 Electrical Systems Theory ....................................... 4 Electrical Systems Lab ........................................... 2 Minor Vehicle Services ........................................... 2 Professional Technical Computation II or MTH60 Beginning Algebra I ................................ 3 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................ 3

19

22


Second Quarter AM280

Third Quarter AM132 AM133 AM136 AM137 AM216 AM217

6

The IMPORT Student

Automotive Electronics I Theory ............................. 2 Automotive Electronics I Lab.................................. 1 Brake Systems Theory ............................................ 2 Brake Systems Lab ................................................. 1 Engine Performance I Theory ................................. 3 Engine Performance I Lab...................................... 2 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3 General Education Distribution requirement‡ ........... 3

Fourth Quarter AM280

Aimed at men and women who have a career interest in the automotive industry, this program demands a commitment to both work and study for a two-year period including fall, winter, spring, and summer terms both years.

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

Import dealerships see the students in this program as its “Service technicians of the future.” The instructional facilities are equipped with some of the finest and up-to-date equipment available. IMPORT students have the assurance of industry support and certain employment options for the future. Being accepted in the IMPORT program means learning the latest automotive technology and being paid for on-the-job experience.

The Sponsoring Dealer

17

Independent and Import dealerships will screen qualified applications and select those they wish to sponsor. Once a student has been selected, he or she will begin working at the dealership alternate terms during the two-year training process. Dealers will provide an experienced technician to monitor student work, service uniforms and an hourly wage.

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

6 Fifth Quarter AM251 AM252 AM253 AM254 AM256 AM257 PSY101

Engine Performance II Theory................................. 3 Engine Performance II Lab .................................... 3 Steering and Suspension Theory.............................. 2 Steering and Suspension Lab ................................. 1 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory ....................... 2 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab ........................... 1 Psychology of Human Relations .............................. 3

Sixth Quarter AM280

15 6

Automatic Transmission Theory ............................... 3 Automatic Transmission Lab ................................... 3 Power Train Theory ................................................ 2 Power Train Lab ..................................................... 1 Automotive Electronics II Theory ............................ 2 Automotive Electronics II Lab ................................ 1 General Education Distribution requirement‡ ........... 3

First Quarter

15

AM110 AM111 AM118 AM119 AM120 MTH34

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

WR101

Eighth Quarter AM280

Registration in program classes after the start of the first term may be possible with instructor permission. For interested students, AM100, Automotive Skill Building (1 credit) provides individuals with the fundamental information and skills required to enroll in other IMPORT program courses before the first day of the 3rd term. For further information, contact a program advisor. To be fully admitted into the program, students must apply for and be accepted into the program for the following academic year.

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

Seventh Quarter AM152 AM153 AM156 AM157 AM258 AM259

Applicants to the program are accepted on a limited entry basis after meeting the selection criteria for the program. Applications are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application packet, if you have questions, please call 503-491-7165.

6 ‡ See pages 7-9.

Second Quarter AM280

IMPORT – Automotive Technology

AM132 AM133 AM136 AM137 AM216 AM217

MHCC Faculty Advisors Steve Michener: 503-491-7148 - Room IT 52 michenes@mhcc.edu Mark Lambrecht: 503-491-7111 - Room IT 51 lambrecm@mhcc.edu

The Individualized Mechanical Program of Repair Technicians (IMPORT) provides students with a unique opportunity to earn income while being trained as service technicians for independent and import manufacturers (Mazda, Nissan, BMW, VW, etc.). The program is designed as a two-year automotive curriculum to develop the technical competency and professionalism of the incoming dealership technician. The IMPORT program is a two-part experience with training taking place at both Mt. Hood Community College and the sponsoring import dealership. The curriculum leads to an associate degree in automotive technology and a certificate of completion in IMPORT auto repair.

6

Automotive Electronics I Theory ............................. 2 Automotive Electronics I Lab.................................. 1 Brake Systems Theory ............................................ 2 Brake Systems Lab ................................................. 1 Engine Performance I Theory ................................. 3 Engine Performance I Lab...................................... 2 Health/Physical Education requirement‡ ................. 3 General Education Distribution requirement‡ ........... 3

Fourth Quarter AM280

19

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

Third Quarter

Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

Cr

Internal Combustion Engine Theory ......................... 3 Internal Combustion Engine Lab ............................. 2 Electrical Systems Theory ....................................... 4 Electrical Systems Lab ........................................... 2 Minor Vehicle Services ........................................... 2 Professional Technical Computation II or MTH60 Beginning Algebra I ................................ 3 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................ 3

17

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

6

23


Fifth Quarter AM251 AM252 AM253 AM254 AM256 AM257 PSY101

Sixth Quarter AM280

AM280

AV108 AV150 WR122

15

AV208 AV210 WR123

AV104 AV220 AV240

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

6

EC201 SP111

‡ See pages 7-9.

Aviation - Professional Pilot Airplane

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisors Gresham-Troutdale (MHCC main campus and Troutdale airport): Sarah Hannon: 503-491-7230 - Room AC 2684 hannons@mhcc.edu Bend Campus (Bend airport): Jerry Bean: 541-389-0854 beanjerr@mhcc.edu

This degree prepares students with knowledge, skills, experience, and certi���cation necessary to enter careers in flight instruction, general aviation, business aviation, corporate aviation, airlines, military aviation, and more.

Human Factors in Aviation ..................................... 4 Certified Flight Instructor Ground School ................. 5 Principles of Economics III .................................... 3 Pre-Calculus II: Trigonometry/Geometry .................. 4

Inquire about accelerated training programs and credit for prior flight experience. Financial Investment All flight lab courses require payment to cover cost of flight instruction and aircraft or simulator operations. Payment for flight instruction must be made directly to the flight school at either campus. Please contact a program advisor for help with financial planning.

All program classes are offered at the main campus location in Gresham, Oregon and at the satellite campus in Bend, Oregon. All flight labs are conducted under FAR141 certified flight school regulations at both the Troutdale and Bend airports.

Financial Aid Financial aid is available in the form of grants, loans, and scholarships through the MHCC office of financial aid. Please inquire about loan packages available exclusively for aviation program students.

Students who do not have previous college transcripts in math, reading, and writing must take the computer placement tests at MHCC. Students must place into, or have completed: MTH60, RD90, and WR90. A current FAA Class II Medical Certificate is required. For information about obtaining a medical certificate contact a program advisor or visit the Office of Aviation Medicine website at http://ame. cami.jccbi.gov AV110 AV115 CIS120

16

16

To complete the Associate of Applied Science degree, students must log ground and flight time toward FAA license and certification. Students will log a minimum of 210 hours flight time to complete the private, instrument, commercial, and multi-engine FAA certificates. The majority of ground school courses are open to non-program students.

First Quarter

17

Aircraft Systems II ................................................ 4 Multi-engine Pilot ................................................. 5 Principles of Economics II (Macro) .......................... 3 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 4

Sixth Quarter AV235 AV256 EC203 MTH112

16

Aircraft Systems I.................................................. 4 Commercial Pilot ................................................... 4 Small Business in Aviation or BA206 Management Fundamentals ...................... 3 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3

Fifth Quarter AV204 AV230 EC202 MTH111

16

Aviation Meteorology Application ........................... 4 Instrument Pilot ................................................... 5 English Composition: Research or WR227 Technical Report Writing .......................... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ........... 1 Humanities distribution requirement‡ ..................... 3

Fourth Quarter

15

16

Aviation Meteorology Theory .................................. 4 Aerodynamics ....................................................... 5 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ........... 1 Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3

Third Quarter

6

Automatic Transmission Theory ............................... 3 Automatic Transmission Lab ................................... 3 Power Train Theory ................................................ 2 Power Train Lab ..................................................... 1 Automotive Electronics II Theory ............................ 2 Automotive Electronics II Lab ................................ 1 General Education Distribution requirement‡ ........... 3

Eighth Quarter

Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 English Composition .............................................. 3 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ........... 1

Second Quarter

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

Seventh Quarter AM152 AM153 AM156 AM157 AM258 AM259

CIS120L WR121

Engine Performance II Theory................................. 3 Engine Performance II Lab .................................... 3 Steering and Suspension Theory.............................. 2 Steering and Suspension Lab ................................. 1 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory ....................... 2 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab ........................... 1 Psychology of Human Relations .............................. 3

General Education requirements and electives Any course listed under the MHCC AAS degree requirements can fulfill the general education requirements, provided students meet the minimum proficiencies in reading, writing and math. Minimum math required is MTH65.

Cr

Related Electives are intended to provide flexibility for students. Students should consult with their advisor to determine which course will contribute to the individual’s program or continuing education and degree objectives.

Private Pilot ......................................................... 5 Careers in Aviation ................................................ 3 Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3

24


Third Quarter (Spring)

Acceptance of Transfer Credit: Credit for previous training and FAA certification will be assessed on an individual basis. Students with previous training must complete a placement evaluation and exam, which will include oral and practical flight tests. Course approval must be done on an individual basis and approved by the Program Director.

BA205 BA213 BA230 BA264 HUM202

Graduates receive: Associate of Applied Science Degree, Private Pilot Certificate, Commercial Pilot Certificate, Instrument Rating, Multi-Engine Rating, Certified Flight Instructor Rating (option) Instrument Flight Instructor Rating (option) Multi-engine Instructor Rating (option)

Fourth Quarter (Fall) BA222 BA255 BA285 EC201 PSY201

‡ See pages 7-9.

Business/eBusiness, Marketing and Management

BA226 BA238 BA265 EC202

MHCC Faculty Advisor David Garlington: 503-491-7467 - Room AC 2687 garlingd@mhcc. edu

BA224 BA239 BA267

The Business/eBusiness, Marketing and Management Program will prepare and train you to be the business leader who survives and succeeds in this new environment. You will receive a “leading edge” education in management and marketing with a hands-on approach.

BA206 BA212 BA223 BA231

Human Resources Management ............................... 3 Advertising in Business .......................................... 3 eBusiness Project Management ............................... 3 Related elective .................................................... 3 Advisor approved elective or WE280BLA/B Cooperative Education Internship . 3-4

* Prerequisite required not already included in curriculum; see course descriptions in back of catalog. ** Students intending to transfer must take MTH111 or above, excluding MTH211. *** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. ‡ See pages 7-9.

Department-issued professional business recognition of completions are available after completing four to seven courses in specific business areas (contact the Business Department at 503-491-7196.) These recognition of completions show you have attained additional skill and knowledge in eBusiness, marketing, supervision, management, and/or project management. The recognition of completion awards provide you with evidence of increased knowledge for use on a resume or for improving chances of promotion.

Computer Applications Specialist

Certificate/Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisor Robert Buroker: 503-491-6019 - Room AC 2779 burokerb@mhcc.edu Gary DeRoest: 503-491-7339 - Room AC 2783 deroestg@mhcc.edu Paul Morris: 503-491-7373 - Room AC 2778 morrisp@mhcc.edu David Todd, PhD: 503-491-7198 - Room AC 2668 toddd@mhcc.edu

Cr

Introduction to Business........................................ 4 Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4 Software Applications (Word and Excel) ................... 3 Computer Concepts Lab I* ...................................... 1 English Composition* ............................................. 3

Second Quarter (Winter)

15

15-16

If you are already in business seeking to upgrade your skills, or if you are a new entrant to the business world and you want to become an effective business leader, then this program is for you. Learn to be effective in a wide variety of settings, large or small, in eBusiness, manufacturing, retail, service industries and/or government agencies with the knowledge and skills you acquire in the Business/eBusiness, Marketing and Management program.

BA101 BA211 BT210__ CIS120L WR121

15

Introduction to Business Law ................................. 3 Sales .................................................................... 3 eManagement........................................................ 3 Principles of Economics II (Macro) .......................... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ........... 3

Sixth Quarter (Spring)

Today’s business environment is changing more rapidly and is more competitive than ever; eBusiness, for example, is growing dramatically between both business and consumer and business-to-business. In this environment, it is the business leaders’ skills, attitudes, and leadership abilities that will determine which companies succeed and which fail.

17

Finance ................................................................ 3 Supervisory Management........................................ 3 Leadership and Human Relations ............................. 3 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3 General Psychology................................................ 3

Fifth Quarter (Winter)

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

First Quarter (Fall)

Business Communications ...................................... 4 Principles of Accounting III ................................... 4 Business Plan: Operating/Financial ......................... 3 eBusiness ............................................................. 3 Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace ............. 3

Computer Applications Specialists work in business and industry to apply personal computer technology in such jobs as help desk operators, PC specialists, network specialists, software support, entry level data base applications developers and programmers, web masters and Internet applications.

15

Management Fundamentals .................................... 3 Principles of Accounting II..................................... 3 Principles of Marketing .......................................... 3 Information Technology in Business ........................ 4 Mathematics requirement‡ **/*** ........................ 3-4

This program is also designed to help people become more productive in their existing jobs or professions. This program adapts to the requirements of the business world and responds to technological changes in the computer industry. Specific class offerings and/or content will change over time.

16-17

25


Many of our students are already employed and take classes to improve their job skills. To help them, many of our classes are taught in the evening or on weekends (Friday evening and all day Saturday). With careful planning, an entire degree or certificate can be earned this way.

PSY101

Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology ........................... 3 WR121 English Composition .............................................. 3 Advanced classes (generally taken after most of the concentration classes)

If you already have a rewarding career, you may select from these classes to improve your skills in specific areas. The program may be started at any time and you may take as few or as many classes as fit your schedule and goals.

BA231 CIS280 WE280CAB

Program or specific class information: Phone: 503-491-7292

Concentrations (see pages 55-56, select one)

To receive a certificate, you must complete the Core Requirements plus one of the Concentrations.

Information Technology in Business ........................ 4 Capstone Practicum ............................................... 4 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4

47-48

Some of the following concentrations share courses. It is quite possible to tackle additional concentrations after you have completed one, without having to do as many credits as shown, if some of those classes have already been completed.

To receive a degree, you must also complete the General Education Requirements and related electives listed on the last page. If you complete additional concentrations, you may request a “Letter of Completion” issued by the Technology Division.

Computer Applications Specialist Associate Degree To earn the associate degree, students must complete the requirements for the certificate program plus required additional general education courses and electives to reach a minimum of 90 credits total for graduation. These credits must include as follows:

If you feel that you already know a subject area, your advisor may be able to waive that subject and substitute a course that is more challenging.

General Education Requirements and Electives

Most courses may be taken individually and can be taken in any sequence as long as prerequisites are met. This allows you to customize your education but may not qualify you for a degree.

Cr

Communications: WR122 plus SP111 .................................... 6 Health and PE requirement‡ ............................................... 3 Mathematics requirement*‡ ............................................... 3 Distribution requirement‡.................................................. 3 Electives (including CS and CIS)** ...............................4-13

Core Requirements (for Certificate or Associate Degree - all concentrations) Completing the Core Requirements gives you a set of skills that makes you a valuable employee in a computerized office. Some students take these classes to ensure their job skills do not become obsolete and to compete effectively in an ever changing job market. Completing the Core Requirements is required if you want to pursue any of the concentration areas that follow.

19-28 * Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. ** Number of electives dependent upon concentration selected.

As of the 2004-2005 academic year, students must complete a mathematics course (MTH20 or higher, excluding MTH211) to meet the related instruction requirements for the Certificate of Completion. Note, students may not use the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. The coursework must be transcripted before graduation. Please see page for courses that meet this requirement.

‡ See pages 7-9.

PC Support Specialist

In all schedule planning, it is important for the student to check the course description for prerequisite information.

A PC Support Specialists help others use computers more effectively. They may do so in conjunction with a regular job title, or they may do this full time. Specific skills taught include business skills, “people skills”, operating systems skills and computer support software skills.

Take these asap:

In addition to the core requirements add:

Cr

BA285 CIS225A

CIS120 Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 CIS120L Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 CIS125DOC Documentation ..................................................... 1 CIS140 Introduction to Operating Systems ......................... 3 CIS100 Computer Careers Exploration ................................. 1 Additional Core Courses (taken before concentration requirements, listed in recommended order of completion)

Cr

Leadership and Human Relations ............................. 3 Help Desk Software ............................................... 1

Select 12 credits from: CIS125EC Excel - Level 3....................................................... 1 CIS125WC Word - Level 3 ....................................................... 1 CIS140UB UNIX/Linux Operating System - Level 2 ................... 1 CIS140UC UNIX/Linus Operating System - Level 3.................... 1 CIS279A Novell System Management .................................... 3 CIS279S Supporting MS Windows Server ............................... 4 BT116 Business Tools and Techniques ................................ 3

BA101

Introduction to Business or any entrepreneurship management courses ............. 3-4 CIS144 Problem Solving Methodologies .............................. 3 CIS95 Windows OS - Level 1 ............................................. 1 CIS178A Internet ............................................................... 1 CIS178B Web Publishing ..................................................... 1 CIS135PA E-Portfolio Development ........................................ 2 CIS179B Windows OS - Level 2 ............................................. 1 CIS125WA/B Microsoft Word - Level 1 and 2 ................................ 2 CIS125EA/B Microsoft Excel - Level 1 and 2 ............................... 2 CIS125AA/B Access - Level 1 and 2............................................ 2 CIS125MPA MS Project Management ......................................... 1 CIS179A Local Area Networks .............................................. 1

16

Network and Operating Systems Support Specialist

Network and Operating Systems Support Specialists are needed because most businesses depend on computer networks. While some day they may become as simple to use as the phone, that day is not even on the horizon. Companies are clamoring for network specialists. If you have been pressed into service to maintain your company’s network, but are floundering, or if you are looking for a position that is in high demand, consider becoming skilled in this area. To become valuable,

26


CS234VB Advanced Microsoft Visual Basic Programming .......... 3 or: (C++) CS161 Computer Science I ................................................ 4 CS162 Computer Science II .............................................. 4 CS260 Data Structures ..................................................... 4

you need to also consider taking one of several network certification exams offered by vendors through special testing centers. Some of these require further study.

In addition to the basic core requirements add: CIS140UB CIS140UC CIS151 CIS278A CIS279A CIS279S

Cr

UNIX/Linux Operating System - Level 2 ................... 1 UNIX/Linux Operating System - Level 3 ................... 1 Network Fundamentals ........................................... 4 Communication Technologies .................................. 2 Novell System Management .................................... 3 Supporting MS Windows Server .............................. 4

20-23

PC Business Application Support Specialist

PC Business Application Support Specialists are needed by companies to assist employees in keeping computer equipment functioning. Businesses also need people who can plan and assist in determining what the next computer system, network, or application software should be. In some organizations this may lead into the position of Systems Analyst. In others, it may be an added responsibility for someone with a primary job in a completely different area. In either case, the person with these skills is valuable.

15

Network Engineer Support Specialist

Network Engineer Support Specialists are needed by companies which are relying more and more on Intra- and Inter-networking. As a specialist, you will be able to help in the planning and construction of a LAN (local area network) and configuration of routers. In today’s technological market, CISCO stands out as the leader in Internetworking hardware. If you are looking for an opportunity that is in high demand, you might want to consider a course of study in network engineering. After completion, you will be prepared to seek a CCNA certification offered through many local-area testing centers.

In addition to the basic core requirements add: CIS151 CIS152 CIS154 CIS278A CIS140UB

In addition to the core requirements add: CIS125EC CIS125WC CIS278A CS244 AC120 BA264 BA267

Cr

Network Fundamentals ........................................... 4 Router Configuration.............................................. 4 LAN/WAN Concepts and Design ............................... 5 Communication Technologies .................................. 2 UNIX/Linux Operating System - Level 2 ................... 1

16

Web Master

The Web Master role continues to grow and shift as the World Wide Web is integrated into the business environment, and it has become clear that there is a definite need for individuals who possess the technical skills and expertise to design, develop and maintain web sites. Several areas of emphasis are available: Site development emphasis where the focus is on design and maintenance of actual web pages and sites, Programming emphasis where the focus is on the customized software that support web activities, Network emphasis where the focus is on internal and external network requirements.

Pick one of the following: CIS145A Computer Upgrading and Maintenance ..................... 1 CIS188 Wireless Network Concepts and Design .................... 3 CIS284 Network Security ................................................... 3

17-19

Data Base and Application Programming Specialist

In addition to the core requirements add:

CIS122A CIS125AA CIS133SQL CIS133XML CS244

Cr

CIS122A Program Design - Level 1........................................ 1 CIS125CS Cascading Style Sheets .......................................... 1 CIS125HTA/B/C HTML - Level 1, 2, and 3 ..................................... 3 CIS133PA CGI and PERL - Level 1 ........................................... 2 CIS195A Web Graphics ........................................................ 1 CIS195B Web Page Design ................................................... 1 CIS195C Web Site Development ........................................... 2 CIS295JSA JavaScript - Level 1 ............................................... 2 Related Web Master electives ................................. 7

Data Base Applications Specialists skills go beyond word processing and spreadsheet skills. In today’s corporate climate, data needs to be processed and stored in databases. Relatively few people know how to effectively create and maintain these databases. The area of Database and Application Programming Specialist is a highly skilled occupation. Our classes instruct students in up-to-date theoretical base to assist them in getting off to a solid start. Select from Visual Basic, JAVA, or C++.

In addition to the basic core requirements add:

Cr

Excel - Level 3....................................................... 1 Word - Level 3 ....................................................... 1 Communication Technologies .................................. 2 Introduction to Systems Analysis ............................ 3 Accounting for Professional Services ....................... 3 eBusiness ............................................................. 3 eBusiness Project Management ............................... 3

Cr

Program Design - Level 1........................................ 1 Access - Level 3 .................................................... 1 Introduction to SQL ............................................... 3 Introduction to XML .............................................. 3 Introduction to Systems Analysis ............................ 3

20

It is recommended, but not required that you select your Related Web Master Electives from a single emphasis area: ................. Cr Site Development emphasis CIS295JSB JavaScript - Level 2 ............................................... 1 CIS125PSA Photoshop - Level 1 ............................................... 1 CIS125PSB Photoshop - Level 2 ............................................... 1 CIS125PSC Photoshop - Level 3 ............................................... 1 CIS125DRA Dreamweaver - Level 1 ........................................... 1 CIS125DRB Dreamweaver - Level 2 ........................................... 1 CIS125DRC Dreamweaver - Level 3 ........................................... 1 CIS125DRD Dreamweaver - Level 4 ........................................... 1 CIS125FLA Flash - Level 1 ...................................................... 1 CIS125FLB Flash - Level 2 ...................................................... 1 CIS125FLC Flash - Level 3 ...................................................... 1

Choose one sequence: CS133JA JAVA: Design and Programming .............................. 4 CS233JA JAVA: Advanced Topics for Programmers .................. 4 CS234JA JAVA: Networking Topics for Programmers .................. 4 or: CS133VB Introduction to Microsoft Visual Basic Programming or CIS122 Computer Concepts III .. 3-4 CS233VB Intermediate Microsoft Visual Basic Programming ..... 3

27


CIS125FLD CIS125FWA CIS125FWB CIS125FWC

Flash - Level 4 ...................................................... 1 Fireworks - Level 1 ................................................ 1 Fireworks - Level 2 ................................................ 1 Fireworks - Level 3 ................................................ 1

upon the individual’s skills, self-confidence, attitude, knowledge and creativity, certified cosmetologists can utilize their new skills in a variety of settings. What are the requirements of the job? The cosmetologist should possess a pleasing personality, be a good listener and enjoy working in a service industry. Coordination and finger dexterity as well as the ability to stand for long periods of time are necessary. The cosmetologist must be able to learn new techniques quickly and apply these in their own work.

Programming emphasis CIS125AC Access - Level 3 .................................................... 1 CIS295JSB JavaScript - Level 2 ............................................... 1 CIS295VB VBScript ............................................................... 2 CS133JA JAVA: Design and Programming ............................... 4 CSI133PB CGI and PERL - Level 2 ........................................... 2 CIS125DRD Dreamweaver - Level 4 ........................................... 1 CIS295AS ASP and Databases ................................................ 4 CIS240U UNIX Web Servers .................................................. 1 CIS240W Windows Web Servers ............................................. 1 CIS125FLD Flash - Level 4 ...................................................... 1

What are the requirements of the program? The program consists of seven consecutive terms with an average of 30 clinic hours per week. After completing the application and satisfying the placement criteria, the student is placed on the admission list. Note: Enrollment in the Cosmetology program requires attendance during the summer.

First Quarter (Fall) COS__ COS__ WR121

Network emphasis CIS179B Windows OS - Level 2 ............................................. 1 CIS279B Internet Security .................................................. 2 CIS140UB UNIX/Linux Operating System - Level 2 .................. 1 CIS140UC UNIX/Linux Operating System - Level 3 ................... 1 CIS279A Novell Systems Management ................................... 3 CIS279C Internet Firewalls .................................................. 2 CIS240U Unix Web Servers................................................... 1 CIS240W Windows Web Servers ............................................. 1 CIS278A Communication Technologies .................................. 2

Second Quarter (Winter) COS__ COS__

Cosmetology – School of Hair Design

Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

COS__ COS__

MHCC Faculty Advisors: Lynn D’Angelo: 503-491-7194 - Room AC 1127 dangleol@mhcc.edu Juanita Loveland: 503-491-7499 - Room AC 1127 lovelanj@mhcc. edu

Fifth Quarter (Fall)

The cosmetology industry is an exciting, adventurous and creative field full of color, fashion, and diversity. The instructors in the MHCC cosmetology program pride themselves in helping students acquire the knowledge and necessary skills to enter the field of hair design, nail technology and facial technology.

COS__ COS__

The cosmetology program at Mt. Hood Community College offers in-depth instruction and hands-on training in hair design, facial technology (skin care) and nail technology (manicuring and sculptured nails.) Upon completion of the 2300-hour course consisting of lecture, lab, clinic time, general education and related elective classes, the student will be prepared to take the state board examination. After passing this examination, the student will receive a certificate to practice in his/her new career.

12

Beauty Culture Theory* .......................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic*................................ 8 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ............... 3

15

Beauty Culture Theory* .......................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic*................................ 8 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3

Seventh Quarter (Spring) COS__ COS__

15

Beauty Culture Theory* .......................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic*................................ 8

Sixth Quarter (Winter)

Admission is based on meeting application deadlines and satisfactory completion of criteria. Selected applicants will be identified prior to Fall Term, 2003. Admitted students will be assigned a term, either fall, winter, spring or summer, to start the program for this academic year. Application packets are available on our web site at http://www. mhcc.edu/LRadmissions or call 503-491-7506. Once you have read the application packet, if you have questions, please call 503-491-7341.

15

Beauty Culture Theory* .......................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic*................................ 8 Speech elective ..................................................... 3

Fourth Quarter (Summer)

COS__ COS__ PSY201

15

Beauty Culture Theory* .......................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic*................................ 8 Mathematics requirement‡** .................................. 3

Third Quarter (Spring) COS__ COS__

Cr

Beauty Culture Theory* .......................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic*................................ 8 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I .................... 3

15

Beauty Culture Theory* .......................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic*................................ 8 Distribution requirement‡ (chosen from PSY, SOC or ART) ............................ 3

15 * COS10 and COS11 are offered only Fall and Spring terms. COS12 - COS19 are offered all terms. COS10 - COS19 must be taken in sequence. COS20 and COS21 are offered Summer term; COS22 and COS23 are offered Winter term. COS20 - COS23 are not sequential and are taken in the term they are offered. Course placement is based on the term in which a student begins and the student must see the program advisor for placement.

The opportunities in the field of cosmetology are limitless. Depending

28


** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

Dental Hygiene program. Students who used the College Placement Test (CPT) to demonstrate mathematics proficiency for program admission as of 2004 – 2005 will not meet the general education requirement for the Associate of Applied Science Degree. Three credits of a mathematics course (MTH65 or higher, excluding MTH211) must be transcripted before graduation. Please see page for more details about the general education requirements of the Applied Associate of Science Degree. To receive points on your application a 100-level or higher mathematics course must be completed (excluding MTH211).

Electives In selecting Speech, or Health and Physical Education, or distribution electives, the student may consult with the program advisor. Examples of approved electives are: Health and Physical Education: HE252, HE253 Distribution: ART115, ART116, ART117, any PSY, any SOC, or Foreign Language Speech: SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP218

First Quarter

‡ See pages 7-9.

DH111 DH112 DH113 BI121 BI234 WR121

Dental Hygiene

Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisor Teresa H. Tong: 503-491-7691 - Room AC 2726

tongt@mhcc.edu

Second Quarter DH121 DH122 DH123 DH124 DH125 BI122

The Dental Hygiene program at Mt. Hood Community College is six quarters in length, leading to an associate degree. Academic instruction in basic and dental sciences is integrated with instruction in dental hygiene therapy, dental procedures, and work in clinical settings to provide a total learning experience for the dental hygiene student. Having completed the program and passed National and Regional Board examinations for dental hygienists, the graduate can be licensed to practice. Some institutions and agencies require a baccalaureate degree for employment. To this end, many courses in the Mt. Hood Community College dental hygiene curriculum are transferable to fouryear colleges and can be applied toward a bachelor’s degree.

DH131 DH132 DH134 DH135 DH136 DH137 SP111

Fourth Quarter

Areas of employment open to dental hygienists include private dental offices or clinics, industrial dental programs, public health, etc. Salaries vary and are commensurate with experience and scope of responsibilities. Opportunities for dental hygienists are excellent, particularly in smaller communities outside of Portland. The personal requirements necessary to succeed as a dental hygienist begin with a strong belief in the importance of good oral health and include an aptitude for the biological sciences. Of prime importance are manual dexterity, high ethical standards, a genuine interest in science and an ability to work with people.

DH211 DH212 DH213 DH214 DH215 DH216 DH217

Although BI121 and BI122 is the anatomy and physiology sequence currently required, students are encouraged to enroll in BI231, BI232 and BI233. This more advanced series fulfills the anatomy and physiology requirement and may transfer more readily for advanced degrees. All classes outside the core curriculum (those not preceded by DH) except general pathology may be taken prior to admission to the

29

17

Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory IV ........................... 1 Dental Hygiene Clinic IV ........................................ 5 Public Health and Dental Research .......................... 2 Periodontology for Dental Hygienists II................... 2 Nutrition .............................................................. 4 General Psychology................................................ 3

Sixth Quarter DH231

18

Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory III .......................... 1 Dental Hygiene Clinic III........................................ 5 Expanded Functions............................................... 2 Periodontology for Dental Hygienists I .................... 2 Dental Materials .................................................... 2 Community Dental Health....................................... 2 Local Anesthesia ................................................... 2 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 1

Fifth Quarter DH221 DH222 DH223 DH224 FN225 PSY201

17

Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory II ............................ 1 Dental Hygiene Clinic II ......................................... 3 Oral Radiology II ................................................... 2 Oral Pathology ...................................................... 2 Pharmacology ....................................................... 3 Head and Neck Anatomy ......................................... 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking or SP100 Basic Speech Communication .................... 3

Employment Opportunities/Personal Aptitude

NOTE: Prior to entry into the Dental Hygiene program students must satisfactorily complete CH104, CH105 and CH106, or the equivalent, as well as selected high school level coursework. CH104 must be completed prior to the application deadline. During the program students must maintain a C grade or better in all dental hygiene courses to progress and to be recommended for dental hygiene licensure examinations.

18

Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory I ............................. 2 Dental Hygiene Clinic I .......................................... 3 Oral Histology/Embryology ..................................... 1 Oral Radiology I .................................................... 3 General Pathology ................................................. 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II ....... 4 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 1

Third Quarter

Admission is based on meeting application deadlines and satisfactory completion of criteria. Applications packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions or call 503-491-7506 to request a copy. Information sessions are also offered on a regular basis. The information sessions are listed in the application packets. Once you have read the application materials and attended an information session, you may call 503-491-7341 if you have questions about the admission process.

Cr

Introduction to Dental Hygiene .............................. 2 Principles of Clinical Dental Hygiene ....................... 3 Dental/Oral Anatomy ............................................. 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I ........ 4 Microbiology ......................................................... 4 English Composition .............................................. 3

17

Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory V ............................. 1


DH232 DH233 DH234 SOC204 WR123

Dental Hygiene Clinic V .......................................... 5 Ethics and Jurisprudence........................................ 2 Practice Management and Dental Hygiene Issues .................................................. 2 General Sociology.................................................. 3 English Composition: Research ................................ 3 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 1

14

Third Quarter ECE122 ECE123 ECE144 ECE148 PSY235

17 ‡ See pages 7-9.

Curriculum Methods: Outside Activities in Early Childhood ............................................. 2 Early Childhood Literature and Language ................. 2 Observation of Young Children ................................ 3 Infant/Toddler Curriculum ...................................... 2 Human Development: I: Infancy-Adolescence ........... 3 Mathematics requirement**‡ ............................... 3-4

Fourth Quarter

Early Childhood Education Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

MHCC Faculty Advisors Ellen White: 503-491-6985 - Room EC 22 whitee@mhcc.edu Chris Heideman: 503-491-7129 or 503-491-7474 - Room AC2767 or EC16 heidemac@mhcc.edu

The Early Childhood Education program prepares students to work with children from birth through school age in both public and private school settings. This program is designed for persons of all ages and backgrounds, with special attention given to individual student needs and abilities. A two-year program leading to an associate degree is available. Graduates are trained to work in a variety of educational and child-care settings, including nursery school, pre-school, day care, private kindergarten, and as para-professionals in the public schools. Course work and practical work experience emphasize knowledge of normal growth and development, guidance skills with young children, and the planning and directing of activities for children which foster positive intellectual, social, emotional and physical growth and development.

15-16

ECE156 ECE231 ECE236 ECE244 ECE245

Cooperative Planning Seminar III* .......................... 1 Child Development: Theory to Practice .................... 3 Curriculum: Social-Emotional .................................. 3 Observation for Curriculum Development ................. 3 Guiding Challenging Children .................................. 2

WE280CDA

Cooperative Education Internship*.......................... 3

Fifth Quarter ECE156 ECE237 ECE246 ECE253 WE280CDA

Cooperative Planning Seminar IV* ........................... 1 Curriculum: Physical/Motor .................................... 3 Parent/Family Relations ......................................... 2 Early Childhood Environments ................................. 2 Cooperative Education Internship*.......................... 3 Distribution requirement‡ ..................................... 3

Sixth Quarter ECE156 ECE224 ECE238 ECE260 WE280CDA

Enrollment in the early childhood classes is open to all interested students, whether attending school full- or part-time. However, only a limited number of practicum opportunities are available and enrollment in this aspect of the program is available only with consent of the program faculty. Many of the courses also are excellent for parents and others who work with young children.

15

14

Cooperative Planning Seminar V* ............................ 1 Early Childhood Math and Science ........................... 2 Curriculum: Cognition ............................................ 3 Values and Issues in Early Childhood Education ........ 2 Cooperative Education Internship* ......................... 3 Distribution requirement‡ ...................................... 3 Health & Physical Education requirement‡ ............... 3

17

With or without accommodation, students must fulfill the program competencies for practicum experiences with young children. The safety and well-being of children is always of primary importance. Certificate and degree candidates should anticipate practicum settings with physical, emotional and mental challenges. Students with questions about the nature of the program should arrange for an individual appointment with a program advisor.

* ECE156 and WE280CDA must be taken concurrently. Level I seminar and co-op may be taken Fall or Winter term. Level II seminar and co-op may be taken Winter or Spring term. ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

Early Childhood Education options include certificate and AAS programs. Consult ECE program advisors regarding your individual needs.

Students must successfully complete 1st year classes/certificate coursework prior to admission to 2nd year classes. Program advisors will determine individual eligibility.

First Quarter ECE131 ECE140 ECE145 ECE156 WE280CDA

Cr

‡ See pages 7-9.

Child Development................................................. 3 Introduction to Early Childhood Education ............... 2 Techniques of Positive Guidance ............................. 3 Cooperative Planning Seminar I*............................. 1 Cooperative Education Internship* ......................... 3 Communications requirement‡ ................................ 3

Early Childhood Education Certificate Program

MHCC Faculty Advisors Ellen White: 503-491-6985 - Room EC 22 whitee@mhcc.edu Chris Heideman: 503-491-7129 or 503-491-7474 - Room AC2767 or EC16 heidemac@mhcc.edu

15 Second Quarter ECE121 ECE147 ECE150 ECE156 ECE170 WE280CDA

Curriculum Methods: Sensory Experiences in Early Childhood ............................................. 2 Infant/Toddler Caregiving ...................................... 3 Curriculum: Play .................................................... 3 Cooperative Planning Seminar II* ........................... 1 Health, Safety, and Nutrition.................................. 2 Cooperative Education Internship*.......................... 3

Successful completion of the curriculum for a one-year certificate allows a student to move into the second year of the Associate of Applied Science Degree (AAS). (Students must complete with a C grade average.) A one-year certificate prepares a student to enter the field of early childhood education as a teacher, or assistant teacher in child care centers and private preschools or as a nanny.

30


First Quarter ECE131 ECE140 ECE145 ECE156 WE280CDA WR101

Second Quarter ECE121 ECE147 ECE150 ECE156 ECE170 WE280CDA

ECE123 ECE144 ECE148 PSY235

Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree/ Certificate Program MHCC Faculty Advisor Jack Fassel: 503-491-7672 - Room AC 1274

15

The Electronics Technology Program’s mission (consistent with the College’s mission) is to provide an avenue to prepare a knowledgebased workforce of life-long learners who are adaptable to the changes in the electronics industry. The program provides a broad base of knowledge that allows students to be employable in a wide spectrum of opportunities where electronics are used. The Electronics Technology Program concentrates on technical fundamentals, proper methods of electronic circuit and system assembly, use of standard measurement, test instruments and computer tools, and problem solving.

17

Electronics Technicians are employed in a wide range of industry segments including:

Curriculum Methods: Outside Activities in Early Childhood ............................................. 2 Early Childhood Literature and Language ................. 2 Observation of Young Children ................................ 3 Infant/Toddler Curriculum ...................................... 2 Human Development: I: Infancy-Adolescence ........... 3 Mathematics requirement‡ .................................. 3-4

• automotive and transportation • avionics • business electronics (finance, retail, legal, service) • communications & telecommunications • computer electronics • consumer electronics • entertainment electronics • industrial and manufacturing electronics • instrumentation electronics • medical electronics • military electronics • power generation and distribution • semiconductor manufacturing Electronic technicians are needed to perform system installation, maintenance, troubleshooting, repair, field service, quality control testing, fabrication, and technical sales support of today’s electronic equipment as well as being valuable team members of research and development efforts for tomorrow’s systems. Electronic technicians are employed as: • applications engineering technician • calibration technician • equipment technician • field service and/or installation technician • industrial control technician • manufacturing technician • product evaluation technician • quality control technician • research and development technician • software qualification and/or test technician • tech support • technical writer and/or trainer Choose between a one-year certificate in Electronics Technology or a two-year Associate of Applied Science degree program. To earn the one-year certificate, successfully complete the first three terms of the two-year AAS degree.

15-16 * ECE156 and WE280CDA must be taken concurrently. Level I seminar and co-op may be taken Fall or Winter term. Level II seminar and co-op may be taken Winter or Spring term. ‡

fasselj@mhcc.edu

Join the growing field of electronics by becoming an electronics technician. The Electronics Technology program at Mt. Hood Community College offers in-depth instruction and hands-on training necessary to become a professional electronics technician.

Curriculum Methods: Sensory Experiences in Early Childhood ............................................. 2 Infant/Toddler Caregiving ...................................... 3 Curriculum: Play .................................................... 3 Cooperative Planning Seminar II* ........................... 1 Health, Safety, and Nutrition.................................. 2 Cooperative Education Internship*.......................... 3 Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3

Third Quarter ECE122

Electronics Technology

Cr

Child Development................................................. 3 Introduction to Early Childhood Education ............... 2 Techniques of Positive Guidance ............................. 3 Cooperative Planning Seminar I*............................. 1 Coooperative Education Internship* ....................... 3 Workplace Communications or WR121 English Composition ................................ 3

See pages 7-9

Special opportunities for teachers and caregivers - Learn while you earn! Non-traditional credit can help you earn a degree or certificate while you’re working in early childhood education. You must have completed 12 credits at MHCC to be eligible. Your prior training and current job experience may provide the knowledge needed to successfully challenge a course. An ECE faculty advisor will work individually with you to outline a degree path using a combination of traditional classes, on-site evaluation of your teaching and caregiving experience and non-traditional credit for prior learning. · Get credit for what you know · Cut the time required to earn your college degree · Maintain your employment Non-traditional credit can provide the flexibility you need to make your dream of a college degree a reality! (All students must successfully complete coursework and practicum competencies required for graduation. College and program requirements apply.)

Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc. edu/admissons/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application packet, if you have questions, please call 503-491-7341.

31


First Quarter EET111 EET120A EET120B MTH111 CIS120 CIS120L

Engineering Technology Architectural, Civil, or Mechanical…

Cr

Introduction to Electronics Technology ................... 3 DC Fundamentals ................................................... 3 AC Fundamentals ................................................... 3 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 4 Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1

Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Programs

17

Engineering Technology is a professional technical career that involves the practical application of science and mathematics along with engineering knowledge, methods, and skills to support activities in design, manufacturing and construction. Engineering technicians provide a critical link between design professionals and craftspeople doing the work. Employment opportunities exist for men and women in this growing, fast-paced, and ever-evolving occupation. Mt. Hood Community College offers Associate in Applied Science degrees in three areas of specialization which are Architectural, Civil, and Mechanical Engineering Technology.

Second Quarter EET140A EET140B MTH112 WR121

Semiconductor Applications I ................................. 3 Semiconductor Applications II ................................ 3 Pre-Calculus II: Trigonometry/Geometry .................. 4 English Composition .............................................. 3 Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3

16 Third Quarter EET160A EET160B CIS122 MTH251 WR122

Digital Applications I............................................. 3 Digital Applications II ........................................... 3 Computer Concepts III ........................................... 4 Calculus I ............................................................. 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

Emphasis is “hands on” experience with much of the coursework focusing on common tasks that technicians actually will do in industry on a day-to-day basis. Skills and abilities expected of a technician participating in engineering related fields include: computer literacy, problem solving, critical thinking, communication, flexibility, and the ability to work in teams. With the tremendous range of jobs related to engineering technology, some employers may require only a few of these skills where others may need all of them and more.

17 Fourth - Sixth Quarters WE280ESB IT121A PH201

Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4 Industrial Leadership ............................................. 1 General Physics I or CH104 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry I....................................... 5 Communication distribution requirement‡ ............... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3

Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions or call 503-491-7506 to request a copy. Once you have read the application packet, you may call 503-491-7341 if you have questions about the admission process. It is recommended that prospective students arrange for an interview with a program advisor before registering to clarify the emphasis of the program.

16 Select 27 credits from the core list below: EET214 EET220A EET220B EET232 EET240A EET240B EET252 EET260A EET260B EET262 EET270 EET272

Listed below are the requirements for all three degrees offered. Questions may be directed to the program advisor as listed for each engineering degree.

Linear Integrated Circuits....................................... 3 Microprocessors I .................................................. 3 Microprocessors II ................................................. 3 Lasers and Fiber Optics ......................................... 3 Electronic Communications I .................................. 3 Electronic Communications II ................................. 3 Programmable Controllers (PLCs)............................ 3 Control Systems I .................................................. 3 Control Systems II ................................................. 3 Semiconductor Processing I .................................... 3 Semiconductor Equipment Overview ........................ 3 Semiconductor Processing II .................................. 3

Architectural Engineering Technology Degree (One-year certificate also available)

MHCC Faculty Advisor Mike Brayson: 503-491-7118 - Room AC 2681 braysonm@mhcc.edu

This degree focuses on engineering technology as it relates to the design and construction of buildings. Many opportunities exist in the construction industry which include; building design, construction management, inspection, quality control, materials sales, and technical support. Architectural engineering technicians could find employment with structural design firms, general and specialty contractors, and engineered component manufacturers. Job opportunities also exist in various parts of federal, state and local government. The AET program also offers a one-year certificate for those successfully completing the first three terms of the two-year AAS degree. Contact the AET advisor for more information.

‡ See pages 7-9 EVENING ELECTRONICS COURSES Persons working a full time job during the day may find our evening electronics program the solution for job enhancement or for beginning a path that will lead to a certificate or degree. Each core electronics course is presented during a single evening lecture session and the corresponding lab time is selected by the student’s availability. See the MHCC quarterly schedule for specifics.

First Quarter ET120 ET123 ART115 MTH60 WR121

Cr

Architectural Drawing ............................................ 3 Introduction to Engineering Technology ................. 3 Basic Design I or Related Elective* ...................... 3-4 Beginning Algebra I** ........................................... 3 English Composition*** ......................................... 3

15-16

32


Second Quarter

First Quarter

ET135 ET144

ET120 ET123 ET144

ET154 MTH80 WR122

Practical Descriptive Geometry ............................... 3 Computer Applications in Engineering Technology ....................................................... 3 Computer Aided Design I**** ................................. 3 Technical Mathematics I** ..................................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking*** ................ 3

Third Quarter ET130 ET150 MTH85 PSY201 WR227

3

ET250 ET263 ET264 ET265 WE280ET

ET154 HPE295 MTH111 PSY201 WR122

Computer Aided Design II**** ................................ 3 Statics ................................................................. 4 General Physics I or CH104 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I or G201 Principles of Geology ............................. 4-5 Social Sciences/Humanities distribution requirement‡

ET130 ET150 MTH112 WR227

16

Architectural CAD Drawing .................................... 3 Plane Surveying .................................................... 4 Pre-Calculus II: Trigonometry/Geometry .................. 4 Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3

14

Fourth Quarter ET200 ET204 ET221 PH201

Basic Strengths of Materials ................................... 4 Engineering Economics .......................................... 3 Project Design I .................................................... 3 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3

13

Route Surveying .................................................... 4 Computer Aided Design II* .................................... 3 Statics ................................................................. 4 General Physics I or CH104 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I ................. 4-5

15-16

Fifth Quarter

Project Design II ................................................... 3 Structures ............................................................ 4 Soils and Concrete in Construction .......................... 3 Site Development .................................................. 3 Coop. Education Internship or Related elective ........ 4

ET222 ET231 FT228 MTH241

17

Fluid Mechanics..................................................... 3 Basic Strengths of Materials ................................... 4 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems ............................................................ 3 Elementary Calculus or MTH243 Probability and Statistics I or MTH251 Calculus I ......................... 4 Related elective .................................................... 3

17

* If a related elective is to be taken instead of ART115, it is suggested that HPE295 be taken in the first quarter and the related elective be taken in the fifth quarter. Related electives listed on page 66. ** MTH95,111,112 may be substituted for MTH60, 80,85. *** WR101 & 102 may be substituted for WR121 & 122. **** ET161 and ET162 may be substituted for ET154. ET163 and ET164; or ET175, ET176, ET177, and ET179 may be substituted for ET204.

Sixth Quarter ET232 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Design ............................ 3 ET263 Structures or Related elective................................. 4 ET264 Soils and Concrete in Construction .......................... 3 ET265 Site Development .................................................. 3 Social Sciences/Humanities distribution requirement‡.......3

16 * ET161 and ET162 may be substituted for ET154. ET163 and ET164 may be substituted for ET204.

‡ See pages 7-9.

Civil Engineering Technology Degree

MHCC Faculty Advisor Bill Kenney: 503-491-7690 - Room AC 2667

Computer Aided Design I* ...................................... 3 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 4 General Psychology................................................ 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

Third Quarter

14-15

Sixth Quarter

17-18

Second Quarter

17

Fifth Quarter ET231 ET234 ET240 HPE295

WR121

Architectural CAD Drawing ..................................... 3 Plane Surveying .................................................... 4 Technical Mathematics II** .................................... 4 General Psychology................................................ 3 Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3

Fourth Quarter ET204 ET221 PH201

MTH95

16

Cr

Architectural Drawing ........................................... 3 Introduction to Engineering Technology ................. 3 Computer Applications in Engineering Technology or CIS120 and CIS120L Computer Concepts I (with lab) ...................................... 3-4 Intermediate Algebra with Right Triangle Trigonometry .................................................... 5 English Composition .............................................. 3

‡ See pages 7-9.

kenneyb@mhcc.edu

Civil Engineering Technology - Environmental

The field of civil engineering is the most visible of the engineering disciplines. The highways and streets we drive on; the airports, harbors, and railroads that connect our country; the water and sewer systems that protect our health; and the dikes and dams that protect our property are all the product of the civil engineering team. The civil engineering team also supports the work of architects by designing building sites, foundations and the structural framework on which the actual building is constructed. Typical job titles for this degree include civil engineering technician, survey technician, design drafter, construction inspector and materials technician.

(Pending approval of the State Board of Education)

MHCC Faculty Advisor Bill Kenney: 503-491-7690 - Room AC 2667

kenneyb@mhcc.edu

The field of civil engineering is the most visible of the engineering disciplines. The highways and streets we drive on; the airports, harbors, and railroads that connect our country; the water and sewer systems that protect our health; and the dikes and dams that protect

33


Mechanical Engineering Technology Degree

our property are all the product of the civil engineering team. The environmental option will provide preparation that allows the civil engineering technician to support civil engineers in the environmental issues related to all areas of city, county and state infrastructure.

First Quarter ET120 ET123 ET144

MTH95 WR121

Cr

Computer Aided Design I* ...................................... 3 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 4 General Psychology................................................ 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

ET204 ET221 EHS101 ESR271

EHS143 EHS201

ET122 ET123

16

HPE295 MTH95 WR121

ET135 ET144 ET154 MTH111 WR122

18

ET132 MTH112 PSY201 WR227

Fluid Mechanics..................................................... 3 Basic Strengths of Materials ................................... 4 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems ............................................................ 3 Environmental Science Lab I: EPA Methodology Lab and Sampling ........................... 3 Environmental Health and Safety Regulations II ....... 3

16

Sixth Quarter ET232 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Design ............................ 3 ET265 Site Development .................................................. 3 EHS230 Pollution Prevention.............................................. 3 Social Sciences/Humanities distribution requirement‡ 3 Related Elective .................................................... 3

ET231 ET234 ET240 MFG212

15

ET250 WE280ET

‡ See pages 7-9.

15

Fluid Mechanics or PH202 General Physics II ................................ 3-5 Basic Strengths of Materials ................................... 4 Engineering Economics .......................................... 3 Project Design 1 .................................................... 3 CAM Concepts I ..................................................... 4

Sixth Quarter

* ET161 and ET162 may be substituted for ET154. ET163 and ET164 may be substituted for ET204.

13

Computer Aided Design II....................................... 3 Statics ................................................................. 4 Supervisory Management........................................ 3 General Physics I ................................................... 5

Fifth Quarter ET222

16

Engineering CAD Drawing ....................................... 3 Pre-Calculus II: Trigonometry/Geometry* ................ 4 General Psychology................................................ 3 Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3

Fourth Quarter ET204 ET221 BA255 PH201

17

Practical Descriptive Geometry ............................... 3 Computer Applications in Engineering Technology .... 3 Computer Aided Design I**..................................... 3 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions* ..................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

Third Quarter

14

Cr

Engineering Drawing.............................................. 3 Introduction to Engineering Technology ...................................................... 3 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Intermediate Algebra with Right Triangle Trigonometry*................................................... 5 English Composition .............................................. 3

Second Quarter

Computer Aided Design II* .................................... 3 Statics ................................................................. 4 Environmental Health and Safety Regulations I ........ 3 Environmental Science II: Introduction to Environmental Engineering ............................. 4

Fifth Quarter ET222 ET231 FT228

First Quarter

Architectural CAD Drawing .................................... 3 Plane Surveying .................................................... 4 Environmental Chemistry ....................................... 4 Pre-Calculus II: Trigonometry/Geometry .................. 4 Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3

Fourth Quarter

troy@mhcc.edu

This degree focuses on technicians for entry in various engineering support activities required by industry. These courses give students experience in mechanical design at a technician level. Included in the scope of many courses is the use of state of the art computer-aided design equipment (CAD). MET students could find employment in any type of manufacturing thus creating a wide variety of job possibilities such as an engineering technician, drafter, and CAD technician in light to heavy product design industries. Typical employers would be manufacturers of material handling equipment, transportation equipment, medical equipment, recreation equipment and materials testing. The MET program also offers a one-year certificate for those successfully completing the first three terms of the two-year AAS degree. Contact the MET advisor for more information.

17-18

Third Quarter ET130 ET150 CH170 MTH112 WR227

MHCC Faculty Advisor Troy Donaldson: 503-491-7681 - Room AC 2579

Architectural Drawing ........................................... 3 Introduction to Engineering Technology ................. 3 Computer Applications in Engineering Technology or CIS120 and CIS120L Computer Concepts I (with lab) ...................................... 3-4 Intermediate Algebra with Right Triangle Trigonometry .................................................... 5 English Composition .............................................. 3

Second Quarter ET154 HPE295 MTH111 PSY201 WR122

(One-year certificate also available)

17-19

Project Design II ................................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4 Social Sciences/Humanities distribution requirement‡.......3 Related elective .................................................... 6

16 * MTH60, 80, 85 may be substituted for MTH95,111,112. ** ET161 and ET162 may be substituted for ET154.

34


Engineering Technology Related Electives

What are the requirements needed in small business?

Related electives must be approved by the program adviser for the degree being sought. Electives are generally accepted only for the programs indicated. ART115 Basic Design I (MET) CH104 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I (AET, MET) CH151 Basic Chemistry (MET) CH170 Environmental Chemistry (CET) CIS122A Program Design (CET) CIS125AA, CIS125AB, CIS125AC (CET) CIS133SQL Introduction to SQL (CET) ESR271 Envr. Sci II: Intro to Envir. Engineering (CET) ET161 Beginning 2-D AutoCAD (AET, MET) ET162 Intermediate 2-D AutoCAD (AET, MET) ET163 3-D AutoCAD (AET, MET) ET164 Menus and Lisp AutoCAD (AET, MET) ET170 AutoCAD 2000 Layouts, Features and Tools (all) ET175 AutoCAD 3-D Views & Coordinate Systems (all) ET176 AutoCAD 3-D Modeling I - Surfaces (all) ET177 AutoCAD 3-D Modeling II - Solids (all) ET178 AutoCAD Rendering (all) ET179 AutoCAD Customization (all) ET222 Fluid Mechanics (AET, MET) ET232 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Design (AET) FT228 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (AET) G201 Principles of Geology (AET, MET) GE101 Engineering Orientation (CET) GE102 Engineering Computations (CET) MFG134/MFG135 Metallurgy Theory and Lab (MET) MTH241 Elementary Calculus (AET, MET) WE280CE Cooperative Education Internship (CET) For other approved Engineering transfer, Computer Science or Physical Science courses, see program advisor for details. (CET) Approved Computer Science courses (AET, MET)

As you know, anyone can start a business. The problem, however, is that many people don’t know what’s involved, don’t know the risks and don’t have the skills to start and successfully operate a business or work for an already existing business. You will be able to custom design your own program to fit your individual needs. Specialized courses in your area of interest such as automotive, graphic design, cosmetology and others may be applied toward your entrepreneurship degree. At the completion of this program, you will not only have a degree, but you also will have newly developed, practical skills to feel confident that you can start and successfully run a small business.

First Quarter (Fall) BA100 BA150 BT103 PSY201 WR121

Second Quarter (Winter) BA211 BA250 BT210__ BT210__ CIS120L WR122

15-16

Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4 Small Business Management ................................... 3 Word - Level I ....................................................... 1 Word - Level II ...................................................... 1 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 English Composition: Critical Thinking or BA205 Business Communications** .................. 3-4 Mathematics requirement*** .................................. 3

Third Quarter (Spring) BA200 HUM202 BT210__ BT210__

Cr

Introduction to Entrepreneurship ............................ 3 Developing a Small Business ................................... 3 Business Mathematics or MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions .... 3-4 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ............... 3 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I**................. 3

16-17

Marketing Warfare ................................................. 3 Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace ............. 3 Excel - Level I ....................................................... 1 Excel - Level II...................................................... 1 ICDP Electives* ..................................................... 6

‡ See pages 7-9.

14 Fourth Quarter (Fall)

Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management

BA202 BA222 BA238

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

MHCC Faculty Advisor Chuck Knocke: 503-491-6971 - Room AC 2663 knockec@mhcc.edu

Customer Service and Employee Relations ................ 3 Finance ............................................................... 3 Sales .................................................................... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3 ICDP Electives* .................................................... 3

Fifth Quarter (Winter) BA223 BA264 EC201

Have you ever thought of owning your own business or working for a small business? The Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management program will prepare you for self-employment and careers in small business. The program will include instruction and training in evaluating small business ideas and opportunities, developing skills and understanding the resources necessary to go into business.

Principles of Marketing .......................................... 3 eBusiness ............................................................. 3 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3 ICDP Electives* .................................................... 6

Sixth Quarter (Spring) BA230 EC202 SP111

What are the opportunities in small business? In the last seven years small businesses with fewer than 20 employees have been the major contributing factor to employment growth in Oregon. In addition, almost 90 percent of the businesses in Oregon and nationwide employ fewer than 20 people. What this means is that small business is where the new and existing jobs are, and small businesses hire people with the education, knowledge and experience relating to the needs of their small business. This program is directly focused on the practical, hands-on aspects of small business.

15

15

Business Plan-Operating/Financial .......................... 3 Principles of Economics II (Macro) .......................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 ICDP Electives* .................................................... 6

15 * Individual Custom Designed Program (ICDP) Electives The Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management program allows for students to develop with their advisor an individual

35


Managing as an Entrepreneur

custom designed program that meets their small business needs and specific interests. The program allows students at least 24 credits (about a third of the program) to specialize in a specific area relating to their chosen field in small business. Upon entering the program each student will meet with his/her advisor and mutually develop an individual custom designed program that will provide them with the necessary expertise to be a successful entrepreneur. ** Students must complete either: 1) WR121 and WR122, 2) WR121 and BA205, or 3) WR101 and BA205. *** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

BA211 BA250 BA264 BT210__ BT210__ SP111

BA200 BA230 BA238 HUM202

Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management

15

MHCC Faculty Advisor Chuck Knocke: 503-491-6971 – Room AC 2663 knockec@mhcc.edu

‡ See pages 7-9.

Environmental Health and Safety

The Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management Program will help to prepare you to develop and successfully operate your own business. Students learn how to find and evaluate business opportunities. They will learn the necessary steps in registering and forming a business, as well as how to successfully manage and operate it. You will be able to answer these questions: · What is it like to own and operate your own business? · Would you like to start and operate a business from your own home? · How do you find and evaluate small business opportunities? · Would you like to learn about franchising? · Would you like to learn how to start and develop a business of you own? · What is actually involved in operating a small business? · What are the risks and rewards of being your own boss? · What are the important skills involved in operating a successful small business of your own?

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisor Dr. Javid Mohtasham: 503-491-7440 - Room AC 2571 mohtashj@mhcc.edu

The Environmental Health and Safety program provides students a basic understanding of the environmental health and safety issues. The technical nature of this field requires basic courses in math and chemistry in order to understand and work more effectively in this field. The program includes lectures, class projects, and an internship. The curriculum would be suitable for high school graduates, people now working in industry in the areas of occupational safety and health, or environmental management, and those with no related job experience wanting to change careers. Persons assigned new duties in this area may find individual courses will fulfill their needs for continuing professional education. Students completing an Associate’s Degree in the EHS program may transfer to several different four-year schools for the Bachelor of Science degree in different environmental fields. Interested students should contact the program advisor for additional information.

Students enrolling in the Certificate program are expected to be interested in starting their own business within a short period of time. They most likely would already have a set of skills or interests that they want to use to start and operate their own business or franchise. For those students who want more education or training in a customdesigned program, they should investigate the two-year associates degree in Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management. The two-year program allows students to customize their own individual program of skill, development and training by choosing to take more elective courses. All of the courses in the one-year certificate program are necessary in the two-year degree program. Therefore, it is easy for a student who gets a one-year certificate to decide to go on for a two-year degree.

What are the Possibilities for Employment? The Environmental Health and Safety program prepares students for well paid jobs in the growing fields of environmental health and safety. Small to large companies have the need for at least one person responsible for environmental health and/or safety issues. Employment in the environmental field include such jobs as program managers, regulatory officers, auditors, field and lab technicians, scientists, researchers, educators, and trainers. Employment in the health and safety field include such jobs as safety technicians, safety officers, accident investigators, industrial hygienists, risk managers, program developers, and program managers.

Cr

Introduction to Entrepreneurship ............................ 3 Developing a Small Business ................................... 3 Customer Service and Employee Relations ................ 3 Beginning Windows ............................................... 1 Internet for the Business Professional ..................... 1 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I .................... 3

Second Quarter (Winter)

Marketing Warfare ................................................. 3 Business Plan-Operating/Financial .......................... 3 Sales .................................................................... 3 Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace ............. 3 Mathematics requirement*‡.................................... 3

* Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

Certificate Program

BA100 BA150 BA202 BT210__ BT210__ CIS120L WR121

15

Third Quarter (Spring) Planning as an Entrepreneur

‡ See pages 7-9.

First Quarter (Fall) Developing Entrepreneurial Opportunities

Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4 Small Business Management ................................... 3 eBusiness ............................................................. 3 Excel - Level I ....................................................... 1 Excel - Level II...................................................... 1 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3

First Quarter EHS100 EHS101 CH104 MTH95

15

Cr

Introduction to Environmental Health and Safety ........................................................ 2 Environmental Health and Safety Regulations I ........ 3 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I* .......... 5 Intermediate Algebra with Right-Triangle Trigonometry or MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions** .................................... 4-5

14-15

36


Environmental Health and Safety

Second Quarter EHS143 ESR281 BI101 CH105 WR121

Environmental Science Lab I: EPA Methodology Labs & Sampling ............................ 3 Elements of Industrial Hygiene ............................... 3 General Biology I*** ............................................. 4 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry II* ......... 5 English Composition .............................................. 3

Third Quarter EHS171 ESR285 BI102 CH170 WR122

EHS225 ESR271 CIS120 CIS120L

MHCC Faculty Advisor Dr. Javid Mohtasham: 503-491-7440 - Room AC 2571 mohtashj@mhcc.edu

18

Students may earn a certificate in Environmental Health and Safety. The curriculum would be suitable for people now working in industry in the areas of environmental management or occupational safety and health, or anyone interested in entering this field. Students may find this option a beginning point for the associate degree program.

Environmental Science I: Chemistry of Hazardous Materials....................................... 3 Safety and Health Standards and Laws ..................... 3 General Biology II*** ............................................ 4 Environmental Chemistry ....................................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

Fourth Quarter EHS221

Certificate Program

Basic Course Requirements EHS100

17

EHS101 EHS171

Environmental Safety I: Emergency Response Planning............................................. 4 Human and Environmental Toxicology ...................... 3 Environmental Science II: Introduction to Environmental Engineering ................................. 4 Computer Concepts I* ............................................ 3 Computer Concepts Lab I* ...................................... 1 Approved electives**** ......................................... 3

ESR281 CIS120 CIS120L CH104 CH170 MTH95

18 Fifth Quarter EHS201 EHS222 WE280EVB

WE280EVB

In addition to basic course requirements above, add:

Safety and Regulations Electives (3 required)

17

EHS221

Pollution Prevention (P2)....................................... 3 Environmental Science Lab II: Introduction to Instrumental Analysis ....................................... 4 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4 Approved Humanities/Social Science distribution requirement‡ .................................. 3

EHS225 EHS201 EHS222

Sixth Quarter EHS230 EHS243

PSY101 SP111 WR121

Environmental Health and Safety Regulations II .................................................. 3 Environmental Safety II: Environmental Auditing ........................................................... 4 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ........ 3 Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3

Cr

Introduction to Environmental Health and Safety ........................................................ 2 Environmental Health and Safety Regulations I ........ 3 Environmental Science I: Chemistry of Hazardous Materials....................................... 3 Elements of Industrial Hygiene ............................... 3 Computer Concepts I* ............................................ 3 Computer Concepts Lab I* ...................................... 1 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I ............ 5 Environmental Chemistry ....................................... 4 Intermediate Algebra with Right-Triangle Trigonometry or MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions* ...................................... 4-5 Psychology of Human Relations .............................. 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 English Composition .............................................. 3

ESR285 3

Environmental Safety I: Emergency Response Planning............................................. 4 Human and Environmental Toxicology ...................... 3 Environmental Health and Safety Regulations II ....... 3 Environmental Safety II: Environmental Auditing .......................................................... 4 Safety and Health Standards and Laws .......................

Science and Technology Electives (3 required)

14

EHS143

* CH221 and CH222 may be substituted for CH104 and CH105. ** Higher level Math or Computer Science course may be substituted. *** Any two 200 level biology courses may be substituted for BI101 and BI102. **** Any 200 level course in science, social science, or humanities.

EHS230 EHS243 ESR271

Note: Students who are pursuing an AAS degree in the EHS Program, are entitled to receive the certification for the 40-hour HAZWOPER (EPA 165.1) training without additional cost.

Environmental Science Lab I: EPA Methodology Labs & Sampling ............................ 3 Pollution Prevention (P2)....................................... 3 Environmental Science Lab II: Introduction to Instrumental Analysis ....................................... 4 Environmental Science II: Introduction to Environmental Engineering ................................. 4

* Higher level Math or Computer Science course may be substituted.

‡ See pages 7-9.

37


Environmental Horticulture

* Oregon Department of Agriculture Pesticide Licensing Recertification Credits are typically available for HOR133, HOR165, HOR166 and HOR167. These courses may be offered under a ‘short course’ format throughout the year. A section of HOR165 may be offered in Winter. ** Sections of selected courses may also be available during quarters when they are not scheduled. *** Students must have completed necessary prerequisites and placement examinations before starting the certificate program.

Certificate Program

MHCC Faculty Advisor Sven Svenson: 503-491-7477 - Room AC 2589 svensons@mhcc.edu

Horticulture is the largest agronomic industry in Oregon. Wholesale sales of nursery plants, greenhouse plants, and Christmas trees grown in Oregon exceeded $830,000,000 in 2001. These industries continue to grow even during slow economic cycles, helping to keep Oregonians employed. In the United States, only California and Florida produce more ornamental plants than Oregon. Successful production of nursery and greenhouse crops in Oregon often requires use of advanced technology, including robotics, computer control systems, and tissue culture systems.

‡ See pages 7-9.

Fisheries Technology

Positions are available for horticultural specialists in production, business management, pest management, marketing, government inspection, public gardens, teaching, research, horticultural supplies and equipment, the health care industry, sales, and many other areas. At MHCC, many students are employed while they are full-time students.

Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisors Tom Worcester: 503-491-7330 - Room AC 2570 worcestt@mhcc.edu Todd Hanna: 503-491-7163 - Room HF 13 hannat@mhcc.edu

MHCC offers a one-year certificate program in Horticulture. The curriculum prepares students for immediate entry into the greenhouse or nursery industries.

The purpose of the two-year Fisheries Technology AAS degree curriculum is to prepare students for successful careers with private, federal or state agencies as a fish culturist and/or a fishery technician. Over and above such required work as fish biology, fish husbandry and fishery techniques, a significant portion of the program will provide hands-on experience through field and propagation projects, including operations in the campus fish hatchery.

Many horticulture classes transfer to other community colleges and to Oregon State University as part of an Associate Degree or Bachelor’s Degree program Additional Costs Horticulture courses may require students to purchase hand tools, texts and miscellaneous items, including clothing suitable for outdoor activity.

Fall Quarter**/*** HOR100 HOR140 HOR143 HOR226 MTH65

HOR142 HOR145 HOR227 BUS43

15

First Quarter FI101 FI111 MTH20 WR115

16

FI102 FI112 BT210__ BT210__ MTH60 WR121

FI103 FI113 MTH65 PE185FSW WLD116 WR122

Integrated Pest Management: Diseases* .....................2 Basic Speech Communication or SP115 Introduction to Intercultural Communication ... 3 Human Relations‡ ...................................................3

14

Fishery Techniques II ............................................. 4 Fish Biology II ...................................................... 4 Excel - Level I or CIS equivalent.............................. 1 Word - Level I or CIS equivalent .............................. 1 Beginning Algebra I............................................... 3 English Composition .............................................. 3

Third Quarter

16

Cr

Fishery Techniques I .............................................. 4 Fish Biology I ....................................................... 4 Applied Arithmetic and Pre-algebra* ....................... 3 Introduction to Expository Writing** ...................... 3

Second Quarter

Chemical Safety and Application* ..............................3 Horticultural Practices: Greenhouse Crop Production ...3 Integrated Pest Management: Pests* .........................2 Integrated Pest Management: Weeds* ........................2 Plant Identification and Use III.................................3 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition...................................3

Summer Quarter** HOR165 SP100

Those students desiring entry into the Fisheries program are advised that admission will be on a first-come, first-served basis. Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application packet, if you have questions about the admission process, please call 503-491-7346.

Horticultural Practices: Structures, Equipment and Systems.........................................................3 Horticultural Practices: Water, Soils, Substrates and Fertilizers ......................................................4 Horticultural Practices: Nursery Management** ..........3 Plant Identification and Use II ..................................3 Introduction to Operation Management: Horticulture .........................................................3

Spring Quarter** HOR133 HOR144 HOR166 HOR167 HOR228 WR101

Cr

Introduction to Horticulture .....................................3 Horticultural Practices: Calculations ..........................2 Horticultural Practices: Plant Propagation ..................4 Plant Identification and Use I ...................................3 Beginning Algebra II ................................................3

Winter Quarter** HOR141

Chest waders and rain gear are required and must be purchased by the student. Students completing the program will usually assist in propagation and rearing of game and food fish. Because of the rigorous activity demanded by the work, good physical condition is a necessity.

16

Fishery Techniques III ........................................... 4 Fish Biology III ..................................................... 4 Beginning Algebra II ............................................. 3 Swimming and Basic Water Safety ........................... 1 General Welding I .................................................. 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

18

8

38


Fourth Quarter FI201 FI205 FI207 FI211 FI221

Fifth Quarter FI202 FI212 FI222 FI231 HE252

PS297 SP100 VT10FIA WR199FI

Application packets are available on our web site at http://www. mhcc.edu/LRadmissions or call 503-491-7506. Once you have read the application materials, if you have questions about the admission process, you can call 503-491-7346. Application deadline is the end of February.

17

Fish Husbandry II .............................................. 6 Field Projects II ................................................ 2 Equipment Maintenance and Repair ..................... 4 Current Issues in Natural Resources ..................... 1 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ...................... 3

Sixth Quarter FI203 FI213 FI241

According to accreditation standards of the American Board of Funeral Service Education, an individual must take the National Board Examination as written by the International Conference of Funeral Service Examining Boards, in order to complete the Funeral Service degree from any accredited program.

Fish Husbandry I ............................................... 6 Fisheries Lab Techniques .................................... 2 Data Collection Techniques ................................. 3 Field Projects I ................................................. 2 Building Maintenance and Repair ........................ 4

First Quarter FSE121 AH12

16

CIS120/L

Fish Husbandry III............................................. 3 Field Projects III ............................................... 2 Stream Habitat Assessment and Improvement .................................................... 2 Introduction to Environmental Politics .................... 3 Basic Speech Communication or SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............... 3 Special Projects*** ............................................... 1 Writing Capstone Projects for Fisheries.................... 2

HPE295 WR121

Cr

Funeral Service Orientation .................................... 3 Medical Vocabulary or MO14 Medical Terminology I ............................ 2-3 Computer Concepts I (w/Lab) or BA231 Information Technology in Business ......... 4 Health and Fitness For Life or HE250 Personal Health or HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies...................................................... 3 English Composition ............................................. 3

Second Quarter

15-16

FSE122 Funeral Service Sociology....................................... 3 AH11 Survey of Body Systems ..................................................... 4 BA226 Introduction to Business Law I ............................... 3 MTH65 Beginning Algebra I* ............................................. 3 PSY201 General Psychology ............................................... 3

16 * Students placing in MTH60 or MTH65 should begin their mathematics sequence in the fall. ** Students placing in WR121 should begin their writing sequence in the fall. *** VT10FIA may be taken any quarter, including the summer.

Third Quarter FSE124 AC110

Funeral Service Law ............................................... 3 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ........................ 4 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I ............ 5 Basic Speech Communication or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ........... 3

Funeral Service Education

CH104 SP100

MHCC Faculty Advisors Doug Ferrin: 503-491-6940 - Room AC 1555 ferrind@mhcc.edu The Funeral Service Education program at Mt. Hood Community College is a two-year Associate of Applied Science degree program. Transfer credit from an accredited college or university may apply against comparable courses offered in the curriculum. Each transferred course must have a grade of C or higher.

Fourth Quarter**

Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program FSE211 FSE219 FSE221 FSE225 FSE226

Objectives: 1. To educate students for positions and careers as funeral directors and embalmers. 2. To enlarge the background knowledge of students about the funeral service profession. 3. To educate students in every phase of funeral service, and to help enable them to develop the proficiency and skills necessary of the profession. 4. To educate the students concerning the responsibilities of the funeral service profession to the community at large. 5. To emphasize high standards of ethical conduct. 6. To provide curriculum at the post-secondary level of instruction. 7. To encourage research in the field of funeral service. 8. To encourage advanced education among funeral service professionals. The degree offered by Mt. Hood Community College can be earned by following a prescribed course of instruction which requires six quarters in residence. Transferring all non-FSE classes from accredited institutions may allow a student to complete his/her professional course work in a three-quarter sequence, beginning each fall quarter.

FSE222 FSE227

16

Embalming II ........................................................ 4 Restorative Art ..................................................... 3 Funeral Service Microbiology or BI234 Microbiology ........................................ 3-4 Funeral Home Management II ................................. 3 Funeral Service Counseling ..................................... 3

Sixth Quarter FSE213 FSE217 FSE240 FSE245

15

Embalming I ......................................................... 4 Embalming Chemistry ............................................ 3 Funeral Home Management I................................... 3 Funeral Directing................................................... 3 Funeral Service Psychology..................................... 3

Fifth Quarter FSE212 FSE214 FSE216

16

16-17

Embalming III....................................................... 3 Funeral Service Pathology ...................................... 3 Funeral Service Internship*** ................................. 6 Funeral Service Issues............................................ 3

15 * Note, students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

39


MHCC offers a two-year Associate of Applied Science degree in graphic design. It is a limited-entry program. Applicants are admitted on a space available basis after admission criteria have been met and a portfolio review conducted by faculty. Because the core courses are sequential, students may start in the fall term only. Transfer students may be able to enroll in specific courses winter and spring terms with instructor permission. To be fully admitted into the program, students must apply for and be accepted into the program for the following fall term. Students interested in this program should contact the Graphic Design program advisor at 503-491-6992 to discuss curricula, employment opportunities, aptitude, etc. Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application materials, you can call 503-491-7165 if you have questions about the admission process.

** Students must achieve a 2.0 or better grade point average for acceptance into fourth quarter. *** Students may elect to take the internship for 3 credits (FSE240A) in fall or winter and then again in spring for 3 credits. ‡ See pages 7-9. Note: While graduation from high school is not required for admission to the college, national accreditation standards require that a high school diploma or the equivalent be on file before the student can be admitted to the Funeral Service Education program. These same standards also require that a recent health certificate be submitted to the college prior to acceptance in the program. The criteria for selecting students gives priority to those applicants who have apprentice experience. Somewhat less priority is given to those with related work experience. Another criteria, gives priority to applicants from Oregon, then slightly less priority for Washington, Idaho, and Montana applicants. All other states are treated equally. Students from California, Idaho, Montana, Nevada and Washington automatically pay in-state tuition.

First Quarter (Fall) GD113 GD114 GD120 WR121

More information is available at http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/ catalog/programs/funerl.htm

Second Quarter (Winter)

Graphic Design

GD115 GD121 GD145 WR122

Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisor Christina Maier: 503-491-6992 - Room AC 1375 maierc@mhcc.edu

Graphic Design is a creative process that utilizes art and technology to communicate ideas. By orchestrating color, type, symbols, and images, the graphic designer creates and manages the production of pieces designed to interest, inform, sell or persuade a specific audience. While graphic design has traditionally meant the design of printed material, it also includes signage and architectural graphics, and with computer technology it encompasses film, television, video, animation and interactivity. Packaging, bookcovers, newspapers and magazines, posters, corporate logos, computer-based interactive multimedia presentations and web pages are just a few examples of work created by graphic designers.

ART279

As professionals, graphic designers combine aesthetic judgment with project management skills to develop overall communications strategies for their clients. When a design concept is decided upon, graphic designers work with illustrators, photographers, producers, editors, programmers and printers to complete a compelling design that communicates the client’s message effectively. Manual dexterity is essential. So is the ability to respond to visual problems in a positive, creative and logical manner. Good oral and written communication skills are important for understanding instructions and clearly communicating thoughts and concepts. Macintosh computer skills and fluency in all kinds of graphics software are required at all levels of employment. Graphic design students benefit from the use of the college’s newest Macintosh computer lab where they learn the latest image-editing, illustration, page layout, and web page design tools. As members of the larger Integrated Media Group, students will collaborate with television, radio and photography majors as they explore the relationship between words, images, sound, motion, time and space in a variety of digital media.

15

Interactive Media Design ....................................... 4 Digital Publication Design ...................................... 4 Graphic Design Practicum or WE280GDB Cooperative Education Internship ....... 4 Mathematics requirement**‡ .................................. 3

Sixth Quarter (Spring) GD236 GD242 GD249

18

HTML Programming for Graphic Designers................. 4 Digital Page Layout ............................................... 4 Graphic Design Practicum or WE280GDB Cooperative Education Internship ....... 4 Integrated Media Survey ........................................ 3

Fifth Quarter (Winter) GD241 GD246 GD249

15

Digital Typography III ........................................... 4 Graphic Design III ................................................. 4 Advanced Digital Imaging ...................................... 4 Introduction to the History of Art........................... 3 Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3

Fourth Quarter (Fall) GD240 GD244 GD249

15

Digital Typography II............................................. 4 Graphic Design II .................................................. 4 Digital Imaging ..................................................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking or WR102 Workplace Communications II* ................. 3

Third Quarter (Spring) GD116 GD122 GD146 ART203

Cr

Digital File Preparation .......................................... 4 Digital Typography I ............................................. 4 Graphic Design I.................................................... 4 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I* .................. 3

15

Portfolio .............................................................. 4 Advanced Interactive Media Design ......................... 4 Graphic Design Practicum or WE280GDB Cooperative Education Internship ....... 4 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3

15 * Students must complete either: 1) WR121 and WR122 or 2) WR101 and WR102. ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. ‡ See pages 7-9.

40


Hospitality and Tourism Management

CIS125_

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisors Court Carrier: 503-491-7486 - Room AC 2665 Larkin Franks: 503-491-7666 - Room AC 2664 www.mhcc.edu/hospitality/

HT104 HT106 HT140 BT103

HT180_

carrierc@mhcc.edu franksl@mhcc.edu

HT247 HT144

HT141

HT133 CIS120 CIS120L WR121

HT180_

HT144 PSY201 WR122

HT250 WE280HTB

Airline Computer Reservations System Training or HT206 Hotel/Resort Operations Management........ 3 Airlines, Cruises and Tours or HT270 Food, Beverage and Labor Cost Control ...... 3 Destination Specialist or AC110 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ..................... 2-4 Sales .................................................................... 3 Software Applications or BT210__ Software Applications (requires advisor approval) .............. 1 Related elective** ................................................. 3

15-17

Sixth Quarter (Spring) HT248 HT230 HT249 WE280HTB

15

eTravel.com or HT215 Managerial Accounting for the Hospitality Industry............... 3 Hotel, Restaurant, Travel Law ................................. 3 Hospitality Issues and Trends ................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4 Related elective** ................................................. 3

16

Related Electives

Students are advised to consider additional hospitality or tourism courses. In selecting related courses, the student must consult with an advisor to determine which courses are most appropriate to the student’s goals and area of interest. HT226/227/228 Beverage Management: Wines of the World HT229 Beverage Management: Alcoholic and Non-Alcoholic Beverages

16

Note: Please check the course description section of the catalog for those courses which require a prerequisite.

Travel and Tourism Agency Operations or HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concept to Customers ........................................ 3 Airline Computer Reservations System Training or HT181 Computer Applications in the Hospitality Industry ........................................................... 3 Destination Specialist or WE280HTB Cooperative Education Internship ................... 2-4 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ............... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking or WR102 Workplace Communications II or SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking or SP112 Persuasive Speech or SP115 Intro to Intercultural Communication or BA205 Business Communications ..................... 3-4

Fourth Quarter (Fall) HT241 HT242

Cr

Customer Service Management ................................ 3 Related elective or HT107 Introduction to Leisure and Recreation Management .................... 3 Convention and Meetings Management .................... 3 Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I .................... 3

Third Quarter (Spring) HT142

BA238 CIS125_

Introduction to Travel and Tourism.......................... 3 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry ................. 3 Travel and Tourism Geography ................................. 3 Business Mathematics or Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3 Mathematics requirement (MTH60 or above)*‡ ......... 3

Second Quarter (Winter)

17

Fifth Quarter (Winter)

Hospitality and Tourism Management is an associate degree program designed to prepare students for careers in the hospitality and tourism industry. The curriculum includes instruction and training in hotel, travel, recreation, tourism, food service, convention and meeting planning and related service industries. In addition to formal instruction, cooperative education internships are an integral part of the program and allow for on-the-job experiences in a wide variety of settings and occupations directly related to each student’s career objectives.

First Quarter (Fall)

Software Applications or BT210_ Software Applications (requires advisor approval) .............. 1 Related elective** ................................................. 3

* Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. ** Instructor approval required. ‡ See pages 7-9. Mt. Hood Community College is an officially licensed school with The Travel Institute (TTI) and offers the Certified Travel Counselor and Destination Specialists Certifications.

Hospitality and Tourism Management Certificate Program

MHCC Faculty Advisors Court Carrier: 503-491-7486 - Room AC 2665 Larkin Franks: 503-491-7666 - Room AC 2664 www.mhcc.edu/hospitality/

14-17

International Hospitality and Tourism ..................... 3 Supervisory Management in the Hospitality Industry .......................................... 3 Travel and Tourism Marketing or HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing ................. 3 Cooperative Work Experience or HT235, HT236, or HT237 Culinary Arts Food Prep I, II, or III ........................................ 4

carrierc.mhcc.edu franksl.mhcc.edu

Students may earn a certificate in Hospitality and Tourism Management and specialize in one of the following areas: Travel and Tourism, Hotel and Resort, Convention and Meetings, Food Service Management, or Recreation and Leisure Management. Students completing the certificate program may apply these credits toward an associate degree in Hospitality and Tourism Management.

41


Basic Course Requirements: HT104 HT106 HT141 HT230 WE280HT BA238 CIS120L BT210___ PSY101 WR101 3

Cr

Convention and Meetings Management Concentration

Introduction to Travel and Tourism.......................... 3 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry ................. 3 Customer Service Management ................................ 3 Hotel, Restaurant, Travel Law ................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4 Sales .................................................................... 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 Software Applications* or CIS125___ Software Applications* (*instructor approved) .... 2 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology ................................ 3 Workplace Communications I .................................. 3 Mathematics requirement*‡...................................... (plus) Program Specialties (See Below) .......... 18-19

In addition to the basic course requirements, add: HT233 Special Events and Attraction Mgmt (Wi -alt yr) ....... 3 HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concept to Customers (Spring) ............................ 3 HT181 Computer Applications in the Hospitality Industry (Spring).............................. 3 HT133 Convention and Meetings Management (Winter) ........................................ 3 HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing (Fall)....................... 3 AC110 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ................................................. 4

Recreation and Leisure Management Concentration In addition to the basic course requirements, add: HT107 Introduction to Leisure and Recreation Management (Winter) ........................................ 3 HT207 Managing and Programming of Recreation and Sport Facilities (Spr - alternate yrs) .............. 3 AC110 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ................................................. 4 HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ...................... 3 Outdoor/Recreation Related Electives ..................... 6

Certificate Program Concentrations

Travel and Tourism Management Concentration In addition to the basic course requirements above, add: HT140 Travel and Tourism Geography (Fall) ........................ 3 HT142 Travel and Tourism Agency Operations (Sp) ............. 3 HT180_ Airline Computer Travel Reservation System Training (Worldspan - Winter) or (Apollo - Spring) ............................................... 3 HT241 International Hospitality and Tourism (Fall) ................................................................ 3 HT247 Airlines, Cruises and Tours (Winter) ......................... 3 HT250 Travel and Tourism Marketing (Fall) ......................... 3

Machine Tool Technology

Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisors Timothy Polly: 503-491-7207 - Room IT 42 Ron Hartline: 503-491-7237 - Room IT 43

Hotel and Resort Operations Concentration In addition to the basic course requirements above, add: HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concept to Customers (Spring) ............................ 3 HT206 Hotel/Resort Operations Management (Wi) .............. 3 HT181 Computer Applications in the Hospitality Industry (Spring).............................. 3 HT215 Managerial Accounting for the Hospitality Industry (Spring).............................. 3 HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing (Fall)....................... 3 AC110 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ................................................. 4

pollyt@mhcc.edu hartlinr@mhcc.edu

The purpose of the two-year Machine Tool Technology curriculum is to prepare students for entry into machining occupations. Students participating in the program will spend considerable time in study and actual operation of industrial equipment and tools used by machinists. This includes emphasis on the setup and operation of a CNC (computer numerical controlled) lathes and milling machines. Students will also be introduced to CAD/CAM (computer assisted design/computer assisted manufacturing) software and its applications. The program is designed to offer a broad background of experiences in the metalworking occupations. Students will also be able to complete skill building necessary for participation in an individual credential from NIMS (National Institute of Metalworking Skills) at Level II. NIMS are nationally recognized skill standards established by companies involved in the various metals manufacturing trades. Students are expected to have a set of machinist tools. They are expected to maintain a minimum grade level of “C” on core curriculum classes to progress in the program.

Food Service Management Concentration In addition to basic course requirements, add: HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concept to Customers (Spring) ............................ 3 HT270 Food, Beverage and Labor Cost Control (Winter) ......................................... 3 HT181 Computer Applications in the Hospitality Industry (Spring).............................. 3 HT215 Managerial Accounting for the Hospitality Industry (Spring).............................. 3 HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing (Fall)....................... 3 AC110 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ................................................. 4

Employment Opportunities Many opportunities exist in the manufacturing industries for the machinist. Students completing the Machine Tool Technology program are prepared for entry into the manufacturing workforce leading to careers such as: - manual and CNC machine operators - maintenance machinist - tool and die maker - quality assurance technician - instrument makers Employment opportunities exist that provide support for industries such as: - forest products/paper/lumber - medical technologies

42


- aerospace technologies - computer hardware technologies - heavy industrial manufacturing - hydraulic/pneumatic equipment manufacturing - and many other manufacturing settings Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application packet, if you have questions, please call 503-491-7341.

* WR101 and WR102. Students may substitute SP100 or SP111 for WR102. Students transferring to OIT, OSU, or other schools offering a baccalaureate program must take WR121 and WR122. Students wanting to take WR121 may need to take WR115 as a prerequisite if indicated by their writing placement level. ** Minimal computer literacy required. See program advisor. ‡ See pages 7-9.

Entry into the Machine Tool Technology Program is permissible Fall, Winter, or Spring terms based on individual qualifications and approval from program advisors.

First Quarter MFG110 MFG111 MFG113 MFG116

MFG150 MFG151 MFG153 MTH35

HPE295

WE280MFA

Please note that the following courses will be offered based on sufficient enrollment.

16

Machine Tool Operator MFG110B MFG111B MFG113 MFG116 MFG130B MFG131B MFG136 MFG153 MTH34

18

Machine Shop I Theory ........................................... 2 Machine Shop I Lab ............................................... 2 Machine Tool Blueprint Reading and Sketching ......... 3 Introduction to Precision Measuring ....................... 2 Machine Shop II Theory ......................................... 2 Machine Shop II Lab .............................................. 2 Introduction to CNC Machining ............................... 3 CNC Machining ...................................................... 4 Professional-Technical Computation II ..................... 3

A Recognition of Completion, CAM (Computer Assisted Manufacturing) - CNC Milling, may be given to students who complete the following list of courses. The courses may provide structured review of skills used by persons already employed in the machine tool trade or are for those who wish to attain additional knowledge related to a current occupation. This group of courses will focus on the methods of applying MasterCAM in the development of CNC milling programs. This will include study of cutting tool applications in the manufacture of simple parts using the basic Cartesian Coordinate systems through an introduction to 3-D modeling. Each course is 5 weeks long and may be offered in any term depending on student demand. Applications for the non-transcripted, institutional award of attendance are available in the Industrial Division.

16

CAM Concepts I ..................................................... 4 Integrated Machine Shop II Theory ......................... 2 Integrated Machine Shop II Lab .............................. 3 Quality Control - Statistical Methods ....................... 3 Human Relations requirement* ............................... 3 Communications distribution requirement‡ .............. 3

Sixth Quarter MFG250 MFG251 MFG256

Students are expected to maintain a minimum grade level of “C” on core curriculum classes to receive a Recognition of Completion. Applications for the non-transcripted, institutional award of attendance are available in the Industrial Division. Interested students should contact the Machine Tool Technology advisor, Industrial Division.

Integrated Machine Shop I Theory .......................... 2 Integrated Machine Shop I Lab ............................... 3 Inspection and Measurement .................................. 4 CNC/CAM Applications ........................................... 4 General Welding I .................................................. 3

Fifth Quarter MFG212 MFG231 MFG232 MFG236

14

Industrial Safety ................................................... 3 Introduction to Computer-Aided Design for Machinists** ................................................ 2 Machine Shop III Theory ........................................ 3 Machine Shop III Lab............................................. 3 CNC (Computer Numerical Control) Machining ........... 4 Professional-Technical Computation III ................... 3

Fourth Quarter MFG213 MFG214 MFG215 MFG216 WLD116

A Recognition of Completion, Computer Numerical Control, may be given to students who complete the following list of courses. The courses may provide structured review of skills used by persons already employed in the machine tool trade or are for those who wish to attain additional knowledge related to a current occupation. These classes require that all students have a basic set of machinist tools.

Machine Shop II Theory ......................................... 3 Machine Shop II Lab .............................................. 3 Metallurgy Theory ................................................. 3 Metallurgy Lab ...................................................... 1 Introduction to CNC Machining ............................... 3 Professional-Technical Computation II ..................... 3

Third Quarter MFG115 MFG137

Cr

Machine Shop I Theory ........................................... 3 Machine Shop I Lab ............................................... 3 Machine Tool Blueprint Reading and Sketching ......... 3 Introduction to Precision Measuring ....................... 2 Communications requirement* ................................ 3

Second Quarter MFG130 MFG131 MFG134 MFG135 MFG136 MTH34

Note: Students interested in transferring to O.I.T. should consult with program advisors early in the first quarter.

CAM (Computer Assisted Manufacturing) - CNC Milling

18

MFGX25 MFGX26 MFGX27 MFGX28

Applied Machine Shop Theory ................................. 3 Applied Machine Shop Lab ...................................... 3 Quality Issues: ISO 9000 and GDT (Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing) .......... 3 Health and Fitness for Life or HE250 Personal Health or HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies.... 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 3

MasterCAM Mill - Level I ......................................... 2 MasterCAM Mill - Level II ....................................... 2 MasterCAM Mill - Level III ........................................ 2 MasterCAM Mill - Level IV ....................................... 2

A Recognition of Completion, CAM (Computer Assisted Manufacturing) - CNC Turning may be given to students who complete the following list of courses. The courses may provide structured review of skills used by persons already employed in the machine tool trade or are for those who wish to attain additional knowledge

15

43


Third Quarter (Spring)

related to a current occupation. The CNC Turning option will focus on the methods of applying Cartesian Coordinate systems to both mill and lathe applications. Later courses will focus on applying Master CAM in the development of CNC turning programs. This will include study of all tooling options and program documentation. Each course is 5 weeks long and may be offered in any term depending on student demand. Applications for the non-transcripted, institutional award of attendance are available in the Industrial Division.

MA23 MA25 MO24 MO26 HPE295

Fourth Quarter (Fall)

CAM (Computer Assisted Manufacturing) - CNC Turning MFGX25 MFGX26 MFGX31 MFGX32

Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ........... 3 Disease Processes .................................................. 3 Introduction to Medical Transcription ..................... 3 Medical Office Procedures II ................................... 3 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3

MA20 MO31 PSY201 SP115

MasterCAM Mill - Level I ......................................... 2 MasterCAM Mill - Level II ....................................... 2 MasterCAM Lathe - Level I ...................................... 2 MasterCAM Lathe - Level II .................................... 2

NIMS Credential Exam Preparation

Clinical Procedures I .............................................. 5 Medical Coding I ................................................... 3 General Psychology................................................ 3 Introduction to Intercultural Communication or SP100 Basic Speech Communication .................... 3

Fifth Quarter (Winter)

Students desiring to prepare for the NIMS Level II Credentialing Exam will have the opportunity to complete the necessary skill building for the practical test through the Machine Tool Applications Lab class. Those interested need to contact program advisors for information on exams and the development of the necessary skills documentation for taking the exam. See Machine Tool Technology Program page for additional information on NIMS.

MA21 MA24 MO12 MO30 WE280MAB

Fall, Winter, Spring

Sixth Quarter (Spring)

MFGX11

MA26 MA40 MA46 MA48 WE280MAC

Machine Tool Applications Lab ................................ 2

Medical Assistant

Limited Entry Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisor Sue Boulden: 503-491-7136 - Room AC 2770

bouldens@mhcc.edu

MO10 MO15 MO25 MO47 BI122

17

Basic Electrocardiography Techniques...................... 1 Medical Assistant Certification Exam Review* .......... 1 Medical Assistant Clinical Skills Exit Lab .................. 1 Telephone Triage in the Medical Office ..................... 1 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 8

‡ See pages 7-9. Students must have health exams and must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) before entering the fourth quarter of the program. All completed health forms must be on file. Please contact the Allied Health Department for the appropriate forms. Additional costs for lab fees, health exams, immunizations and supplies will be the responsibility of the student. Prior to beginning the fourth quarter, the student must provide evidence of current Level C CPR and current first aid training which may be obtained from any certified training site.

Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory completion of admission criteria. Application packets are available on our web site at www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions.

Note: A minimum grade of “C” is required in all courses.

Cr

Medical Office Specialist - Accounting

Introduction to Medical Assisting ........................... 2 Medical Terminology I ............................................ 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ...... 4 Beginning Algebra I (or higher)**‡ ......................... 3 Computer Concepts I Lab* ...................................... 1 English Composition* ............................................. 3

Second Quarter (Winter)

Clinical Procedures II ............................................. 5 Medical Law and Ethics .......................................... 3 Diversity and Health Care ....................................... 2 Medical Office Billing I........................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4

12

After the Medical Assistant student completes the comprehensive two-year (six quarter) program, he/she is awarded an Associate of Applied Science Degree. Graduates may be employed in a variety of settings: medical centers, outpatient clinics, urgent care clinics, and specialized medical offices.

MA19 MO14 BI121 MTH60 CIS120L WR121

14

* Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Text (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

Medical Assisting requires competency in both clinical and administrative skills for careers in medical offices and other outpatient healthcare settings. This program prepares the student to perform a wide range of duties including preparing the patient for the exam, giving injections, processing lab specimens, working the reception desk, assisting the physician, and numerous other functions in the ever-changing modern medical office.

First Quarter (Fall)

15

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

MHCC Faculty Advisor Carole Wickham: 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2772 wickhamc@mhcc.edu

16

A Medical Office Specialist in Accounting concentrates on accounts receivable, billing and collection procedures, patient and insurance record keeping, and budget and financial records.

Work Behavior for Health Services ........................... 3 Medical Terminology II .......................................... 3 Medical Office Procedures I .................................... 3 Medical Calculations .............................................. 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II ....... 4

Students interested in accounting work in a medical setting should enjoy working with healthcare professional, demonstrate strong communication skills, show an interest in medical and health issues, and be dedicated to professionalism. Students should have typing competency and basic formatting knowledge before enrolling in classes in this program.

16

44


Medical Office Specialist Administrative Secretary

Upon graduation students may be hired to work in physicians’ offices, public and private hospitals, teaching hospitals, clinics, laboratories, insurance companies, and governmental facilities.

First Quarter (Fall) MO10 AH11 CIS120L PSY201 SP100

Diversity and Healthcare ........................................ 2 Medical Terminology I ............................................ 3 Medical Office Procedures I .................................... 3 Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4 Information Technology in Business ........................ 4

Students interested in administrative work in a medical setting should enjoy working with healthcare professionals, demonstrate strong communication skills, show an interest in medical and health issues, and be dedicated to professionalism. Students should have typing competency and basic formatting knowledge before enrolling in classes in this program.

BT220

WE280MOB

MO10 AH11 CIS120L MTH20 PSY201

18

SP115

MO12 MO14 MO25 AC120

17

BA231

MO15 MO24 MO26 MO31 WR121

Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ........... 3 Records Management with Microsoft Access ............. 3 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Applied Arithmetic and Prealgebra (or higher)**‡ ................................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4

16 * Prerequisite. See course description in back of catalog. ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

Fifth Quarter (Winter) MA24 MO32 MO40 MO47 BT111

Note: A minimum grade of “C” is required in all courses.

15

Medical Office Billing I........................................... 3 Medical Transcription I* ......................................... 3 Business Communications ...................................... 4 Business Editing.................................................... 3 Microsoft Word Skills Assessment* .......................... 3 Software Applications (Choice of Word, Access, or Excel) (optional) ..............................(1)

‡ See pages 7-9. The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes.

15-16

Medical Terminology II .......................................... 3 Introduction to Medical Transcription* .................... 3 Medical Office Procedures II ................................... 3 Medical Coding I ................................................... 3 English Composition* ............................................. 3

Fourth Quarter (Fall) MO30 MO34 BA205 BT110 BT126 BT210

17

Diversity and Healthcare ........................................ 2 Medical Terminology I ............................................ 3 Medical Office Procedures I .................................... 3 Accounting for Professional Services or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ..................... 3-4 Information Technology in Business ........................ 4

Third Quarter (Spring)

13

Cr

Work Behavior for Health Services ........................... 3 Survey of Body Systems ......................................... 4 Computer Concepts Lab I* ..................................... 1 Applied Arithmetic and Prealgebra (or higher)**‡ ..... 3 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ........................................... 3 Introduction to Intercultural Communication or SP100 Basic Speech Communication ................ 3

Second Quarter (Winter)

Medical Law and Ethics .......................................... 3 Medical Office Billing II ......................................... 3 Medical Calculations* ............................................ 3 Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax Filing Requirements ................................................... 3 Electronic Calculator.............................................. 1

Sixth Quarter (Spring) MA23 BT218 HPE295 MTH20

First Quarter (Fall)

Medical Office Billing I........................................... 3 Introduction to Business........................................ 4 Business Communications ...................................... 4 Finance*............................................................... 3 Business Editing.................................................... 3

Fifth Quarter (Winter) MA24 MO40 MO47 BA177

Upon graduation students may be hired to work in physicians’ offices, public and private hospitals, teaching hospitals, clinics, laboratories, insurance companies, and governmental facilities.

16

Medical Terminology II .......................................... 3 Introduction to Medical Transcription* .................... 3 Medical Office Procedures II ................................... 3 Medical Coding I ................................................... 3 Principles of Accounting II..................................... 3 English Composition* ............................................. 3

Fourth Quarter (Fall) MO30 BA101 BA205 BA222 BT110

MHCC Faculty Advisor Carole Wickham: 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2772 wickhamc@mhcc.edu

14

Third Quarter (Spring) MO15 MO24 MO26 MO31 BA212 WR121

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

A Medical Office specialist as an Administrative Secretary will gain skills in patient relations, reception, medical records, computers, scheduling, coding, and billing. This option appeals to one who enjoys helping people, wants to work in a professional setting, and prefers a variety of job assignments.

Second Quarter (Winter) MO12 MO14 MO25 BA211 BA231

Cr

Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3 Survey of Body Systems ......................................... 4 Computer Concepts Lab I* ..................................... 1 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ........................................... 3 Basic Speech Communication or SP115 Introduction to Intercultural Communication ....... 3

16-17

Medical Law and Ethics .......................................... 3 Medical Coding II .................................................. 3 Medical Office Billing II ......................................... 3 Medical Calculations* ............................................ 3 Editing Techniques ................................................ 3

15

45


Sixth Quarter (Spring)

First Quarter (Fall)

MA23 MA25 BT218 HPE295 WE280MOB

Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ........... 3 Disease Processes .................................................. 3 Records Management with Microsoft Access ............. 3 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4

MO10 AH11 CIS120L MTH20

16

PSY201

* Prerequisite. See course description in back of catalog. ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

SP115 BT11F

‡ See pages 7-9.

Second Quarter (Winter)

The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes.

MO12 MO14 MO25 BA211 BA231

Note: A minimum grade of “C” grade is required in all courses.

Medical Receptionist Recognition of Completion, may be

17-19

Diversity and Healthcare ........................................ 2 Medical Terminology I ............................................ 3 Medical Office Procedures I .................................... 3 Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4 Information Technology in Business ........................ 4

16

Third Quarter (Spring)

awarded to a student who completes the following list of courses. The courses may provide structured review of skills used by persons already employed in the medical office field or are for those who wish to attain additional knowledge related to a current occupation. Please check the course description section in the back of this catalog to determine the terms when these courses may be offered. Applications for the non-transcripted, institutional award of attendance are available with the program advisor.

MO15 MO24 MO26 MO31 BA101

Medical Terminology II .......................................... 3 Introduction to Medical Transcription* .................... 3 Medical Office Procedures II ................................... 3 Medical Coding I ................................................... 3 Introduction to Business........................................ 4

16

Fourth Quarter (Fall)

Medical Receptionist BT110 BT210 MA24 MO10 MO12 MO14 MO24 MO25 MO26 MO30 MO31 WE280MOB

Cr

Work Behavior for Health Services ........................... 3 Survey of Body Systems ......................................... 4 Computer Concepts Lab I* ..................................... 1 Applied Arithmetic and Prealgebra (or higher)**‡ ................................................... 3 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ........................................... 3 Introduction to Intercultural Communication or SP100 Basic Speech Communication ................ 3 Basic Keyboarding (optional) ................................(2)

MA25 MO30 BA205 BA255 BT110 HPE295

Business Editing (F/W/Sp)...................................... 3 Word - Level I (Su/F/W/Sp) .................................... 1 Medical Law and Ethics (W) .................................... 3 Work Behavior for Health Services (F/W) .................. 3 Diversity and Healthcare (W) .................................. 2 Medical Terminology I (Su/F/W/Sp) ......................... 3 Introduction to Medical Transcription (Su/F/W/Sp) .. 3 Medical Office Procedures I (F/W) ........................... 3 Medical Office Procedures II (W/Sp) ........................ 3 Medical Office Billing I (F/W) ................................. 3 Medical Coding I (F/W/Sp) ..................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4

Disease Processes (optional) ................................(3) Medical Office Billing I........................................... 3 Business Communications ...................................... 4 Supervisory Management........................................ 3 Business Editing.................................................... 3 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3

Fifth Quarter (Winter) MA24 MO32 MO40 BA206 BA226 WR121

Medical Office Specialist - Management

16-19

Medical Law and Ethics .......................................... 3 Medical Coding II .................................................. 3 Medical Office Billing II ......................................... 3 Management Fundamentals .................................... 3 Introduction to Business Law ................................. 3 English Composition .............................................. 3

18

Sixth Quarter (Spring) MA23

Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations............................................. 3 MO41 Medical Coding III ............................................................ 3 MO42 Applied Billing and Coding ..................................... 3 BA224 Human Resources Management ............................... 3 WE280MOB/C Cooperative Education Internship ........................ 4-8

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

MHCC Faculty Advisor Carole Wickham: 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2772 wickhamc@mhcc.edu

A Medical Office Specialist in Management prepares to oversee a healthcare facility by learning how to lead people and manage office operations. The Management Specialist most often aspires to eventually mange some segment of a medical organization.

16-20 * Prerequisite. See course description in back of catalog. ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

Students interested in management work in a medical setting should enjoy working with healthcare professionals, demonstrate strong communication skills, show an interest in medical and health issues, and be dedicated to professionalism. Students should have typing competency and basic formatting knowledge before enrolling in classes in this program.

‡ See pages 7-9. The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes.

Upon graduation students may be hired to work in physicians’offices, public and private hospitals, teaching hospitals, clinics, laboratories, insurance companies, and governmental facilities.

Note: A minimum grade of “C” grade is required in all courses.

46


Medical Office Specialist - Unit Secretary

Medical Billing/Claims Analyst Recognition of Completion,

may be given to a student who complete the following list of courses. These courses provide a structured review of skills used by those employed in the medical office field or are for those who wish to attain additional knowledge related to a current occupation. Please check the course description section in the back of this catalog to determine the terms when these courses may be offered. Applications for the non-transcripted, institutional award of attendance are available with the program advisor.

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

MHCC Faculty Advisor Carole Wickham: 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2772 wickhamc@mhcc.edu

A Medical Office Specialist as a Unit Secretary functions as the center of the communications hub found in a hospital unit. S/he works in a dynamic medical setting with physicians, nurses, and other healthcare professionals. Desirable traits of a Unit Secretary include strong communication skills, flexibility, professionalism, and responsibility. Students should have typing competency and basic formatting knowledge before enrolling in classes in this program.

Medical Billing/Claims Analyst AH11 Survey of Body Systems (Su/F/W/Sp) ................................. 4 BT11F Basic Keyboarding (F/W/Sp) ................................... 2 BT220 Electronic Calculator (S/F/W/Sp)............................. 1 MA24Medical Law and Ethics (W) ................................................ 3 MO10 Work Behavior for Health Services (F/W) ............................. 3 MO12 Diversity and Healthcare (W).............................................. 2 MO14 Medical Terminology I (Su/F/W/Sp)..................................... 3 MO15 Medical Terminology II (Su/W/Sp) ...................................... 3 MO25 Medical Office Procedures I (F/W) ....................................... 3 MO26 Medical Office Procedures II (W/Sp) .................................... 3 MO30Medical Office Billing I (F/W) ............................................. 3 MO31 Medical Coding I (F/W/Sp) ................................................. 3 MO32 Medical Coding II (W/Sp) ................................................... 3 MO40 Medical Office Billing II (W/Sp) .............................. 3 MO41 Medical Coding III (Su/Sp) ................................................ 3 MO42 Applied Billing and Coding (Sp) .............................. 3 WE280MOC Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 8

Upon graduation, students may be hired to work in physicians’ offices, public and private hospitals, teaching hospitals, clinics, laboratories, insurance companies, and governmental facilities.

First Quarter (Fall) MO10 MO14 AH11 MTH20 CIS120L PSY201

Second Quarter (Winter)

Medical Office Coding Recognition of Completion, may be

MO12 MO15 MO24 MO25 BA231

given to a student who complete the following list of courses. These courses provide a structured review of skills used by those employed in the medical office field or are for those who wish to attain additional knowledge related to a current occupation. Please check the course description section in the back of this catalog to determine the terms when these courses may be offered. Applications for the non-transcripted, institutional award of attendance are available with the program advisor.

Medical Office Coding AH11 Survey of Body Systems (Su/F/W/Sp) .................................. 4 MA23 Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations (Sp) .... 3 MA24Medical Law and Ethics (W) ................................................ 3 MA25 Disease Processes (F/Sp) ........................................ 3 MO10 Work Behavior for Health Services (F/W) ............................. 3 MO12 Diversity and Healthcare (W).............................................. 2 MO14 Medical Terminology I (Su/F/W/Sp)..................................... 3 MO15 Medical Terminology II (Su/W/Sp) ...................................... 3 MO25 Medical Office Procedures I (F/W) ....................................... 3 MO30Medical Office Billing I (F/W) ............................................. 3 MO31 Medical Coding I (F/W/Sp) ................................................. 3 MO32 Medical Coding II (W/Sp) ................................................... 3 MO40 Medical Office Billing II (W/Sp) .............................. 3 MO41 Medical Coding III (Su/Sp) ................................................ 3 MO42 Applied Billing and Coding (Sp) .............................. 3 WE280MOC Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 8

WR121

15

Medical Coding I ................................................... 3 Medical Transcription II ......................................... 3 Business Communications ...................................... 4 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ...... 4 Business Editing.................................................... 3

Fifth Quarter (Winter) MA24 MO32 MO47 BI122 BT218 BT220

15

Medical Office Procedures II ................................... 3 Medical Transcription I .......................................... 3 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Introduction to Intercultural Communication or SP100 Basic Speech Communication ................ 3 English Composition* ............................................. 3

Fourth Quarter (Fall) MO31 MO36 BA205 BI121 BT110

17

Diversity and Healthcare ........................................ 2 Medical Terminology II .......................................... 3 Introduction to Medical Transcription* .................... 3 Medical Office Procedures I .................................... 3 Information Technology in Business ........................ 4

Third Quarter (Spring) MO26 MO34 HPE295 SP115

Cr

Work Behavior for Health Services ........................... 3 Medical Terminology I ............................................ 3 Survey of Body Systems ......................................... 4 Applied Arithmetic and Prealgebra (or higher)**‡ ................................................... 3 Computer Concepts Lab I* ..................................... 1 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ........................................... 3

17

Medical Law and Ethics .......................................... 3 Medical Coding II .................................................. 3 Medical Calculations* ............................................ 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II ....... 4 Records Management with Microsoft Access ............. 3 Electronic Calculator.............................................. 1

17

47


Sixth Quarter (Spring)

Second Quarter (Winter)

MA23 MA25 WE280MOB

MO12 MO15 MO34 BT110 BT123 MTH20

Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ........... 3 Disease Processes .................................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4

10 * Prerequisite. See course description in back of catalog. ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

Third Quarter (Spring)

‡ See pages 7-9.

MA25 MO36 BT111 HPE295 WR121

The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes. Note: A minimum grade of “C” grade is required in all courses.

MO44 BI121 BT124 PSY201

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisor Carole Wickham: 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2772 wickhamc@mhcc.edu

SP115

Medical transcriptionists transform spoken words into comprehensive records that accurately communicate medical information. These reports are used in the areas involved in all aspects of each patient’s care. These reports function as legal documentation and fulfill requirements for insurance reimbursement. They also serve as references for scientific research. Medical transcriptionists utilize their talents in a variety of healthcare settings, including doctor’s offices, public and private hospitals, teaching hospitals, medical transcription services, clinics, laboratories, radiology and pathology departments, insurance companies, medical libraries, government medical facilities, rehabilitation centers, legal offices, research centers, veterinary medical facilities, and associations representing the healthcare industry. Transcriptionists may also choose to work out of their homes as employees of transcription services or hospitals, or as independent contractors.

17

Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ........... 3 Medical Coding II .................................................. 3 Medical Transcription V: Medical Specialty .............. 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 8

17

Transcription offers unlimited intellectual challenge to those who possess an interest in learning. Characteristics of a successful medical transcriptionist include dedication to excellence, extensive medical knowledge and understanding, sound judgment, deductive reasoning, and excellent English and computer skills.

* Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

This program is designed to prepare students for entry-level positions. Academic courses include science and English, with practical courses in computer technology, medical transcription, and medical record coding. Students will use computers to transcribe authentic physician-dictated medical reports organized by body system or medical specialty. Students will be graded on accuracy, speed, and medical knowledge in the transcription of letters, chart notes, history and physical examination reports, consultations, emergency room reports, and discharge summaries. Students will use reference materials and other resources. Students will edit and proofread each report, using proper grammar, spelling, and punctuation. MO10 MO14 MO24 AH11 CIS120 CIS120L

16

Medical Law and Ethics .......................................... 3 Medical Coding I ................................................... 3 Medical Transcription IV......................................... 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II ....... 4 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4

Sixth Quarter (Spring) MA23 MO32 MO48 WE280MOC

15

Medical Transcription III ........................................ 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ...... 4 Intermediate Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed .... 3 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ............... 3 Introduction to Intercultural Communication or SP100 Basic Speech Communication ............... 3

Fifth Quarter (Winter) MA24 MO31 MO46 BI122 WE280MOB

17

Disease Processes ................................................... 3 Medical Transcription II ........................................... 3 Editing Techniques ................................................. 3 Health and Fitness for Life ....................................... 3 English Composition* .............................................. 3

Fourth Quarter (Fall)

Medical Transcription

First Quarter (Fall)

Diversity and Healthcare ........................................ 2 Medical Terminology II .......................................... 3 Medical Transcription I .......................................... 3 Business Editing.................................................... 3 Keyboarding for Accurcy and Speed ......................... 3 Applied Arithmetic and Prealgebra (or higher)**‡ ................................................... 3

‡ See pages 7-9. Note: The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B Vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes. A minimum grade of “C” in all courses is required.

Cr

Work Behavior for Health Services ......................... 3 Medical Terminology I ............................................ 3 Introduction to Medical Transcription* .................... 3 Survey of Body Systems ......................................... 4 Computer Concepts I* ............................................ 3 Computer Concepts Lab I* ..................................... 1

17

48


Mental Health/Human Service

Fifth Quarter HS266 HS291 HDFS224 MTH60

Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisors Dr. Ann Bonner: 503-491-7425 - Room AC 2771 bonnera@mhcc.edu Leslie Allen: 503-491-7178 - Room AC 2765 allenl@mhcc.edu

WE280HSB

Intervention Strategies II ...................................... 3 Practicum Seminar................................................. 2 Abuse in the Family ............................................... 3 Beginning Algebra I or MTH105 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics****............................................ 3-4 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4

Sixth Quarter HS291 PSY226 SW201 WE280HSB

Mental Health/Human Service is a tremendously diverse field of study devoted to preparing students as professionals in mental health, addictions counseling, community corrections, youth work and gerontology. Classroom study and practical experiences are combined to prepare the student to work in community and institutional treatment facilities. These facilities deal with the emotional, social and physical needs of the chemically dependent, the adolescent, the mentally ill and the elderly, as well as others. Courses include basic information in group dynamics, community resources, case management, interviewing, recording and other helping skills.

PSY201 PSY202 PSY203

HS101 HS107 HS111 WR121

HS112 HS121 HS150 PSY235 WR122 HE 207

HS141 HS142 HS143 HE208 HS141 HS154 HS153 CJA230 HE208

11

HS141 PSY222 SOC232 HE202

15

HS141 CJA112 CJA113

HS265 HS291 PSY225 SOC206 WE280HSB

Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances*.............. 3 Juvenile Risk Assessment* ..................................... 3 Principles of Youth Development*/** ...................... 3 Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process or Related electives ............................................ 2-3 Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Infections ........ 1 Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances*.............. 3 Treatment of Chronically Mentally Ill Persons ........... 2 Death and Dying ................................................... 3 Adult Development and Aging ................................. 1 General Education requirement‡ ............................ 3

E) Community Corrections

Interviewing Skills III: Cross Cultural ...................... 3 Practicum Seminar................................................. 2 Human Development II-Adolescence to Aging .......... 3 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology...................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4

Fourth Quarter

Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances* ................. 3 Addiction Theories* ................................................ 3 Treatment of Addiction* .......................................... 3 Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Infections ........... 1

D) Gerontology

Interviewing Skills II............................................. 2 Case Management .................................................. 3 The Effective Helper, A Personal Skills Approach....... 3 Human Development I-Infancy to Adolescence ......... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Stress Control - Activity Intervention ...................... 1

Third Quarter HS113 HS291 PSY236 PSY239 WE280HSB

General Psychology................................................ 3 General Psychology................................................ 3 General Psychology................................................ 3 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 1 Related electives................................................ 2-3

C) Youth Worker

Cr

Introduction to Social Services ............................... 3 Orientation to Mental Health Careers ...................... 3 Interviewing Skills I .............................................. 2 English Composition .............................................. 3

Second Quarter

16

B) Chemical Dependency Counselor

Prospective students must meet admission program criteria before being considered for admission. Only completed applications received by the deadline will be assessed for admission. Applications are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application packet, if you have questions, please call 503-491-7165.

First Quarter

Practicum Seminar................................................. 2 Psycho-Social Development II................................. 3 The Field of Social Welfare ..................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 1 Science/Mathematics requirement‡ ......................... 3

Curriculum Tracks A) Generalist

This two-year course of study is designed to meet transfer requirements for Portland State University’s Child and Family Studies Program and Concordia University’s Social Work Program through formal agreements with these institutions. Interested students should contact program advisors for additional information.

15

HE208

Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances*.............. 3 Criminal Justice Admin.: The Court System............... 3 Criminal Justice Administration: The Corrections System or CJA230 Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process..................................... 3 Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Infections ........ 1

Related Electives HS144 HS154 HS155 HS156 HS157 ASL101 PSY222 RUS111 SPAN111

15

Intervention Strategies I ....................................... 3 Practicum Seminar................................................. 2 Psycho-Social Development I .................................. 2 General Sociology***............................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4

14

49

Dual Diagnosis II* ................................................. 2 Juvenile Risk Assessment* ..................................... 3 Negotiations ......................................................... 1 Milieu Management* .............................................. 3 Gangs ................................................................... 1 American Sign Language - Beginning I .................... 3 Treatment of Chronically Mental Ill Persons* ............ 2 Beginning Russian Conversation I ........................... 3 Beginning Spanish Conversation I ........................... 3


Second Quarter

* Courses open to professionals in the human services field. Students must apply for college admission as a general studies major at www.mhcc.edu/admissions . ** HS153 offered alternate years. *** SOC213 or SP115 may be substituted for SOC206 **** Students who plan to transfer to PSU or Concorida should consult with program advisor before making selection.

HS150 HS155

10 Third Quarter HS113 HS153 HS156 HS291 WE280HSB

‡ See pages 7-9. Program Web Link: http://www.mhcc.edu/programs Transfer Schools’Web Links P o r t l a n d S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y - h t t p :// w w w.c f s . p d x . e d u Concordia University - http://www.cu-portland.edu

HS291 WE280HSB

15

Practicum Seminar................................................. 2 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4

6 Specialty Courses CJA230 HDFS224 HS141 HE208 PSY222

Restricted Entry, Certificate Program

MHCC Faculty Advisors Dr. Ann Bonner: 503-491-7425 - Room AC 2771 bonnera@mhcc.edu Leslie Allen: 503-491-7178 - Room AC 2765 allenl@mhcc.edu

The Youth Worker Certificate program is designed for people who have a high school diploma, associate degree, or bachelor degree and want to work with youth. A one-year sequence of courses, it is designed to prepare the entry-level youth worker for employment in youth serving agencies. Course work is theory and experiential-based.

Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process ....... 3 Abuse in the Family ............................................... 3 Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances*.............. 3 Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Infections ........ 1 Treatment of Chronically Mentally Ill Persons ........... 2

* Courses open to professionals in the human services field. Students must apply for college admission as a general studies major at wwww.mhcc.edu/admissions . ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

The certificate can be completed in one year by attending classes during the day or a combination of day and evening/weekend courses. Students may elect to attend part time. Students may also elect to take selected courses from the certificate program listing.

‡ See pages 7-9.

Natural Resources Technology - Forest Resources

Students who complete this certificate may work in community justice programs, addictions, residential care, and in some recreational and community facilities. Students interested in this program must apply for and be accepted into the Mental Health/Human Service program. Within the application materials, applicants need to designate the Youth Worker Certificate as their major. Students can obtain the application materials on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions.

Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisor Joan Caldwell: 503-491-7322 - Room AC 2569 caldwelj@mhcc.edu

All coursework (44 credits) can be applied toward the Associate of Applied Science Degree in Mental Health/Human Services. Students who complete this certificate program have the option of continuing their course work toward the Associate Degree of Applied Science in Mental Health/Human Service. In such a case, the student would need to change their major to Mental Health/Human Service in order to register for cores classes.

The Natural Resources Technology program, Forest Resources option prepares students for positions of technical responsibility in natural resources management and research. Forest technicians serve in a wide variety of capacities, and may work in such diverse areas as reforestation, mapping, vegetation inventory, outdoor recreation, timber appraisal, land surveying, harvesting, stream surveying, wildlife habitat enhancement, and fire fighting. The Forest Resources option is recognized by the Society of American Foresters.

Core Courses: Must be taken by all students pursing the certificate for a total of 38 credit hours. Specialty Courses: A total of 6 credit hours may be selected from the specialty course listing.

HS111 HS154 PSY225 WR121

Interviewing Skills III: Cross-Cultural...................... 3 Principles of Youth Development* ........................... 3 Milieu Management* .............................................. 3 Practicum Seminar................................................. 2 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4

Fourth Quarter

Mental Health/Human Service Youth Worker

Core Courses First Quarter

The Effective Helper, A Personal Skills Approach....... 3 Negotiations* ....................................................... 1 Specialty course .................................................... 3 Mathematics requirement**‡ ................................. 3

Good physical condition and the willingness to work in all kinds of weather are important for those interested in outdoor field positions. There are also more limited opportunities for those who would prefer to stay indoors. These would include positions in computerized mapping, aerial photo interpretation and database management.

Cr

Interviewing Skills I .............................................. 2 Juvenile Risk Assessment* ..................................... 3 Psycho-Social Development I .................................. 2 English Composition .............................................. 3 Specialty course .................................................... 3

Outdoor labs are an integral part of the coursework. Students learn field techniques that they will use on the job in local forests, parks and natural areas. The courses incorporate technologically advanced equipment and software into the field data collection and analysis. In addition, each student completes a cooperative work internship, which gives college credit for on-the-job work experience.

13

50


Students desiring to enter Natural Resources Technology program are advised that admission is on a first-come, first-served basis after satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application packet, if you have questions about the admission process, please call 503-491-7346.

Related Electives The related elective is intended to provide enrichment in an area of interest to the student. In selecting a related elective, students should consult with their adviser to determine which course will best meet their academic and professional goals.

Selected courses (up to 65 credits) may be transferred to several fouryear institutions in appropriate bachelor degree programs. Check with the program advisor for current information.

MHCC Program Web Link:

First Quarter (Fall) F111 F141 CIS90 MTH60 PE285OL WR121

FT222 NR242

15-16

Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisors Walter Shriner: 503-491-7362 - Room AC 2591 shrinerw@mhcc.edu Kate Holleran: 503-491-7306 - Room AC 2592 hollerak@mhcc.edu

15 The Natural Resources Technology program, Wildlife Resources option is designed to educate field technicians for natural resource management with an emphasis on wildlife resources. This ecosystem centered program prepares students for jobs such as 1) conducting wetlands, wildlife, and stream surveys; 2) performing vegetation, aquatic, and botanical inventories; and 3) assessing habitat suitability. Employment opportunities exist in local, state, and federal agencies and in private industry.

16

A majority of the course work will involve hands-on experiences both in the classroom and in the field. Students use a variety of advanced equipment and technology. Each student in the program completes a cooperative work internship. The curriculum culminates with a final field project which allows the students to integrate their previous coursework into a “real-life” situation.

16-17

Students desiring entry into the Natural Resource Technology Program are advised that admission is on a first-come, first-served basis after satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application packet, if you have questions about the admission process, please call 503-491-7346.

Introduction to Geographic Information Systems...... 3 Current Issues ....................................................... 1 Applied Silviculture I: Reforestation ........................ 3 Psychology of Human Relations ............................. 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Related elective .................................................... 3

Sixth Quarter (Spring) FT235 NR238 NR246 WE280NRA WR227

Natural Resources Technology - Wildlife Resources

Natural Resources Ecology ...................................... 4 Aerial Photos and Resource Mapping; or FT220 Aerial Photo Interpretation (3) and FT226 Fundamentals of Resource Mapping (3) ............. 5-6 Forest Measurements II.......................................... 4 Watershed Processes .............................................. 3

Fifth Quarter (Winter) FT228 NR212 NR244 PSY101 WR122

Oregon State University - www.cof.orst.edu

Introduction to Forest Surveying ............................ 4 Forest Protection: Fire, Insects and Diseases ........... 4 Forest Botany ....................................................... 4 Technical Mathematics II ....................................... 4

Fourth Quarter (Fall) F240 FT221

Transfer School’s Web Link:

Cr

Forest Measurements I ........................................... 4 Wildland Fire......................................................... 3 Career Development Techniques .............................. 1 Principles of Wildlife Conservation .......................... 3 Technical Mathematics I......................................... 4

Third Quarter (Spring) F200 NR144 NR230 MTH85

www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/

Introduction to Natural Resources........................... 3 Tree and Shrub Identification ................................. 3 Computing Applications (optional) ........................(1) Beginning Algebra I............................................... 3 Wilderness Survival ............................................... 3 English Composition* ............................................. 3

Second Quarter (Winter) FT122 NR160 NR180 FW251 MTH80

See advisor for baccalaureate curriculum.

First Quarter (Fall) F111 F141 CIS90 MTH60 PE285OL WR121

16

Outdoor Recreation ............................................... 3 Timber Harvesting and Products ............................. 5 Applied Silviculture II: Forest Stand Dynamics.......... 3 Cooperative Education Internship** ........................ 3 Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3

Second Quarter (Winter)

17

FT122 NR160 NR180 FW251 MTH80

* Optional communications sequence: WR101, WR102, WR199FI ** Cooperative Education-Students are encouraged to satisfy WE280NR during the summer between their first and second years.

Cr

Introduction to Natural Resources........................... 3 Tree and Shrub Identification ................................. 3 Computing Applications (optional) ........................(1) Beginning Algebra I............................................... 3 Wilderness Survival ............................................... 3 English Composition* ............................................. 3

15-16

Forest Measurements I............................................. 4 Wildland Fire.......................................................... 3 Career Development Techniques ................................ 1 Principles of Wildlife Conservation ............................. 3 Technical Mathematics I .......................................... 4

15

51


Third Quarter (Spring) F200 NR230 FW253 MTH85

Fourth Quarter (Fall) F240 FT221

NR242 FW252

NR244 WR122

F111 F141 CIS90 MTH60 PE285OL WR121

FT122 NR160 NR180 FW251 WR122

FT235 NR230 FW253

Outdoor Recreation ............................................... 3 Field Projects........................................................ 3 Fish: Biology and Techniques .................................. 4 Cooperative Education Internship** ........................ 3 Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3

PSY101

15-16

Forest Measurements I ........................................... 4 Wildland Fire......................................................... 3 Career Development Techniques .............................. 1 Principles of Wildlife Conservation .......................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking or WR102 Workplace Communications II.................. 3

Third Quarter (Spring)

16

Cr

Introduction to Natural Resources........................... 3 Tree and Shrub Identification ................................. 3 Computing Applications (optional)* ......................(1) Beginning Algebra I............................................... 3 Wilderness Survival ............................................... 3 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I.............................................. 3

Second Quarter (Winter)

16-17

Introduction to Geographic Information Systems...... 3 Current Issues ...................................................... 1 Introduction to Wetlands Identification and Management ............................................... 3 Applied Silviculture I: Reforestation ........................ 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3

Sixth Quarter (Spring) FT235 NR260 FW254 WE280NR WR227

First Quarter (Fall)

16

Natural Resources Ecology ...................................... 4 Aerial Photos and Resource Mapping; or FT220 Aerial Photo Interpretation (3) and FT226 Fundamentals of Resource Mapping (3) ............. 5-6 Watershed Processes .............................................. 3 Mammals: Biology and Techniques........................... 4

Fifth Quarter (Winter) FT228 NR212 NR224

Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc. edu/LRadmissions or in the Admissions and Records Office. Once you have read the application packet, if you have questions about the admission process, please call 503-491-7346.

Introduction to Forest Surveying ............................ 4 Forest Botany ....................................................... 4 Birds: Biology and Techniques ................................ 4 Technical Mathematics II ....................................... 4

14

Outdoor Recreation ............................................... 3 Forest Botany ....................................................... 4 Birds: Biology and Techniques or NR144 Forest Protection: Fire, Insects and Diseases ................ 4 Psychology of Human Relations .............................. 3

14

16

Program Web Link: http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/

* Optional communications sequence: WR101, WR102, WR199FI ** Cooperative Education-Students are encouraged to satisfy WE280NR during the summer between their first and second years.

Nursing

Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

‡ See pages 7-9.

MHCC Faculty Advisor Janie Griffin: 503-491-7446 - Room AC 2792

Program Web Link: http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/

griffinj@mhcc.edu

Nurses provide and manage care for individuals of all ages who have health concerns. They work independently and collaboratively with other health team members to meet patient needs and use scientific and humanistic principles of care. Registered nurses (RN) can independently assess, plan, implement, and evaluate basic health and nursing needs and therapies for persons whose health status is stable or unstable. The RN can delegate responsibilities and supervise auxiliary workers as manager of care. Employment opportunities in nursing are abundant in the Portland metropolitan area and throughout most of the state. Graduates from Mt. Hood Community College generally find employment within three months of graduation.

Transfer School Web Links: Oregon State University - http://fw.oregonstate.edu/ or http://catalog.oregonstate.edu/Interdisciplinary Program Deail. aspx?code=9

Natural Resources Technology

Completion of the program’s course of study fulfills the educational requirements necessary to be eligible to apply to take the licensure examination (NCLEX) as a registered nurse. Licensure is necessary to practice nursing as a registered nurse (RN) and is obtained by satisfactory completion of the National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX) through the Oregon State Board of Nursing. Required and related general education courses are part of the basic curriculum.

Limited Entry, Certificate Program

MHCC Faculty Advisors Walter Shriner: 503-491-7362 - Room AC 2591 shrinerw@mhcc.edu Kate Holleran: 503-491-7306 - Room AC 2592 hollerak@mhcc.edu Joan Caldwell: 503-491-7322 - Room AC 2569 caldwelj@mhcc.edu

Students may earn a certificate in Natural Resources Technology. The curriculum would be suitable for people now working for industry or public agencies in the areas of forest and conservation work or anyone interested in entering this field. Students may find this option a beginning point for the associate degree program.

The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization and Tuberculin skin test (PPD), and CPR (level C, valid through June of the first year). Requirements also include completion of an Oregon State Board of Nursing approved nursing assistant program prior to entry into second quarter (Fall).

52


Admission is based on meeting application deadlines and satisfactorily completing qualifying criteria. Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Information sessions are also offered on a regular basis. The information sessions are listed in the application packet. Once you have read the application materials and attended an information session, you can call 530-4917165 if you have questions about the admission process. Placement of Licensed Practical Nurses into the program is based on completion of curriculum requirements and current licensure in Oregon. Packets describing this procedure should also be obtained from the Admissions and Records Office. LPNs seeking this consideration should contact the Academic Advising and Transfer Center and the Program Director early for an individualized plan of study.

BI240 MTH65

12-15 PSY239 and BI240 may be taken either Winter or Spring term. Both must be completed by the end of the first year.

Fifth Quarter NUR201 NUR211 NUR222A NUR222B NUR231

Accommodations are available by following the procedures established by MHCC Disability Services Office.

NUR202 NUR232

Program Prerequisites: WR121 or equivalent with a grade of “C” or higher; BI231 or the equivalent; CH104 with a grade of “C” or higher, or one year of high school chemistry with a grade of “C” or better; and MTH65 or the equivalent with a grade of “C” or higher, or place into MTH95 or higher on the College Placement Test. (Students must complete these courses before applying to the program.)

NUR203 NUR242 WR227

Office Assistant Certificate Program

MHCC Faculty Advisor Brenda Houchen: 503-491-7431 - Room AC 2782 houchenb@mhcc.edu

NUR102 NUR131 NUR132 NUR220 NUR221 PSY239

Office support staff are employed in offices where documents are created, edited, and formatted; records are managed; customers are welcomed; and information is transmitted. The efficiency of any organization depends upon office support professionals. Each job will require a person with good communication skills (both verbal and written), a variety of computer and clerical skills, and good human relations skills although specific duties vary with different positions.

14

Nursing I .............................................................. 5 Nursing Student Success Strategies (optional) ........(2) Nursing Lab I ........................................................ 1 Nursing Clinical I ................................................... 2 Human Development .............................................. 4

Employment opportunities for full-time, temporary, or part-time work in the Portland metropolitan area are excellent. The demand for office support personnel is high in both the private and the public sector. Those individuals who are eager to enter the world of work at an entry-level position will find this program appealing.

12-14

First Quarter (Filing Clerk)

Nursing II............................................................. 5 Nursing Lab II....................................................... 1 Nursing Clinical II ................................................. 3 Nursing Assessment ............................................... 2 Nursing Assessment Lab ......................................... 1 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology or BI240 Pathology ............................................... 3

Fourth Quarter NUR103 NUR141 NUR142

Cr

Microbiology ......................................................... 4 Nutrition .............................................................. 4 General Psychology................................................ 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

Third Quarter

Nursing VI* .......................................................... 4 Nursing Clinical VI ................................................. 6 Technical Report Writing or WR123 English Composition: Research ................. 3

13

Note: A minimum of “C” grade in all courses is required.

NUR101 NUR111 NUR121 NUR122 PSY237

15

* MTH243 is recommended for students who plan to earn a BSN. ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. ‡ See pages 7-9.

Students must complete BI232 and BI233 before enrolling in NUR101.

Second Quarter

13

Nursing V.............................................................. 5 Nursing Clinical V .................................................. 4 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3 Social Science requirement ..................................... 3

Seventh Quarter

Students who used the College Placement Test (CPT) to demonstrate mathematics proficiency for program admission as of 2004 – 2005 will not meet the general education requirement for the Associate of Applied Science Degree. Three credits of a mathematics course (MTH65 or higher, excluding MTH211) must be transcripted before graduation. Please see page for more details about the general education requirements of the Applied Associate of Science Degree.

BI234 FN225 PSY201 WR122

Nursing IV ............................................................ 5 Nursing Pharmacology............................................ 3 Nursing Clinical IV- A ............................................. 2 Nursing Clinical IV-B .............................................. 2 Nursing Lab IV ...................................................... 1

Sixth Quarter

Students who wish to transfer into the program directly from another nursing program should contact the nursing program director. Transfer students must meet transfer student admission criteria and will be accepted on a space available basis.

First Quarter

Pathology or PSY239 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology ......................................... 3 Beginning Algebra (or higher)*?**.........................(3)

BT101 BT110 BT122 BT210___ BT210___ BT210___ BT218 CIS120L PSY101

15

Nursing III ........................................................... 4 Nursing Lab III ..................................................... 1 Nursing Clinical III ................................................ 4

Cr

Office Careers Survey ............................................. 1 Business Editing.................................................... 3 Professional Keyboarding*/** or BT121 Keyboarding Principles ............................. 3 Beginning Windows .............................................. 1 Word - Level I ...................................................... 1 Word - Level II ..................................................... 1 Records Management with Microsoft Access ............. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I* ...................................... 1 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology ................................ 3

17

53


Second Quarter (Clerk/Receptionist) BT111 BT116 BT123 BT125 BT210___ AC120 WR121

Third Quarter (Office Clerk) BT117 BT126 BT210___ BT210___ BT225 BA205

In addition to earning the degree in Office Management/Administrative Assistant, this program offers courses in: Office Administration/Management Legal Administrative Assistant (Recognition of Completion) Computer Technology/Web Publishing This is a program designed for students who seek immediate employment in the field of office management and administration and provides training for both first-time job seekers and experienced employees who wish to advance in their careers. Credits earned through the legal career path lead to a Legal Administrative Assistant Recognition of Completion. For more information about these career paths, visit the program website at www.mhcc.edu and search the MHCC website for Office Management/Administrative Assistant.

Editing Techniques ................................................ 3 Business Tools and Techniques ................................ 3 Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed* or BT122 Professional Keyboarding*/** ................... 3 Word Processing with WordPerfect* ........................ 3 Word - Level III .................................................... 1 Accounting for Professional Services ....................... 3 English Composition* ............................................. 3

19

Professional Development ...................................... 3 Microsoft Word Skills Assessment* .......................... 3 Excel - Level I ...................................................... 1 Access - Level I ..................................................... 1 Document Processing* ........................................... 3 Business Communications ...................................... 4 Mathematics requirement***‡ ................................ 3

Related electives provide an opportunity to concentrate on courses specifically designed to give students the opportunity to focus on various career paths. Internet research skills, web page development, support and maintenance can be developed by taking related electives with a focus in computer technology. Students may take a variety of business administration courses that stress higher-level decision making. In the legal administrative focus, students learn to create legal documents and court pleadings from actual Oregon cases.

18 * Prerequisite required not already included in curriculum. See course description in back of catalog. ** Students must complete either 1) BT121 and BT122 or 2) BT122 and BT123. *** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

Employment opportunities for full-time, part-time, or temporary work in the Portland Metropolitan area are excellent. The demand for office support staff and legal administrative assistants in the public and private sectors is high. Legal administrative assistants rank among the highest entry-level salaries in the field.

First Quarter (Fall)

Related Programs

BT___ BT101 BT110 BT218

In selecting general and related courses, the student should consult with the program advisor. Students may choose to earn the Office Software Specialist certificate or expand employment opportunities further by taking additional coursework in the associate degree program, Office Management/Administrative Assistant. Students might also wish to consider additional coursework in Legal Administratiave Assistant, Office Administration Management, and Computer Technology/Web Publishing.

BT210___ BT210___ HPE295 CIS120L

Office Management/ Administrative Assistant

Second Quarter (Winter) BT___ BT111 BT116

Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

MHCC Faculty Advisors Robin Brush: 503-491-7174 - Room AC 2777 brushr@mhcc.edu Brenda Houchen: 503-491-7431 - Room AC 2782 houchenb@mhcc. edu Pam Shields: 503-491-7458 - Room AC 2780 shieldsp@mhcc.edu

BT210___ BT210___ AC120

Students who are interested in providing essential support in a variety of offices will be interested in pursuing this degree. Today’s office management assistants handle many of the traditional managerial responsibilities for department heads, senior managers, vice presidents, and CEOs. An office manager is often called upon to hire and oversee support staff, manage financial resources, coach and counsel, work directly with managers, and resolve conflicts. Other responsibilities include budgeting and organizing office functions, equipment, and staff. While responsibilities and duties vary in different types of organizations, the job requires good organizational, analytical, and clerical skills; initiative; flexibility; good human relations and interpersonal communication skills; and the ability to make decisions and work without supervision.

17

Keyboarding***..................................................... 3 Professional Development** ................................... 3 Word Processing with WordPerfect* ......................... 3 Document Processing* ........................................... 3 Related electives** ............................................... 3

Fourth Quarter (Fall) BT126 BT210___ BT210___ BT210__ BA101 WR121

16

Keyboarding***..................................................... 3 Editing Techniques ................................................. 3 Business Tools and Techniques or BT218 Records Management with Microsoft Access ......... 3 Word - Level II ..................................................... 1 Word - Level III .................................................... 1 Accounting for Professional Services ....................... 3 Mathematics requirement****‡............................... 3

Third Quarter (Spring) BT___ BT117 BT125 BT225

Cr

Keyboarding***..................................................... 3 Office Careers Survey ............................................. 1 Business Editing.................................................... 3 Records Management with Microsoft Access or BT116 Business Tools and Techniques................... 3 Beginning Windows .............................................. 1 Word - Level I ....................................................... 1 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Computer Concepts Lab I* ...................................... 1

15

Microsoft Word Skills Assessment* .......................... 3 Internet for the Business Professional .................... 1 PowerPoint - Level I .............................................. 1 PowerPoint - Level II ............................................. 1 Introduction to Business or Related electives** ....... 4 English Composition .............................................. 3 Related electives** ............................................... 3

16

54


Fifth Quarter (Winter) BT210___ BT210___ BA205 WE280OP

Sixth Quarter (Spring) BA226 BA231 WE280OPA

BT210 Access - Level I ..................................................... 1 BT210 Access - Level II.................................................... 1 BT210 Publisher - Level I ................................................. 1 BT210 Publisher - Level II ................................................ 1 BT210 WordPerfect - Level I ............................................. 1 BT210 WordPerfect - Level II ............................................ 1 WE280OPB Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4 Brenda Houchen 503-491-7431 - houchenb@mhcc.edu

Excel - Level I ....................................................... 1 Excel - Level II ..................................................... 1 Business Communications* ..................................... 4 Cooperative Education Internship or Related electives** ........................................ 3-4 Related electives** ............................................... 4

13-14

Computer Technology/Web Publishing

Introduction to Business Law ................................. 3 Information Technology in Business or Related electives** ........................................... 4 Cooperative Education Internship or Related elective**(s) ......................................... 4 Social Science/Humanities distribution requirement‡ .................................................... 3

Within this focus, you can also develop project management expertise, Internet research skills, and have an opportunity to take related electives in web page development, support, and maintenance. Related electives provide an opportunity to concentrate on courses specifically designed for using the Internet as an integral part of an office management support system. CIS178B Web Publishing ..................................................... 1 CIS125HTA HTML - Level 1 ...................................................... 1 CIS125HTB HTML - Level 2 ...................................................... 1 CIS125HTC HTML - Level 3 ...................................................... 1 CIS125PSA Photoshop - Level 1 ............................................... 1 CIS195B Web Page Design* ................................................ 1 CIS144 Problem Solving Methodologies .............................. 3 Robin Brush 503-491-7174 - brushr@mhcc.edu

14 * Prerequisite required not already included in curriculum. See course description in back of catalog. ** See below *** Students must complete a minimum of 3 keyboarding classes to be selected from BT121, BT122, BT123, BT124. This selection must include BT122. See advisor to determine appropriate sequence. **** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

Office Software Specialist Certificate Program

‡ See pages 7-9.

MHCC Faculty Advisor Robin Brush: 503-491-7174 - Room AC 2777

Related Electives In selecting general and related courses, the student should consult with the program advisor. Students can expand career path opportunities further by taking additional coursework in business, legal, or computer courses. The following courses are not offered each term and will be offered based on sufficient enrollment; please refer to the quarterly schedule.

Office Software specialists work in all types of businesses as technicians in a variety of software applications that may include word processing, presentations, database, spreadsheet and electronic communications. The ideal candidate may have previous office experience and simply wish to update his/her computer skills. These professionals are technically trained on popular software and hardware. They produce and organize quality publications from handwritten, printed, or electronic material. If you want to be on the cutting edge of technology, you will thrive in this field.

Legal Administrative Assistant Recognition of Completion, may be given to students who complete the following list of

courses. The courses may provide structured review of skills used by persons in the administrative assistant field or are for those who wish to attain additional knowledge related to a current occupation. Applications for this non-transcripted, institutional award of attendance are available with the program advisor.

Students will be trained in Microsoft applications using Microsoft-approved textbooks that cover the required objectives on the Microsoft Office Specialist exams. Students will become prepared to take Microsoft Office Specialist exams indicating that they have an understanding of the core and possibly the expert features in Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Access, and Outlook in Microsoft Office software programs. By passing one or more certification exams, students can demonstrate proficiency in a given Office application to employers.

Legal Administrative Assistant LA230 Law Office Systems (Spring) .................................. 3 LA231 Law Office Simulation (Fall) ................................... 3 LA232 Pleadings and Practices I (Fall) .............................. 4 LA233 Pleadings and Practices II (Winter) ........................ 4 LA242 ALS Certification Review (Spring)........................... 2 WE280LA_ Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 3 Pam Shields 503-491-7458 - shieldsp@mhcc.edu

The outlook for jobs in this field of software applications is excellent. Specialists are in high demand with opportunities for advancement. They possess problem solving and technical skills and are prepared for tomorrow’s challenges.

First Quarter (Fall) BT101 BT110 BT116 BT122

Office Administration/Management BA206 BA224 BA255 BA267 BA285 BT103

brushr@mhcc.edu

Management Fundamentals (Fall, Winter, Spring) ...... 3 Human Resource Management (Spring) .................... 3 Supervisory Management (Fall) ............................... 3 eBusiness Project Management* (Spring) ................. 3 Leadership and Human Relations (Fall, Spring) ......... 3 Business Math ....................................................... 3

BT210__ BT210__ BT210__ CIS120L

Cr

Office Careers Survey ............................................. 1 Business Editing.................................................... 3 Business Tools and Techniques ................................ 3 Professional Keyboarding** or BT121 Keyboarding Principles*** ........................ 3 Beginning Windows .............................................. 1 Word - Level I ...................................................... 1 Word - Level II ..................................................... 1 Computer Concepts Lab I* ...................................... 1

14

55


Second Quarter (Winter) BT122 BT125 BT210__ BT210__ BT210__ BT210__ BT218

Third Quarter (Spring) BT111 BT126 BT210__ BT210__ BT210__ PSY101 WR121

and on the website. Once you have read the application materials and attended an information session, you may call 503-491-7341 if you have questions about the admission process.

Professional Keyboarding** or Related electives*** .. 3 Word Processing with WordPerfect ......................... 3 PowerPoint - Level I .............................................. 1 Excel - Level I ...................................................... 1 Excel - Level II ..................................................... 1 Word - Level III .................................................... 1 Records Management with Microsoft Access ............. 3 Mathematics requirement****‡............................... 3

Applicants to the Physical Therapist Assistant Program must be physically and mentally able to cope with the rigors of the curriculum and the demanding nature of the physical therapy profession. Established academic and clinical requirements essential to the program of instruction apply to all students and cannot be waived. Attempts will be made to accommodate and retain qualified applicants with disabilities unless results of evaluations indicate that given reasonable accommodation an individual will still not be able to perform the essential functions required by the program.

16

Editing Techniques ................................................ 3 Microsoft Word Skills Assessment ............................ 3 PowerPoint - Level II ............................................. 1 Access - Level I .................................................... 1 Access - Level II ................................................... 1 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology ................................ 3 English Composition* ............................................. 3

Related Electives

First Quarter (Fall) PTA111 PTA112 AH12 AH140 BI121 WR101

15

Cr

Patient Care Skills ................................................. 3 Introduction to Physical Therapy ............................ 3 Medical Vocabulary ................................................ 2 Clinical Emergency Procedures ................................ 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I ........ 4 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition* .............................. 3 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................. 1

18

In selecting general and related courses, the student must consult with the program advisor. Students may choose to earn the Office Assistant certificate or expand employment opportunities further by taking additional coursework in the associate degree program, Office Management/ Administrative Assistant. Students might also wish to consider additional coursework in Legal Administrative Assistant, Office Administration/Management, and Computer Technology/Web Publishing.

*Those students electing to take WR121 and WR122 to satisfy the communication general education and program requirements must also take a speech course to satisfy program requirements (see sixth quarter). Students electing to take WR101 and WR102 do not have to take the program speech requirement.

* Prerequisite required not already included in curriculum. See course description in back of catalog. ** Students must check with the program advisor. *** Students must complete either: 1) BT121 and BT122 or 2) BT122 and a related elective. **** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

Second Quarter (Winter) PTA114 PTA114L PTA130 BI122 PSY201 WR102

‡ See pages 11-12.

Physical Therapy Interventions I............................. 3 Physical Therapy Interventions Lab I....................... 2 Issues in Physical Therapy ...................................... 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II ....... 4 General Psychology................................................ 3 Workplace Communications II or WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking** ... 3

Third Quarter (Spring)

Physical Therapist Assistant

PTA113 PTA115 PTA115L PTA125 HE207

Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisors Jane Cedar: 503-491-7464 - Room AC 2775 cedarj@mhcc.edu Debbie VanDover: 503-491-7465 - Room AC 2790 vandoved@mhcc.edu

18

Clinical Kinesiology ............................................... 4 Physical Therapy Interventions II ........................... 3 Physical Therapy Interventions Lab II ..................... 2 Clinical Affiliation I ............................................... 3 Stress Control - Activity Intervention ...................... 1

Summer (optional)

13

Mathematics requirement** (MTH20 or higher, excluding MTH211) ..........................................(3)

The Physical Therapist Assistant program at Mt. Hood Community College is two years in length, leading to an associate degree. Course work consists of lecture and laboratory instruction on campus, and supervised clinical experience in health care facilities in the Portland metropolitan area and throughout the state. Upon taking the state board examination and becoming licensed, the assistant is qualified to work in any health care facility which provides supervision by a licensed physical therapist.

Fourth Quarter (Fall) PTA216 PTA216L PTA220 PTA226

Admission is based upon meeting application deadlines and satisfactory completion of criteria. Further information and applications can be accessed from the MHCC website at www.mhcc.edu. Follow the prompts from “Classes and Programs” (http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/classes_programs_d/allied_health/allied_health/physicaltherapistasst/main.htm). Information sessions are also offered on a regular basis. Dates and times are listed in the application packet

Physical Therapy Interventions III .......................... 3 Physical Therapy Interventions Lab III .................... 3 Pathological Conditions I ....................................... 5 Clinical Affiliation II .............................................. 5

Fifth Quarter (Winter) PTA217 PTA217L PTA221 PTA227

16

Physical Therapy Interventions IV ........................... 3 Physical Therapy Interventions Lab IV ..................... 3 Pathological Conditions II...................................... 5 Clinical Affiliation III ............................................ 5

16

56


Sixth Quarter (Spring)

Second Quarter (Winter)

PTA228

ART265 PHO270 PHO271 CIS120L

Clinical Affiliation IV ............................................. 8 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 1 Mathematics (MTH20 or higher, excluding MTH211)**‡ or Speech requirement*** ............. 0-3

9-12 ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Text (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. *** Please see page , Associate of Applied Science, general course listings and/or the faculty advisor for selection. ‡ See pages 7-9.

ART263 ART264 PHO132 BA223

Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

ART279 PHO226 PHO267 PHO272 BA205

spielmad@mhcc.edu

15

Integrated Media Survey ........................................ 3 Photography Business Practicum I .......................... 4 Photoshop I .......................................................... 4 Stock Photography ................................................ 3 Business Communications ...................................... 4

18

Fifth Quarter (Winter) PHO227 PHO268 J134

Photography Business Practicum II ......................... 4 Photoshop II ........................................................ 4 Introduction to Photojournalism ............................. 3 Mathematics requirement*‡.................................... 3

14

Sixth Quarter (Spring)

Success in the competitive field of photography not only requires mastery of the craft but also an aptitude for pre-visualizing, problem-solving, teamwork and communication. For this reason, the curriculum ranges from basic black-and-white, color and lighting photography courses to courses in marketing and small business management. Second-year students have three terms of a photo business practicum that simulates business environments by servicing the college’s internal photographic needs. Finally, students gain experience in the field as interns with the professional photographers from the greater Portland metropolitan area.

PHO269 PHO273 PHO281 WE280PH

Digital Studio ....................................................... 4 Page Layout for Photographers ............................... 3 Photography Portfolio ........................................... 4 Cooperative Education Internship** ........................ 4

15 * Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. ** WE280PH may be taken at any time in the second year. Maximum of 12 credit hours may be applied toward degree.

Photography students benefit from the use of the college’s newest Macintosh digital imaging lab where they learn the latest imageediting, page layout, and web page production software, as well as digital cameras and scanners. As members of the larger Integrated Media Group, students will collaborate with radio, graphic design and television majors as they explore the relationship between words, images, sound, motion, time and space in digital media.

‡ See pages 7-9.

Radio Broadcasting

Due to the sequencing of courses, students will be admitted only at the fall term. Alternates may be considered for midyear entry if space is available. Admission is based upon satisfactory completion of the application criteria by a stated deadline. Students accepted in the program will be expected to complete prior to the first quarter ART261 (Photography I) or have the program adviser’s waiver. Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application materials, you can call 503-491-7165 if you have questions about the admission process.

Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisor Jeff Young: 503-491-7632 - Room AC 1385

youngj@mhcc.edu

Radio broadcasting is an exciting career offering opportunities nationwide. Students prepare for careers in sales and promotion, as air-talent, news reporters/anchors, traffic and operation managers, program managers, production directors, and music directors. In radio, women and minorities are in great demand and are being employed on the air and in production and promotion. Salaries vary with the job and market size.

Note: Prior to first quarter, students must complete ART261, Photography I. This is an open enrollment course offered each summer through spring term. ART117 ART262 ART266 PHO131 WR121

Field Photography ................................................ 3 Portrait Photography ............................................. 3 Color Photography II ............................................. 3 Principles of Marketing .......................................... 3 Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3

Fourth Quarter (Fall)

Graduates of the photography program will emerge after two years of coursework with solid technical and aesthetic photography skills. In addition, they will gain a strong foundation in small business and marketing practices, essential to survival as an independent operator. Current market demand offers our graduates entry-level positions in general commercial, advertising, industrial, editorial, and free-lance photography. Employment will also be found as technicians in professional processing labs, electronic imaging and multimedia service bureaus, and as members of film or television production crews.

First Quarter (Fall)

13

Third Quarter (Spring)

Professional Photography MHCC Faculty Advisor Dana Spielmann: 503-491-7412 - Room AC1373

Color Photography I............................................... 3 Small Product Photography..................................... 3 Photographic Style ................................................ 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 Health and/or Physical Education requirement‡........ 3

X58, a modern rock, student-operated station, serves the campus, the community on AT&T Broadband, and the world at X58radio.com. All students work on-air, and X58 is managed by a core staff of second-year student managers, housed in state-of-the-industry digital facilities. Students are trained in digital production (Pro-Tools, Cool Edit Pro), digital music rotation (Selector), and digital traffic systems (Marketron.) There is an equal emphasis on teaching concepts and principles in the classroom, getting lots of hands-on experience on the air and in the production room, and internships at local Portland area stations.

Cr

Basic Design III: 3-Dimensional .............................. 3 Photography II ..................................................... 3 Color Slide Photography ......................................... 3 Basic Photographic Lighting ................................... 3 English Composition .............................................. 3

15

57


Radio Broadcasting is a specific discipline within the Integrated Media Group (IMG) at Mt. Hood Community College. Radio, television, graphic design and photography students collaborate to explore relationships between words, images, sound, motion, time and space in the new world of digital media. Learning audio production skills for radio opens up additional career options in the world of integrated media.

* Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. ** WE280RB may be taken any term. Maximum of 12 credit hours may be applied toward degree.

Related Electives

Admission is based upon satisfactory completion of placement criteria and satisfactory completion of the screening process. The program begins fall quarter. Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application materials, you can call 503-491-7346 if you have questions about the admission process.

First Quarter (Fall) RB110 RB111 RB112 CIS120 CIS120L WR121

RB226 RB228 RB230 WE280RB

17

‡ See pages 7-9.

Respiratory Care

Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

16

MHCC Faculty Advisor George Hicks: 503-491-7172 - Room AC 2768

hicksg@mhcc.edu

Respiratory Care is an allied health discipline that uses scientific principles to carry out physician directed diagnosis and treatment of abnormal respiratory conditions. Respiratory Care Practitioners work in a variety of settings, including hospitals, skilled nursing facilities, home care, research, education, and medical equipment sales.

12

The program combines basic science and modern respiratory care theory with clinical experience in local medical centers. Both campus and clinical learning focus on all areas of respiratory care, which includes adult, neonatal and pediatric, acute and intensive care. The Respiratory Care Program prepares the student for both local and national standards. Graduates are eligible to take the national entry level examination and the national advanced practitioner level examinations administered by the National Board for Respiratory Care. Passing these examinations serves to fulfill state licensure testing requirements.

16

Broadcast Advertising Practices .............................. 3 Broadcast Advertising Practices Lab ........................ 2 Broadcasting Practices V ........................................ 2 Language and Culture ............................................ 3 Public Relations .................................................... 3 Related elective .................................................... 3

Sixth Quarter (Spring)

Commercial Broadcast Sales*** Sales Introduction to Advertising

*** This course is sponsored by the Oregon Association of Broadcasters. Scholarships may be available; contact the Radio program director, Jeff Young.

Broadcasting Practices IV ...................................... 2 Broadcast News Reporting II .................................. 3 Radio Operator’s Certificate Preparation................... 2 Integrated Media Survey ........................................ 3 Mathematics requirement*‡.................................... 3 Related elective .................................................... 3

Fifth Quarter (Winter) RB223 RB224 RB225 ANTH180 J205

RBX40 BA238 J225

Radio Traffic ......................................................... 3 Radio Traffic Lab ................................................... 2 Broadcasting Practices III ..................................... 2 Broadcast News Reporting I.................................... 3 Broadcast News Reporting I Lab.............................. 2

Fourth Quarter (Fall) RB222 RB235 RB240 ART279

Radio Sales:

Radio Scriptwriting ............................................... 3 Radio Scriptwriting Lab ......................................... 2 Broadcasting Practices II ....................................... 2 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 Distribution requirement‡ ...................................... 3 Related elective .................................................... 3

Third Quarter (Spring) RB116 RB117 RB118 RB120 RB121

Students in the Radio Broadcasting Program may specialize with an emphasis in radio sales, taking courses in the first or second year.

Cr

Introduction to Radio Broadcasting ........................ 3 Introduction to Radio Broadcasting Lab .................. 2 Broadcasting Practices I ........................................ 2 Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I .................... 3 Distribution requirement‡ ...................................... 3

Second Quarter (Winter) RB113 RB114 RB115 SP111

In selecting related courses the student should consult with an advisor to determine whether a selection of courses across divisional areas or a concentration of courses within a specific division is more appropriate to the student’s vocational goals.

The respiratory care profession continues to develop and diversify. Studies by the American Medical Association indicate that the need for Respiratory Care Practitioners will continue to grow. The personal requirements necessary to succeed as a Respiratory Care Practitioner include a general aptitude for the biological and physical sciences. The Respiratory Care Practitioner is required to understand the physiology and pathology of circulation and respiration. Also required is the emotional maturity to deal with decision making in critical life and death situations.

16

Broadcast Station Operation ................................... 4 Broadcasting Practices VI ...................................... 2 Broadcast Sales ..................................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship**or Related elective ............................................ 3-4 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3

Applicants are admitted on a space-available basis after academic criteria have been met. Applications packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. Students who used the College Placement Test (CPT) to demonstrate mathematics proficiency for program admission as of 2004 – 2005 will not meet the general education requirement

15-16

58


Sheet Metal Technology

for the Associate of Applied Science Degree. Three credits of a mathematics course (MTH65 or higher, excluding MTH211) must be transcripted before graduation. Please see page for more details about the general education requirements of the Applied Associate of Science Degree.

Restricted to students participating in a Sheet Metal Apprenticeship program, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

Note: Although BI121 and BI122 is the anatomy and physiology sequence currently offered within the program, it is strongly recommended that students complete BI121 and BI122 prior to admission into the program.

(Optional Summer Quarter) BI121 BI122

Related Training

60 credits

A minimum of 60 credit hours of course work earned through apprenticeship training must be completed.

Supervised Trade Experience

12 credits

Supervised trade experience is a process that combines work experience with specific trade instruction. It is dependent upon employers and educators cooperating to form a comprehensive training program for the students. This unique approach to training is designed to develop skills and knowledge and to improve self-understanding by integrating trade specific instruction with planned supervised work experience. A maximum of 12 credits may be earned that can be applied to the degree.

10-18

General Education

18 credits

In addition to the related training and industrial work experience, a minimum of 18 credit hours (effective 2002-03) is required to satisfy the general education requirements.

16

Total Credit Hours Required 1st Year SMT110 SMT111 SMT112 SMT113

7

15

90 credits Cr

Introduction to Sheet Metal ................................... 3 Sheet Metal Transitions .......................................... 3 Welding and Electrical Fundamentals ....................... 3 Sheet Metal Triangulation I .................................... 3 Communications requirement* ............................. 6-7

2nd Year SMT120 SMT121 SMT122 SMT123

Cardiopulmonary Critical Care I ............................... 3 Clinical Practice II................................................. 8 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology*............................... 3

Sixth Quarter RT232 RT253

The degree requirements are as follows:

Pulmonary Assessment ........................................... 3 Neonatal and Pediatric Respiratory Care .................. 4 Clinical Practice I .................................................. 8

Fifth Quarter RT231 RT252 PSY101

12-16

Microbiology ......................................................... 4 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology ................................ 3

Fourth Quarter RT211 RT220 RT251

For additional information regarding the AAS degree contact the MHCC Apprenticeship Coordinator at 503-491-7401 located in room AC 1162 in The Center for Continuing Education and Apprenticeship at MHCC. For additional information regarding the application process into the Sheet Metal Apprenticeship program contact the Sheet Metal Training Center at 503-257-1022.

Respiratory Diseases and Pharmacology ...................... 6 Mechanical Ventilation ............................................ 4 Mechanical Ventilation Lab ...................................... 2 Clinical Clerkship .................................................... 1 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............... 3

(Optional Summer Quarter) BI234 PSY101

8

Respiratory Care Procedures ................................... 5 Respiratory Care Procedures Lab ............................. 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II* ..... 4 Microbiology* ....................................................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking or WR102 Workplace Communications II................... 3

Third Quarter RT131 RT141 RT142 RT150

This degree combines a five-year sheet metal apprenticeship-training program, with apprenticeship trade experience, related industry training and general education courses leading to journeyman status and the awarding of the A.A.S. Degree.

Cardiopulmonary Physiology ................................... 6 Cardiopulmonary Physiology Lab ............................. 1 Medical Vocabulary ................................................ 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ...... 4 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I ...................... 3

Second Quarter RT121 RT122 BI122 BI234 WR122

Cr

Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I ........ 4 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II ....... 4

First Quarter RT111 RT112 AH12 BI121 WR121

The associate degree in Sheet Metal Technology is designed for individuals serving in the sheet metal trades industry or individuals who have been accepted into the sheet metal apprenticeship program affiliated with Mt. Hood Community College.

11-14 3rd Year

Cardiopulmonary Critical Care II ............................. 3 Clinical Practice III ............................................... 8 Social Science/Humanities requirement‡ ................. 3

SMT230 SMT231 SMT232 SMT233

14 * See (Optional Summer Courses) ‡ See pages 7-9.

59

Sheet Metal Triangulation II ................................... 3 Architectural Sheet Metal I .................................... 3 Architectural Sheet Metal II ................................... 3 Fundamentals of Calculator Layout .......................... 3 Mathematics requirement**‡ .................................. 3 Science/Mathematics/Computer Science distribution requirement‡ .................................. 3 Introduction to Environmental Systems ................... 3 Advanced Environmental Systems............................ 3 Gas Metal Arc Welding............................................ 3 Plans and Specifications......................................... 3 Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ............ 3


4th Year SMT240 SMT241 SMT242 SMT243

Documentation of the following immunization information must be on file in the Allied Health Division by September 1: • Second dose of measles (Rubeola) immunization • Immunity to rubella by one of the following: • documentaion of immunization, or • immunity confirmed by positive rubella IgG antibody • Documentation of immune status to varicella (chicken pox) • Tuberculin skin test (PPD) - current through the end of the following spring term. Must also show proof of CPR certification for the Professional Healthcare Provider, Adult and Pediatric, valid September through June of the second year.

Sheet Metal Triangulation III ................................. 3 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing HVAC Systems ....... 3 Introduction to Gas Tungsten Arc Welding ............... 3 Food Service Equipment ......................................... 3

5th Year SMT250 SMT251 SMT252 SMT253 APP200E

Advanced Gas Tungsten Arc Welding ........................ 3 Industrial Sheet Metal ........................................... 3 Introduction to Detailing ....................................... 3 Advanced Detailing................................................ 3 Trade and Industrial Experience ............................ 12

The surgical technologist assists with patient care and related services in the operating room by performing as a member of the surgical team. This role includes preparing supplies and equipment for surgery and using correct surgical technique while performing as a sterile team member. In addition, anticipating and meeting the needs of the surgical team is a continuing challenge. Background knowledge in human anatomy, physiology, pathophysiology and microbiology is necessary.

* Select WR101 and WR102; or WR121 and WR122; or three credits in writing and RD117; or three credits in writing and BA205. ** Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement. The Oregon State Bureau of Labor and Industry journeyman’s card in the trade of Sheet Metal Worker may be used in conjunction with transcripts to verify that the SMT and the APP200E requirements of the MHCC Sheet Metal Technology AAS degree program have been met.

Providing safe patient care is the primary focus of all the actions and responsibilities of the surgical technologist. Applicants are admitted on a space-available basis after academic criteria have been met. Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc.edu/LRadmissions. In addition, information meetings are held regularly and are listed in the application packet. Once you have read the application materials and attended an information session, you can call 503-491-7341 if you have questions about the admission process.

The student must satisfy all other MHCC degree requirements, which includes a minimum of 90 college credits earned. ‡ See pages 7-9.

Surgical Technology

Applicants to the Surgical Technology Program must be physically and mentally able to cope with the rigors of the curriculum and the demanding nature of the field of surgical technology. Established academic and clinical requirements essential to the program of instruction apply to all students and cannot be waived. Attempts will be made to accommodate and retain qualified applicants with disabilities unless results of evaluations indicate that given reasonable accommodation an individual will still not be able to perform the essential functions required by the program.

Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program MHCC Faculty Advisors Jackie Morfitt: 503-491-7179 - Room AC 2766 morfittj@mhcc.edu Tracy Woodsworth: 503-491-7459 - Room AC 2764 woodswot@mhcc.edu

The Surgical Technology program at Mt. Hood Community College is six quarters in length leading to an Associate of Applied Science degree. It is designed for selected men and women who wish to prepare for a paramedical career as members of a multi-disciplinary team caring for patients in the operating room and in the surgical practice setting. The program combines academic study with clinical practice in metropolitan hospitals. After completion of this program, the graduate is eligible to take the national certification examination. Successfully passing this exam is a requirement for employment in many hospitals.

Biology and Chemistry requirement: BI101 with a grade of “C” or better within the last 5 years and CH104, CH151, or CH221 with a grade of “C” or better within the last 5 years. The minimum skill competencies required for admission to this program are equal to the completion of RD115, WR115, and MTH65 (placement into RD117, WR121, and MTH95).

The Surgical Technology Program at Mt. Hood Community College has been accredited by CAAHEP (formerly CAHEA), since 1978. The Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP), in collaboration with the American College of Surgeons (ACS) and the Association of Surgical Technologists (AST), which sponsor the Accreditation Review Committee on Education in Surgical Technology (ARC-ST), is the accrediting agency that acts on the accreditation recommendation formulated by the ARC-ST. The ARC-ST is located at 7108-C South Alton Way, Centennial, Colorado, 80112-2106. The ARCST’s phone number is 303-694-9262; their web site is www.arcst.org.

Students who used the College Placement Test (CPT) to demonstrate mathematics proficiency for program admission as of 2004 – 2005 will not meet the general education requirement for the Associate of Applied Science Degree. Three credits of a mathematics course (MTH65 or higher, excluding MTH211) must be transcripted before graduation. Please see page for more details about the general education requirements of the Applied Associate of Science Degree.

First Quarter (Fall) ST101 Surgical Technology Theory I .................................. 4 AH12 Medical Vocabulary ........................................................... 2 BI234 Microbiology* ....................................................... 4 WR101 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition .................................. 3 Health and Physical Education requirement‡ ........ 3

The student must initiate the three-dose Hepatitis B vaccine series upon acceptance to the program. Documentation of Hapatitis B Vaccine #1 immunization must be on file in the Allied Health Division in order to register for surgical technology courses; Hepatitis B Vaccine #2 one month later; and Hapatitis B Vaccine #3 prior to registering for second quarter.

16

60


Second Quarter (Winter) ST102 ST111 BI121

Third Quarter (Spring) ST103 ST112 BI122 CIS120 CIS120L

16

First Quarter (Fall) TV100 TV110 ART261 HE252 WR121

14

Surgical Technology Theory VI ................................ 4 Surgical Technology Theory VII ............................... 4 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum .................... 6

Sixth Quarter (Spring) ST208 ST209 ST223

MHCC offers a two-year Associate of Applied Science Degree in Television Production Technology. It is a Restricted Entry program with acceptance only after admission criteria has been met and applicants are reviewed by program advisors and faculty members. Because the core courses are sequential, students must start in the fall term. Application packets are available on our web site at http://www.mhcc. edu/LRadmissions. Once you have read the application materials, you can call 503-491-7346 if you have questions about the admission process.

Surgical Technology Theory IV ................................ 4 Surgical Technology Theory V ................................. 4 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum .................... 6

Fifth Quarter (Winter) ST206 ST207 ST222

16

Surgical Technology Theory III ............................... 6 Surgical Technology Lab ......................................... 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II** ... 4 Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I or Related elective*** ........................................... 1

Fourth Quarter (Fall) ST204 ST205 ST221

Television Production is a specific discipline within the Integrated Media Group (IMG) at Mt. Hood Community College. Program students benefit from the use of the college’s newest Macintosh digital imaging lab where they learn video production using FinalCutPro, Avid, and Final Draft. As members of the larger Integrated Media Group, students will collaborate with radio, graphic design and photography majors as they explore the relationship between words, images, sound, motion, time and space in digital media.

Surgical Technology Theory II................................. 4 Surgical Technology Lab ......................................... 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ...... 4 Human Relations‡ ................................................. 3 Approved communications distribution requirement‡ .................................................... 3

Second Quarter (Winter) TV111 TV112 TV115 WR122

14

Surgical Technology Theory VIII ............................. 4 Surgical Technology Theory IX ................................ 4 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum .................... 6

14

Cr

Critical Viewing ..................................................... 3 Introduction to Television ...................................... 3 Photography I ....................................................... 3 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ...................... 3 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I .................... 3

15

Television Production ............................................ 3 Television Production Lab ...................................... 3 Introduction to Television Scriptwriting .................. 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking or WR102 Workplace Communications II................... 3 Mathematics requirement*‡.................................... 3

15 Third Quarter (Spring)

* Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. ‡ See pages 7-9.

TV114 TV116 TV117 ANTH180 WR241

Television Production Technology

Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program

Television Applications Lab .................................... 3 Television News Reporting ...................................... 3 Film and Video Production Management ..................... 3 Language and Culture ............................................ 3 Imaginative Writing (Fiction) ................................. 3

Fourth Quarter (Fall) TV230 TV231 ART279

MHCC Faculty Advisor Jack Schommer: 503-491-7611 - Room AC 1372 schommej@mhcc.edu

Television first came into America’s living rooms in the 1940s and moved swiftly to the top of the entertainment world. In the 1960s, powerful images of war changed forever the way we received our news and information. The space age took television equipment to the moon, which in turn moved us toward video production on a smaller scale. Video equipment that only a few years ago would have cost thousands and required an engineer to operate is now as accessible as the medium itself. The World Wide Web offers a glimpse at the next level of change and with this increasingly accessible technology has come a growing demand for people trained to develop media messages.

Intermediate Video................................................ 3 Intermediate Video Lab.......................................... 4 Integrated Media Survey ........................................ 3 Related electives................................................... 6

Fifth Quarter (Winter) TV232 TV233 TV236 WE280TVB

TV234 TV235 WE280TVC

16

Television Directing ............................................... 3 Television Directing Lab ......................................... 4 Closed Circuit Systems ........................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship or Related electives ............................................... 4

Sixth Quarter (Spring)

The Television Production Technology program at MHCC is perhaps the best way to gain an understanding and obtain training. Over the last 30 years, MHCC’s Television Production Technology program has placed hundreds of graduates in a variety of video and media related jobs. A production oriented curriculum benefits from a fully equipped multi-camera studio, portable field production units, and editing facilities that train fundamental, as well as digital and nonlinear, concepts. Our instructors are working professionals with experience in every aspect of this field.

15

14

Advanced Telecasting ............................................ 3 Advanced Telecasting Lab ...................................... 4 Cooperative Education Internship or Related electives ............................................... 8

15 * Students may not use demonstrated proficiency on the College Placement Test (CPT) to satisfy this requirement.

61


Second Quarter

Related Electives

WLD130

In selecting related courses the student should consult with an advisor to determine whether a selection of courses across divisional areas or a concentration of courses within a specific division is more appropriate to the student’s vocational goals.

WLD131 WLD132 WLD133 WLD134

‡ See pages 7-9.

Welding Technology

Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc Welding (Wire Feed) ..................................... 2 Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc Welding Lab (Wire Feed).................................... 4 Welding Metallurgy ................................................ 3 Welding Metallurgy Lab .......................................... 1 Automated Manufacturing ...................................... 4 Communications Requirement‡ ............................... 3

Third Quarter

Certificate Day Program

WLD150 WLD151 WLD152 WLD153 PSY101

MHCC Faculty Advisor Wendall Johnson: 503-491-7217 - Room IT 44 johnsonw@mhcc.edu

The program is designed to prepare the person with little or no welding skill to enter the welding field with skill, knowledge and confidence. Also, it is designed for those wishing to upgrade their welding skills or to learn a new process. MHCC Welding Tech is an AWS accredited welding testing facility. The day program is a participating organization in the American Welding Society entry level welder program. The curriculum is designed to meet AWS standards.

Fabrication Practices ............................................. 2 Fabrication Practices Lab ....................................... 3 Welding Processes and Procedures ........................... 2 Welding Certification Preparation Lab...................... 4 Psychology of Human Relations or HUM202 Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace ................................................... 3

‡Recommended General Education Requirements: Communications (3 cr): WR101 or WR121

What are the employment opportunities?

17

14

Students who apply themselves in the program and obtain a satisfactory level of competence in welding should be able to secure employment in many areas, such as in ship repair, metal fabrication, construction and maintenance welding. Most companies require the prospective employee to pass a welding test as a condition of employment. This program will assist the student in preparing for the welder qualification testing.

A Recognition of Completion, Welding, may be given to students who complete the following list of courses. The courses may provide structured review of skills used by persons in the welding field or are for those who wish to attain additional knowledge related to a current occupation. Applications for this non-transcripted, institutional award of attendance are available with the program advisor.

You are required to have the following:

Please note that the following courses are typically held in the evening and may not be offered each term (please refer to the quarterly schedule of classes) and will only be offered based on sufficient enrollment.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Heavy duty clothes suitable for welding. High top boots, “safety toes.” One pair gauntlet gloves. Leather welding jacket, burning glasses. Miscellaneous small tools, pliers, rule, tip cleaners, igniter, slag hammer and tool box. Welding and blueprint reading textbooks. Welding helmet. Safety glasses and ear plugs.

Welding WLD110 WLD111A WLD130 WLD131A

Lab Fees

WLD150B WLD153A

A lab fee for each term is charged for the welding program. All electrodes, materials, gas, supplies, and power tools are furnished by the college.

Welding Technology (Day Program) 9-Month Certificate First Quarter WLD110 WLD111 WLD114 WLD118 WLD119 MTH33

Shielded Metal Arc Welding (Stick) .......................... 2 Shielded Metal Arc Welding Lab (Stick) .................... 2 Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc Welding (Wire Feed)........................................... 2 Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc Welding Lab (Wire Feed)..................................... 2 Blueprint Reading.................................................. 2 Welding Certification Prep Lab ................................ 2

Additional Supporting Courses WLDX11 WLDX13 WLD116 WLDX16 WLDX17 WLDX34 MTH20 VT10WE

Cr

Shielded Metal Arc Welding (Stick) .......................... 2 Shielded Metal Arc Welding Lab (Stick) .................... 4 Blueprint Reading for Welders ................................. 3 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (TIG) .............................. 2 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding Lab (TIG) ........................ 2 Professional-Technical Computation I ...................... 3

16

TIG-GTAW (Heli-Arc) Welding .................................. 2 MIG-GMAW (Wire Feed) Welding .............................. 2 General Welding I .................................................. 3 General Welding I .................................................. 2 General Welding II................................................. 2 CNC Burning .......................................................... 3 Applied Arithmetic & Pre-algebra ........................... 3 Special Projects ................................................. 1-4

‡ See pages 11-12.

62


Special Studies General Studies ...................................................... 66 Performing Arts Special Studies: Music ...................................... 66 Special Studies: Theatre Arts ........................67-68 International Education ...........................................69

Associate of General Studies Degree

The purpose of the Degree in General Studies is to provide the student an opportunity to pursue a broad general education during the two years at a community college. It is intended as a flexible program for the student who is not pursuing a specified curriculum in the lower division transfer or professional-technical area. The general studies degree may, in addition to including the number of hours in the divisional areas as listed below, include courses in lower division collegiate transfer, occupational education, professional-technical education and general education. Because of the flexibility and broad approach of this degree, a student may find that it may not fulfill all of the requirements of full junior standing when transferred to a fouryear institution. The transferable credits generally include only those courses numbered 100 or above. Please refer to page 200, “Courses Numbered 100- 299”, for more information.

3. 4. 5.

The Associate of General Studies Degree will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. 2. Successfully complete all required courses in the general studies curriculum as follows. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit. Repeated courses may be counted only once toward graduation unless specified in the course description or unless specifically required in a program curriculum. Courses (except for electives) must be selected from a list of approved general education courses (see page 8). The list is available in the Admissions and Records Office, the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or from the program advisor.

6.

_A. Health and Physical Education A minimum of three credit hours which must include one class in Physical Education (PE) and one class in Health Education (HE). Other options: HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life, HPE291 Lifeguard Training, or PE285OL (3 credits) satisfies the total HPE requirement. A student successfully completing PE285OL Wilderness Survival for 2 credits may satisfy the HPE requirement by completing one additional credit in either health or physical education. Two (2) credit hours of PE185 credit may be granted toward an Associate degree at Mt. Hood for completion of military basic training. A copy of the DD214 form is required. B. Communications Six quarter credit hours at a level equivalent to WR101 and WR102; or WR121 and WR122; or three credits in writing and three credits in speech; or three credits in writing and RD117; or three credits in writing and BA205. C. Mathematics

F. Social Sciences 12 credit hours in social science. G. Science/Mathematics/Computer Science 9 credit hours in science or mathematics or computer science. (MTH20 and MTH40 are excluded and will not meet this requirement.) H. Complete the above requirements plus elective courses (no more than 25 credits of one discipline may apply as electives) to total 90 applicable credit hours. Elective courses may be any course number 10 or higher, not including those listed as Developmental Education courses, see page 200. A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses, numbered 100 and above, may be applied toward the AGS degree. (ENL94R, ENL94S, and ENL94W are not to be included. See Developmental Education Courses.) Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the core requirements (an average; not a “C” in every class). Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the degree is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge, Experience-Based Credit, International Baccalaureate) does not satisfy this requirement. If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or university within one year from the date of last attendance at MHCC. This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the course work. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (i.e., spring term graduates must apply during fall term). Note: The sequence of courses, UNST101, UNST102, UNST103, is an interdisciplinary alternative way for students to earn general education credits. It is designed for students who are intending to transfer to Portland State University and want to complete their freshman inquiry requirement. All three courses must be taken to satisfy the 15 credit requirement. Students who successfully complete will receive credit in writing, social science, science, and humanities.

Please see pages 7-9 for additional information on Associate of General Studies degree.

The Performing Arts

The special studies curricula at Mt. Hood Community College are designed to provide opportunities for students who wish to attain an optimum of self-development in the performing arts. The programs also provide a basis for those who may later wish to expand into more specialized areas. The special studies program is a two-year associate of General Studies degree program designed to provide students with the basic skills and techniques necessary for the development of their music or theatre interests. It differs from a transfer program in that the course requirements provide for breadth as well as an opportunity to concentrate in special interest areas. Specialized courses not otherwise available in a transfer program are included.

Three quarter credit hours at a level equivalent to MTH20 or higher (except MTH33, MTH34, MTH35). D. Human Relations Three quarter credit hours; refer to the general education course list below. E. Humanities (Arts and Letters) 12 credit hours in humanities (arts and letters) (maximum of six credit hours in skill oriented classes).

Students who plan to graduate from Mt. Hood Community College with this associate degree should fulfill all the requirements in one of the curricula. Provision for related electives adds flexibility to the

63


Fifth Quarter

programs. Substitutions can be made for parallel or related courses on either the transfer or non-transfer levels with the approval of the associate dean.

MUS212 MUS215 MUP MUP

The special studies curricula are not intended to meet prerequisites or to be transferable to a four-year college. Any student who is planning to enroll in a special studies curriculum should understand thoroughly this situation and the intent of the special studies programs, and thus avoid possible disappointment later. Students who intend to earn a four-year degree in the arts should choose a college transfer program.

Sixth Quarter

MUS213 MUS224 MUP MUP HE250

Special Studies: Music

The curriculum in music is designed to give the student a broad background in the understanding of music and in the development of skills, with an opportunity to select areas in which he/she would like to specialize. It includes course work in music and in general education to total 90 hours; other related courses may be substituted with the approval of the Performing and Visual Arts program manager.

First Quarter

MUS111 MUS114 MUS131 MUS147 MUP MUP WR101

MUS112 MUS115 MUS132 MUS148 MUP MUP WR102

MUS113 MUS116 MUS133 MUP MUP PE PSY101 SP111

MUS211 MUS214 MUP MUP

Cr

General Education Electives In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser to determine selection of courses.

Related Electives In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser to determine whether a selection of courses across divisional areas or a concentration of courses within a specific division is more appropriate to the student’s vocational goals.

15-16

Note: This program is a unique version of a General Studies degree. ‡ See pages 7-9.

Special Studies: Theatre Arts (Actor Director)

Two programs in theatre are offered, one concentrating in acting and directing and one in stage technology and design. The Actor-Director program is designed to give the student a broad background in the understanding of drama and in the development of skills in acting and directing. The curriculum includes course work in theatre and related electives, and in general education to total 96-101 hours; other related courses may be substituted with the approval of the Performing and Visual Arts program manager.

15-16

Music Theory III.................................................... 3 Sight Singing/Ear Training ...................................... 1 Group Piano: Skills for Majors or Proficiency Test ...... 2 Music Performance Group .................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1 Physical Education* ............................................... 1 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology ................................ 3 Fundamentals of Speech......................................... 3

Fourth Quarter

Music Theory VI...................................................... 3 Advanced Sight Singing/Ear Training ......................... 1 Music Performance Group ...................................... 2-3 Applied Individual Lessons ....................................... 1 Personal Health* .................................................... 3 General Education requirement‡ ............................... 3 Related Elective .................................................... 3

* Students who complete HE252 Standard First Aid or HE250 Personal Health are required to complete at least one additional credit of P.E. Activity to satisfy the Health and Physical Education requirement for the Associate of General Studies degree.

Music Theory II ..................................................... 3 Sight Singing/Ear Training ...................................... 1 Group Piano: Skills for Majors or proficiency test ...... 2 Class Percussion Intermediate II ............................. 1 Music Performance Group .................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1 Workplace Communications II or WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ...... 3 General Education requirement‡ ............................. 3

Third Quarter

13-14

16-17

Music Theory I ....................................................... 3 Sight Singing/Ear Training ....................................... 1 Group Piano: Skills for Majors or proficiency test ...... 2 Class Percussion Beginning I .................................. 1 Music Performance Group .................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................ 3 General Education requirement‡ ............................. 3

Second Quarter

Music Theory V ...................................................... 3 Keyboard Harmony ................................................ 1 Music Performance Group .................................... 2-3 Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1 General Education requirement‡ ............................. 6

Forecast: Sequence of offerings may be altered in a given year.

First Quarter TA106 TA141 TA153D WR101

15-16

Music Theory IV .................................................... 3 Keyboard Harmony ................................................ 1 Music Performance Group .................................... 2-3 Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1 General Education requirement‡ ............................. 6 Mathematics requirement‡ ..................................... 3

Cr

Introduction to Theatre I ....................................... 3 Acting Fundamentals I ........................................... 3 Theatre Workshop: Children’s Workshop, First Year .... 2 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................ 3 Human Relations requirement‡ ............................... 3 General Education requirement‡ ............................. 3

17

16-17

64


Special Studies: Theatre Arts

Second Quarter TA107 TA142 TA153A/B/C WR102

Introduction to Theatre II...................................... 3 Acting Fundamentals II ......................................... 3 Theatre Workshop, First Year ................................ 1-3 Workplace Communications II or WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ...... 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6

Third Quarter TA101 TA143 TA153A

TA227 TA241 HE250

Forecast: Sequence of offerings may be altered in a given year.

First Quarter TA106 TA111 TA114A/B/C HE252 WR121

16

Cr

Introduction to Theatre I ....................................... 3 Theatre Technology I ............................................. 3 Technical Theatre Workshop, First Year.................. 1-3 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies* .................... 3 English Composition .............................................. 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3

16-18

Second Quarter TA35 Theories of Directing ............................................. 3 TA107 Introduction to Theatre II...................................... 3 TA112 Theatre Technology II ............................................ 3 TA114A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop, First Year.................. 1-3 WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 PE Requirement* ................................................... 1

18

Theories of Directing ............................................. 3 Theatre Technology II ............................................ 3 Movement for the Actor ......................................... 3 Special Studies in Theatre ...................................... 1 Theatre Workshop, Second Year ............................ 1-3 Voice and Articulation ........................................... 3

Sixth Quarter TA113 TA144 TA199A TA213 TA253A/B/C

16-18

Theatre Technology I ............................................. 3 Theatre Workshop: Children’s Workshop, Second Year ...................................................... 2 Theatrical Makeup ................................................. 3 Intermediate Acting Techniques: Styles ................... 3 Personal Health* ................................................... 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3 Physical Education* ............................................... 1

Fifth Quarter TA35 TA112 TA148 TA199A TA253A/B/C SP262

The Technician-Designer program objective is to train students in the planning and construction of sets, lighting operations and design, sound systems and stage management. The curriculum includes course work in theatre and related electives, and in general education to total 90 hours; other related courses may be substituted with the approval of the Performing and Visual Arts program manager.

Appreciating Theatre ............................................. 3 Acting Fundamentals III ........................................ 3 Theatre Workshop, First Year ................................... 1 Mathematics requirement‡ ..................................... 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6

Fourth Quarter TA111 TA253D

Technician-Designer

Third Quarter

14-16

TA101 Appreciating Theatre ............................................. 3 TA113 Theatre Technology III .......................................... 3 TA114A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop, First Year.................. 1-3 Human Relations Requirement‡ .............................. 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3 Related Electives................................................... 3

14-16

Theatre Technology III .......................................... 3 Improvisation ....................................................... 3 Special Studies in Theatre ...................................... 1 Stage Lighting Design ............................................ 3 Theatre Workshop, Second Year ............................ 1-3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3

Fourth Quarter

16-18

TA141 Acting Fundamentals I ........................................... 3 TA214A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop, Second Year .............. 1-3 TA227 Theatrical Makeup ................................................. 3 Mathematics requirement ....................................... 3 General Education requirement‡ ............................. 3 Related Electives................................................... 3

14-16 * Students who complete HE252 Standard First Aid or HE250 Personal Health are required to complete at least one additional credit of P.E. Activity to satisfy the Health and Physical Education requirement for the Associate of General Studies degree.

Fifth Quarter

16-18

General Education Electives

TA121 Costuming ............................................................ 3 TA211 Scene Design ....................................................... 3 TA214A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop, Second Year .............. 1-3 General Education requirement‡ ............................. 6 Related Elective .................................................... 3

In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser to determine selection of courses.

Sixth Quarter

16-18

TA199A/B/C Special Projects in Theatre .................................. 1-3 TA213 Stage Lighting Design ............................................ 3 TA214A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop, Second Year .............. 1-3 General Education requirement‡ ............................. 6 Related Elective .................................................... 3

Note: This program is a unique version of a General Studies degree. ‡ See pages 7-9.

14-18 * Students who complete HE252 Standard First Aid or HE250 Personal Health are required to complete at least one additional credit of P.E. Activity to satisfy the Health and Physical Education requirement for the Associate of General Studies degree..

65


Suggested Related Electives ART115 Basic Design 1: Two-dimensional ART116 Basic Design 2: Color Theory ART117 Basic Design 3: Three-dimensional ART281 Painting I ART291 Sculpture: Beginning EET111 Introduction to Electronics Technology ENG105 Introduction to Literature: Drama ENG201 Shakespeare: The Early Period ENG202 Shakespeare: The Middle Period ESR285 Safety and Health Standards and Laws ET120 Architectural Drawing ET154 Computer-Aided Design I ET231 Basic Strengths of Materials FA257 Films and Society FA258 Understanding the Film FA266 The Great Film Directors TV100 Critical Viewing TV115 Introduction to TV Scriptwriting WLD110 and WLD111 Shielded Metal Arc Welding

MHCC Courses on International Education Courses dealing with an international perspective give the student understanding of the world as a global community consisting of interdependent peoples and nations. Areas of concentration in Asian, European, or Latin American studies provide an opportunity to examine carefully a specific area of the world. These courses are valuable for students who are interested in international issues, in learning about life in countries other than the United States, in working for corporations with offices abroad, in the diplomatic service and other international careers or experiences. The following courses all emphasize an understanding not only of the United States, but also of other countries and cultures. Travel and Tourism Geography International Hospitality and Tourism Cooperative Education Internship

Communication Arts SP115

Introduction to Intercultural Communication

Language, Literature and Humanities FR101, 102, 103 FR111, 112, 113 FR201, 202, 203

First-Year French I, II, III Beginning French Conversation I, II, III Second-Year French I, II, III

GER101, 102, 103 GER111, 112, 113 GER201, 202, 203

First-Year German I, II, III Beginning German Conversation I, II, III Second-Year German I, II, III*

ITAL101

First-Year Italian I (study abroad only)

JPN101, 102, 103 JPN201, 202, 203

First-Year Japanese I, II, III Second-Year Japanese I, II, III

RUS101, 102, 103 RUS111, 112, 113

First-Year Russian I, II, III Beginning Russian Conversation I, II, III

ART201, 202, 203

Introduction to the History of Art

ENG107, 108, 109 ENG250 HUM110 HUM111 HUM112

World Literature: Introduction to Mythology Contemporary Culture: Introduction to Human Values Contemporary Culture: Changing Values Contemporary Culture: Future Trends

R210

World Religions

ANTH101 ANTH102 ANTH103 ANTH180 ANTH231 ANTH232 GEOG105 GEOG106 GEOG107 GEOG214 HST110, 111, 112 HST195 HST211 HST212 HST213 HST264 HST270, 271, 272

‡ See pages 7-9.

HT140 HT241 WE280

First-Year Spanish I, II, III Beginning Spanish Conversation I, II, III Beginning Spanish I, II (Intensive) Second-Year Spanish I, II, III Intermediate Spanish Conversation I, II, III

Social Sciences

Note: This program is a unique version of a General Studies degree.

Business

SPAN101, 102, 103 SPAN111, 112, 113 SPAN150, 151 SPAN201, 202, 203 SPAN211, 212, 213

HST292 HST293

Introduction to Biological Anthropology Introduction to Archaeology and World Prehistory Introduction to Cultural Anthropology Language and Culture Indian Cultures of the Pacific NW North American Indians Introduction to Physical Geography Introduction to World Regional Geography Introduction to Cultural Geography Geography of Mexico & Central America World Civilizations History of Vietnam War* Introduction to Peace Studies* Peace Studies: Nonviolent Political Theory* Peace Studies: World Order Theory* African American History* History of Mexico, Central America, South America* China: Past and Present* Japan: Past and Present*

INTL101 IS210

Introduction to International Studies I Comparative Culture I*

PS204 PS205 PS215 PS220 PS225 PS241

Introduction to Comparative Politics International Relations* Global Issues American Foreign Policy and World Order Political Ideology Political Terrorism

SOC213 SOC214

Race Relations in the United States Social Problems: Introduction to U.S. Culture and Society

* Offered at irregular intervals

Study Abroad The college offers a variety of study abroad options. Choose from two Spanish immersion programs in San Miguel de Allende, Mexico—an eightweek program during spring term and a two-week program during summer session. We also offer a three-week Japanese conversation program in Kyoto, Japan during the summer. In addition, we offer a spring study abroad program in England, “The London Quarter” and a fall program in Italy, “The Florence Quarter.” For information on San Miguel call 4917497 or 491-7290; Kyoto, London or Florence, call 503-491-7488 or 503-491-7290.

66


Transfer Information Engineering, Computer Science and Mathematics .......503-491-7292 · Computer Science · Engineering · Engineering Technologies · Mathematics Performing Arts ..................................................... 503-491-6969 · Music · Theater Science ..................................................... 503-491-7364 · Agriculture · Agri-Business · Biochemistry & Biophysics · Biology · Chemistry · Chiropractic College (pre-professional) · Dental Hygiene · Dentistry (pre-professional) · Entomology · Environmental Sciences · Fisheries and Wildlife Science · Forest Resources (pre-professional) · General Science · Geology · Medical Technology (pre-professional) · Medicine (pre-professional) · Microbiology · Nursing (pre-professional) · Occupational Therapy (pre-professional) · Optometry (pre-professional) · Pharmacy (pre-professional) · Physical Therapy (pre-professional) · Physics · Veterinary Medicine (pre-professional) · Zoology Social Science ......................................................503-491-7480 · Anthropology · Criminal Justice Administration · Economics · Education · General Social Science · Geography · History · Peace Studies · Philosophy · Political Science · Psychology · Religious Studies · Sociology Visual Arts ..................................................... 503-491-7309 · Fine Arts · Art Education · Art History

Mt. Hood Community College is an excellent starting place for students who wish to pursue a bachelor’s degree. MHCC students can complete all or most of the general education requirements for both public and private colleges and universities. In addition, MHCC’s transfer subject areas allow students to begin work on the requirements of their chosen majors. The advantages of starting a four-year program at MHCC include smaller classes, lower costs, instructors’ focus on teaching excellence, and the availability of courses for improvement of skills in reading, writing and mathematics.

Planning for Transfer Different colleges and universities have different general education and graduation requirements. Therefore, it is vital to plan ahead for transfer by reviewing catalogs and transfer advising guides for the various transfer schools. The MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center has information on colleges and universities and the degrees that they offer. Planning for transfer is an important part of one’s educational preparation. For example, some intended majors may require an early start on mathematics, or other courses. Certain majors include essential coursework at the sophomore level, so students may need to be attending their transfer schools after only one year at MHCC. Professional academic advisors, faculty advisors, and counselors are available to help students develop educational plans that will meet the requirements of their chosen majors and transfer schools.

Transfer Departments and Advisors Students can prepare for more than 60 transfer majors at MHCC! Those majors may lead toward hundreds of potential careers. The subject areas for transfer study are listed below. Advisors in major areas are assigned to assist students with appropriate educational planning, selection of transfer schools, and keeping updated on changing requirements and standards. Faculty advisors in the various major areas provide expertise to students majoring in their fields. Lists of advisors for all majors are updated annually. Students may contact the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or the college departments listed below for the names of advisors in their chosen majors. The Academic Advising and Transfer Center ................503-491-7315 · Undecided and/or exploring majors Business ......................................................503-491-7196 · Business Administration · Business Education · Health Care Administration · Hotel, Restaurant, and Tourism Management Communication Arts ................................................. 503-491-7410 · Journalism · Speech Health and Physical Education ..................................503-491-7452 · Health and Health Education · Outdoor Recreation Leadership and Tourism · Physical Education Industrial Technology...............................................503-491-7470 · Industrial Management · Manufacturing Technology Language & Literature ..............................................503-491-7290 · English · Foreign Languages · International Studies

Academic Advising and Transfer Center Many resources can be used to research potential transfer colleges, and to learn about their major programs and requirements. MHCC’s Transfer Center offers a wealth of such resources for student use. The center’s resources include a library of college catalogs, comprehensive college directories, and transfer advising guides for Oregon colleges and universities. View books and videos produced by various colleges are also available for students to review.

67


as the degree does not guarantee transferability of courses completed. Educational planning for the Associate of General Studies should be done with the help of an advisor or counselor.

Students may use the center’s computers to access Web pages for hundreds of colleges and universities. They can pick up current applications for many of Oregon’s public and private schools. Regular visits by transfer college representatives also enable MHCC students to make personal inquiries related to their transfer plans.

Direct Transfer Transfer without a degree from MHCC is also a viable option for MHCC students. Students in certain majors may need to transfer after one year in order to take advantage of critical major courses offered in the sophomore year. Or, a student may select a major and transfer school, then take only the specific courses required for that major and/or college. When a student opts for direct transfer, MHCC courses are evaluated and accepted on a course-by-course basis by the transfer school.

Transfer Days Each fall, winter and spring term, representatives from colleges and universities visit MHCC for Transfer Days. These conveniently scheduled and located “fairs” give students the opportunity to investigate several colleges at one time. Personal contact with college reps offers a chance to ask for detailed information about transfer subjects and procedures. For information on upcoming Transfer Days, students may contact the Academic Advising and Transfer Center in AC 2182, or call 503-491-7315.

Direct transfer students must meet the transfer schools’ Freshman or transfer admission requirements. Catalogs from transfer institutions contain information about credit-hour and grade point average requirements and transfer application procedures.

Associate of Arts-Oregon Transfer Degree This is a degree designed for students planning to complete an associate’s degree before transferring into a bachelor’s degree program at one of Oregon’s public universities (University of Oregon and Oregon State University; Eastern, Western, and Southern Oregon Universities; Portland State University; Oregon Institute of Technology). All of these universities accept the AA-OT as a “block transfer,” enabling a student to enter as a junior with all of the transfer school’s lower division general education requirements met. The AA-OT offers students the flexibility to choose courses that interest them and still meet requirements at their transfer schools (see the AA-OT degree requirements on pages ).

It is each student’s responsibility to learn the program requirements of any prospective transfer school, and to keep up to date on changes in those requirements. Therefore, students should periodically contact the Academic Advising and Transfer Center and/or the transfer schools for updates.

Successful Transfer Success in the transfer process is largely the result of careful planning and attention to the requirements of transfer colleges. Transfer success is a student’s individual responsibility. However, prudent use of available resources and advising can help to ensure smooth transition to a four-year institution. Students can benefit from following these tips for successful transfer: · Plan Ahead: Enroll in HD100: College Success and/or contact an advisor during your first term at MHCC to develop an education plan. If you need help with choosing a major or career, enroll in HD110 or HD208.

A limited number of private and out-of-state institutions also accept the AA-OT. These include Concordia University, Pacific University, Warner Pacific College, George Fox University and Marylhurst University in the Portland area, as well as Western Baptist College, BYU - Hawaii, Hawaii Pacific University, Boise State University, Seattle Pacific University, and Washington State University - Vancouver. Some of these schools have unique general education requirements that must also be met. Advisors and counselors can assist students planning for those courses.

· Maintain Contact: Establish early contact with admissions representatives and major advisors at MHCC and transfer colleges. Keep in touch with them in order to keep up to date on major and transfer requirements.

Associate of Science - Oregon Transfer - Business The AS/OT - Business is designed for business majors planning to transfer to a baccalaureate degree program at four-year institutions in the Oregon University System (OUS). It does not guarantee admission to the Business school/program of any OUS institution. Any student who holds the AS/OT - Business degree transferring to any institution in the Oregon University System, will have met the lower-division general education requirements for that institution’s baccalaureate degree programs. Students will also have junior standing for admission and registration purposes.

· Know the Rules: Pay attention to GPA and transfer credit policies, application deadlines and both general education and major course requirements of transfer schools. · Confirm Transferability of Courses: Not all 100-200 level courses transfer to all four-year schools. Transfer colleges have the “last say” on transferability. · Utilize Transfer Resources: This catalog, the Transfer Center, quarterly Transfer Days; and MHCC faculty advisors, academic advisors, and counselors are key sources of information and guidance.

Associate of Science The Associate of Science degree is designed for students who plan to transfer and complete a Bachelors of Science degree at a four-year institution. The degree requirements allow students more flexibility in course selection allowing them to focus on their discipline requirements. NOTE: Completion of this degree does not guarantee that all lower-division General Education requirements have been met for a baccalaureate degree (i.e., this is not a block transfer degree as is the AA/OT). In selecting courses for this degree, students are highly encouraged to consult the specific transfer curriculum pages in this catalog, the faculty advisor, and the institution to which they intend to transfer to determine if it is an appropriate choice.

· Ask for Help: Make sure you have current and complete information; ask for what you need to complete the transfer process successfully.

Transfer Hotline If a student has a problem transferring classes to a college or university, the student should first try to resolve the problem through contact with the transfer school. MHCC advisors and counselors may be of assistance in such cases. However, if after some effort such a problem cannot be resolved, the student may call the Transfer Problem Hotline at the Oregon Department of Education for help. The hotline number is 503-378-8609, ext 367.

The Associate of General Studies degree The Associate of General Studies degree may be a useful alternative for direct transfer students (see degree requirements on pages ). This flexible degree option enables a student to complete an associate’s degree that is tailored to the general education requirements of the transfer school. Students must exercise caution in using the AGS option,

68


Quick Transfer Reference Guide PAGE

TRANSFER SUBJECTS

PHONE

DEGREE OR DIRECT TRANSFER

Curricula as listed will lead to the following degree. (The subject area will not appear on the student’s degree.)

In addition to preparing for transfer to a four-year university, the student might also complete a two-year MHCC Associate of Science or an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer. See page ____

Biology, Botany, General Science, Zoology

503-491-6081

Business – Accounting Business (AS/OT-Business)

TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

MHCC has current formal transfer agreements with the following schools

AS

*

503-491-7196

AS

*

503-491-7196

AS/OT - Bus

*

Chemistry/Biochemistry

503-491-6081

AS

*

Computer Science

503-491-7017

AS

*

Criminal Justice Administration

503-491-7480

AS

Western Oregon University

Economics

503-491-7480

AS

*

Education

503-491-7480

AS

*

Engineering

503-491-7017

AS

*

English Environmental Science

503-491-7018 503-491-6081

AAOT (Direct)

Fine Arts

503-491-7309

(Direct)

*

Fish and Wildlife Science

503-491-6081

AS

*

Forest Resources Management

503-491-6081

(Direct)

Oregon State University

Geography

503-491-7480

AAOT

*

Geology

503-491-6081

AS

*

History

503-491-7480

(Direct)

*

Hospitality and Tourism Management

503-491-7196

(Direct)

Portland State University, Hawaii Pacific University

Journalism

503-491-7410

AAOT

University of Oregon (pending)

Modern Languages

503-491-7018

AAOT

*

* Portland State University, Concordia University, Marylhurst University

Music

503-491-6969

(Direct)

*

Outdoor Recreation Leadership and Tourism

503-491-7450

AS

Oregon State University - Cascades

Physical Education/Exercise and Sport Science

503-491-7450

AAOT

*

Physics

503-491-6081

AS

*

Political Science

503-491-7480

(Direct)

*

Pre-Law

503-491-7480

AAOT

*

Pre-Professional (Medicine, Dentistry, Pharmacy, Veterinary Medicine)

503-491-6081

AS

*

Psychology

503-491-7480

AAOT

*

Sociology

503-491-7480

AS: Associate of Science degree AAOT: Associate of Arts – Oregon Transfer degree AS/OT – Business: Associate of Science – Oregon Transfer - Business (Direct): Direct Transfer * The curriculum guides listed in this section transfer to many four-year schools.

69

AAOT

*


Biology, Botany, General Science, Zoology

2

Associate of Science

MHCC Faculty Advisor Lee Mitchell: 503-491-7441 - Room AC 2595

Related MHCC Program Web Links: http://www.mhcc.edu/programs

mitchell@mhcc.edu

Biology is a tremendously diverse field of study devoted to examining life processes. Courses offered by the Department of Life Science are tailored to allow graduating students to function as informed citizens or to move on to careers as practicing scientists, educators and health professionals.

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/%7Ejrinehar/biodept.htm Oregon State University - http://www.science.orst.edu/majors.html

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science in the Biological Sciences at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, or University of Oregon. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions that require different courses within the various subject areas of General Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

First Quarter CH221 MTH251 PH201 WR121

CH222 MTH252 PH202 WR122

Business - Accounting Associate of Science

17

MHCC Faculty Advisors Jerry Kohler: 503-491-7408 - Room AC 2682 Jim Arnold: 503-491-7468 - Room AC 2686

17

The two-year course of study listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science from Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, or University of Oregon. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions that require different courses within the various subject areas of General Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

16

16

Biology II ............................................................. 5 Organic Chemistry II2 ............................................ 5 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3

First Quarter (Fall) BA101 BA211 SP111 WR121

16

Biology III ........................................................... 5 Organic Chemistry III2 .......................................... 5 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 3 Computer Literacy requirement1 ............................. 1

BI212 CIS120 CIS120L MTH111 PHL202 WR122

Refer to Associate of Science degree requirements.

Cr

Introduction to Business........................................ 4 Principles of Accounting I ..................................... 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 English Composition .............................................. 3

Second Quarter (Winter)

14 1

koherlj@mhcc.edu arnoldj@mhcc.edu

Accounting has often been characterized as the language of business. As such, a solid foundation in accounting allows a myriad of choices in business career paths. Examples are Chief Financial Officers, Controllers, and Finance VPÕs. To enhance their career options, many students combine accounting with other majors or minors such as Finance or Information Technology.

Biology I .............................................................. 5 Organic Chemistry I2 ............................................. 5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3

Sixth Quarter BI213 CH243

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Biological Sciences. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

General Chemistry III ............................................ 5 General Physics III ................................................ 5 English Composition: Research ................................ 3 Social Sciences requirement1 ................................. 3

Fifth Quarter BI212 CH242

University of Oregon - http://biology.uoregon.edu/

General Chemistry II .............................................. 5 Calculus II ............................................................ 4 General Physics II ................................................. 5 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

Fourth Quarter BI211 CH241 SP111

Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/biology.shtml

General Chemistry I ............................................... 5 Calculus I ............................................................. 4 General Physics I .................................................. 5 English Composition .............................................. 3

Third Quarter CH223 PH203 WR123

Portland State University - http://www.bio.pdx.edu/

Cr

Second Quarter

This sequence replaces the 300-level Organic Chemistry requirement at colleges and universities. With an acceptable score on the ACS National Exam and a minimum of a C or better in each course, this sequence transfers as 11-15 credits of 300-level coursework to all OUS schools.

14

Principles of Accounting II..................................... 3 Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 4 Fundamental Ethics ............................................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

17

70


Business (AS/OT - Bus)

Third Quarter (Spring) BA213 WR123

Principles of Accounting III ................................... 4 English Composition: Research or WR 227 Technical Report Writing ......................... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement2 ............ 3 Electives1 ............................................................ 3

Fourth Quarter (Fall) CIS122 EC201 PS200

13

If your goal is to earn a 4-year degree in Business Administration, start that degree at MHCC. Mt. Hood Community College business courses offer tremendous opportunities to the transfer student. Students can complete the first two years of course work at MHCC and seamlessly transfer their college credits to many four-year colleges and universities. The two-year course of study outlined below is designed to meet transfer requirements for business majors and results in the awarding of an Associate of Science - Oregon Transfer in Business (AS/OT-Bus) degree from Mt. Hood. Please be advised the program has entry-level expectations for skill levels in reading, writing, and mathematics and therefore, completion time may vary. The curriculum is specifically tailored to follow transfer requirements for Oregon University System 4-year schools. Note: students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisors and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

17

Principles of Economics II (Macro) .......................... 3 Probability and Statistics I..................................... 4 Science requirement2,4 ........................................... 4 Electives1 ............................................................ 6

Sixth Quarter (Spring) BA205 EC203 MTH244

MHCC Faculty Advisors (Students with last name beginning A-L) Lola Lackey: 503-491-7313 - Room AC 2688 lackeyl@mhcc.edu (Students with last name beginning M-Z) Susan Smith McClaren: 503-491-7126 - Room AC 2661 smiths@mhcc.edu

Computer Concepts III ........................................... 4 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3 Introduction to Political Science3 .......................... 3 Humanities requirement2 ....................................... 3 Science requirement2,4 .......................................... 4

Fifth Quarter (Winter) EC202 MTH243

Associate of Science/Oregon Transfer - Business

17

Business Communications ...................................... 4 Principles of Economics III .................................... 4 Statistics II .......................................................... 4 Science requirement2,3 ....................................... 3-4

Note: For students transferring to EOU, see Business/eBusiness Marketing and Management, Associate of Applied Science Degree.

15-16

First Quarter (Fall) BA101 BA211 MTH111 WR121

Electives will be determined with the assistance of a faculty adviser and will depend on the institution to which you intend to transfer. 2 Refer to Associate of Science degree requirements. 3 PS201, American Government meets General Education requirements for Social Science and is a required course at PSU. 4 PSU requires 8 credits of science with lab or fieldwork; EOU does not require science with lab. 1

Second Quarter (Winter) BA212 MTH243 WR122

Related MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/classes_programs_d/bh/ bhtc/accounting/main.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Concordia University - http://www.cu-portland.edu/admissions/majors/BusinessAdmin.cfm Eastern Oregon University (Portland) - http://redtail.eou.edu/sebp/ Business/offcampus.html

EC201

Oregon State University - http://www.bus.orst.edu/Prospective_Students/index.htm EC202

University of Oregon - http://lcb.uoregon.edu/ Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Business Administration - Accounting. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

14

Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3 Social science requirement2 ................................... 3 Mathematics requirement1 ..................................... 4 Lab Science requirement2 ...................................... 4

Fifth Quarter (Winter)

Portland State University - http://www.sba.pdx.edu

16

Principles of Accounting III ................................... 4 Statistics II1 ........................................................ 4 Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3 Arts and Letters requirement2 ................................ 3

Fourth Quarter (Fall)

Marylhurst University - http://www.marylhurst.edu/attend/undergrad/asns-management.html

15

Principles of Accounting II1 ................................... 3 Probability and Statistics I .................................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Oral communications requirement1 ......................... 3 Computer applications requirement1,4 ..................... 3

Third Quarter (Spring) BA213 MTH244 WR227

Cr

Introduction to Business........................................ 4 Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions1 .................... 4 English Composition .............................................. 3

14

Principles of Economics II (Macro) .......................... 3 Arts and Letters requirement2 ................................ 6 Lab Science requirement2 ...................................... 4 Elective or university-specific prerequisite3 ............. 3

16

71


Sixth Quarter (Spring)

Second Quarter

BA226 EC203

CH222 MTH252 WR122

Introduction to Business Law ................................. 3 Principles of Economics III .................................... 3 Arts and Letters requirement2 ................................ 3 Lab Science requirement2 ...................................... 4 Elective or university-specific prerequisite3 ............. 3

General Chemistry II ............................................. 5 Calculus II ............................................................ 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3

CH223 MTH253 WR123

AS/OT-Bus General Requirements: see pages AS/OT-Bus Distribution Requirements: see page . 3 AS/OT-Bus Electives and/or University-Specific Requirements: see pages . 4 BT210__ Word processing, spreadsheet, database, and presentation; or CIS__ word processing, spreadsheet, and database satisfy computer applications requirement. 1 2

General Chemistry III ............................................ 5 Calculus III .......................................................... 4 English Composition: Research or WR227 Technical Report Writing .......................... 3 Social Science requirement1 .................................. 3

CH241 MTH254 PH211

Web Link to AS/OT-Bus Degree: http://www.ous.edu/aca/ASOT-Bus

Fifth Quarter CH242 PH212 SP111

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in business administration. Some colleges have specific requirements for admission to their Business Administration programs that may include, transfer GPA, specific course completion, and application deadlines. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

Organic Chemistry I ............................................. 5 Vector Calculus I ................................................... 4 General Physics with Calculus I ............................... 5 2

CH243 CIS120 CIS120L PH213

14

Organic Chemistry II2 ........................................... 5 General Physics with Calculus II ............................. 5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ........................... 3 Social Science requirement1 .................................. 3

Sixth Quarter

Chemistry/Biochemistry

16

Organic Chemistry III2 .......................................... 5 Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 General Physics with Calculus III ............................ 5 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ........... 3

17

Associate of Science

Refer to Associate of Science degree requirements 2 This sequence replaces the 300-level Organic Chemistry requirement at colleges and universities. With an acceptable score on the ACS National Exam and a minimum of a C or better in each course, this sequence transfers as 11-15 credits of 300-level coursework to all OUS schools. Check with your transfer institution to determine any additional Organic Chemistry requirmenets. 1

MHCC Faculty Advisors Dr. Elizabeth Cohen: 503-491-6012 - Room AC 2594 cohene@mhcc. edu Dr. Michael Russell: 503-491-7443 - Room AC 2596 russellm@mhcc. edu

The science of chemistry deals with the composition, analysis, structure, and properties of matter and the various transformations matter may undergo. Chemical processes are the foundation of many diverse systems that are of great interest to mankind, including biological functions, the natural and polluted environment, industrial processes, food and agriculture, etc.

Related MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.edu/programs

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Art in Chemistry/Biochemistry at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, University of Oregon or Western Oregon University. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions that require different courses within the various subject areas of General Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor, and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center. CH221 MTH251 WR121

15

Fourth Quarter

Related MHCC Program Web Link: http://www.mhcc.edu/business/business_marketing/main.htm

First Quarter

15

Third Quarter

16

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/chem/ Oregon State University - http://www.chem.orst.edu/ or http://oregonstate.edu/dept/biochem/ Portland State University - http://chem.pdx.edu/ Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/chem.shtml University of Oregon - http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~chem/ Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/physci//chem. html Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Chemistry/Biochemistry. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

Cr

General Chemistry I ............................................... 5 Calculus I ............................................................. 4 English Composition .............................................. 3 Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3

15

72


Computer Science

Refer to Associate of Science requirements. Some universities may have specific preferences. 2 Requirements may vary among universities, but typically the science requirement is a set of two courses from among BI211, 212, 213; CH221, 222, 223; and G201, 202, 203. 3 Some universities may have specific recommendations for elective course choices. 1

Associate of Science

MHCC Faculty Advisors David Todd, Ph.D.: 503-491-7198 - Room AC 2668 toddd@mhcc.edu

The Computer Science Transfer curriculum offered at Mt. Hood Community College provides a solid foundation for the student who wishes to earn a bachelor’s degree in Computer Science at a four-year institution. A bachelor’s degree in Computer Science prepares a student for careers in the computing industry or for graduate school.

It is highly recommended that you meet with the MHCC faculty advisor before the beginning of your first term. Related MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.edu/programs

The curriculum offered at Mt. Hood Community College is designed to closely follow the lower division Computer Science program at Oregon State University and to meet the eligibility requirements of Portland State University’s School of Engineering and Applied Science - Computer Science, and of other professional Computer Science schools.

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://www.eou.edu/

The MHCC curriculum has entry-level expectations of the student for skills in reading, writing, and mathematics. The recommended high school preparation is four years of mathematics, science and English. High school programming or computer applications courses should not be taken in place of other college preparatory courses.

Oregon State University - http://cs.oregonstate.edu/info/undergrad/advising.html

First quarter

Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/CS/

CIS140 CS160 MTH251 WR121

14

Criminal Justice Administration Associate of Science

MHCC Faculty Advisor Chris Gorsek: 503-491-7321 - Room AC 2674

14

gorsekc@mhcc.edu

This curriculum is recommended for students interested in studying criminal justice at MHCC, earning an Associate of Science Degree, and transferring to a four-year college or university to work toward a bachelor’s degree. Courses provide students with knowledge about the nature and causes of crime and delinquency, law and the legal system in American society, and the decision processes of criminal justice agencies. A criminal justice major is broadly educated and also provided with courses that directly apply to careers in law and the justice system.

17

Data Structures ..................................................... 4 General Physics with Calculus II ............................. 5 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3 Science requirement1,2 .......................................... 5 Social Science requirement1 .................................. 3

Sixth Quarter PH213

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Computer Science. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year school to confirm specific admission requirements.

17

JAVA - Design and Programming.............................. 4 General Physics with Calculus I ............................... 5 Science requirement1,2 .......................................... 5 Elective3 .............................................................. 3

Fifth Quarter CS260 PH212

Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/cs/

Problem Solving Methodologies .............................. 3 Computer Science II .............................................. 4 Calculus III .......................................................... 4 Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3

Fourth Quarter CS133JA PH211

University of Oregon - http://cs.uoregon.edu/

Computer Science I ................................................ 4 Calculus II ............................................................ 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

Third Quarter CIS144 CS162 MTH253 WR227

Portland State University - http://www.cecs.pdx.edu/

Cr

Introduction to Operating Systems ......................... 3 Computer Science Orientation................................. 4 Calculus I ............................................................. 4 English Composition .............................................. 3 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 3

Second Quarter CS161 MTH252 SP111 WR122

Oregon Institute of Technology - http://www.oit.edu/dgrs/

Students may transfer to institutions within the Oregon University System. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor, and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

16

General Physics with Calculus III ............................ 5 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3 Elective3 .............................................................. 6

First Quarter CJA111 MTH111 WR121

17

Cr

Introd. to Criminal Justice: Law Enforcement ........... 3 Pre-Calculus I ....................................................... 4 English Composition .............................................. 3 Humanities requirement1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Advisor approved elective ...................................... 3

16

73


Second Quarter CJA112 WR122 CJA280A

Third Quarter CJA113 GEOG107 SP111

CJA214 PHL202 PSY239

Associate of Science MHCC Faculty Advisor Ted Scheinman: 503-491-7104 - Room 2662

15

16

Economic majors find jobs in private industry and government. They continue in graduate school in law, political science, economics, business administration, and engineering. So, if you want to have a broad background that can be applied to numerous other areas, economics is the major for you. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor, and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

15

The two-year curriculum listed below is designed to meet requirements of the Associate of Science degree from MHCC and to prepare students to complete a Bachelor degree in Economics from an accredited college or university including: Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, University of Oregon and Western Oregon University. This curriculum may be started in any quarter. NOTE: Oregon transfer students seeking a Bachelor of Arts degree must complete the second year of a language other than English (201-203 or equivalent).

Contemporary Issues In Criminal Justice .................. 3 Introduction to Evidence ....................................... 3 Introduction to Community Policing........................ 3 Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3 Science/Math/Computer Science requirement1 ......... 3

15 1

Refer to Associate of Science degree requirements.

First Quarter

Advisor Approved Electives: ANTH103 GEOG106 PS201 PSY202 PSY203 PSY216 SOC204 SOC205 SOC206 SOC213 SOC225 SP115 WR228

scheinmt@mhcc.edu

Economics at MHCC focuses on improving economic literacy - the ability to apply economic principles to personal, business, and government issues. Transfer students who follow the Principles of Economics sequence at MHCC report superb preparation for upper division courses in economics. Students also report back that economics was one of the most significant classes they took as an undergraduate - it taught them how to think critically.

Introduction to Criminal Law: Criminal Justice Procedure ................................. 3 Introduction to Criminal Investigation .................... 3 Fundamental Ethics ............................................... 3 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology...................... 3 Advisor approved elective ...................................... 3

Sixth Quarter CJA123 CJA213 CJA219 WR227

Economics

Introduction to Criminal Law: Fundamentals ............ 3 Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process ....... 3 Computer Concepts I (with lab) .............................. 4 General Psychology................................................ 3 Advisor approved elective ...................................... 3

Fifth Quarter CJA212

15

Intro. to Criminal Justice: The Corrections System .... 3 Introduction to Cultural Geography ......................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 3 Advisor approved elective ...................................... 3

Fourth Quarter CJA211 CJA230 CIS120/L PSY201

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Criminal Justice Administration. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

Introd. to Criminal Justice: The Court System........... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Cooperative Work Experience - Criminal Justice ........ 3 Advisor approved elective ...................................... 6

MTH111 WR121

Introduction to Cultural Anthropology Introduction to World Regional Geography American Government General Psychology General Psychology Social Psychology General Sociology General Sociology General Sociology Race Relations in the United States Social Issues Introduction to Intercultural Communication Police Report Writing

Second Quarter CIS120 CIS120L MTH241 WR122

Related MHCC Program Web Link http://:www.mhcc.edu/programs EC201 MTH244

Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/socsci/criminaljusticedept.htm

14

Probability and Statistics I..................................... 4 English Composition: Research or WR227 Technical Report Writing .......................... 3 General Electives1 ................................................. 9

Fourth Quarter

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Portland State University - http://www.upa.pdx.edu/AJ/

16

Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 Elementary Calculus............................................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 General Electives1 ................................................ 3

Third Quarter MTH243 WR123

Cr

Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 4 English Composition .............................................. 3 Oral Communication requirement1 .......................... 3 General Electives1 ................................................. 6

16

Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3 Statistics II .......................................................... 4 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3 General Electives1 ................................................ 4

14

74


Fifth Quarter

First Quarter

EC202

CIS120 CIS120L ED200 WR121

Principles of Economics II (Macro) .......................... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 3 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3 General Electives1 ................................................. 6

15

Sixth Quarter EC203

Principles of Economics III .................................... 3 General Electives ............................................... 12

Second Quarter

1

ED209B WR122

15 1

Refer to Associate of Science degree requirements for options. General electives should be selected with the assistance of an academic advisor.

MHCC Transfer Center http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/advising/transfer_center/online. htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://www.eou.edu/~jjohnson/ECONHOME.htm Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/econ/

MTH211

Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/Economics.shtml University of Oregon - http://economics.uoregon.edu/

MTH212

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Economics. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

15

Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics III2 ......... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 3 Program electives3 ................................................ 9

15 Refer to Associate of Science degree requirements. 2 These courses are required for elementary education majors only. 3 The following courses are suggested to fulfill program elective requirements: ED230, ED260. See faculty advisor for selection assistance. 1

Education

Associate of Science MHCC Faculty Advisor Dr. Dain Smith: 503-491-7105 - Room AC 2671

15

Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics II2 .......... 3 Program electives3 .............................................. 12

Sixth Quarter MTH213

15

Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics I2 ........... 3 Program electives3 .............................................. 12

Fifth Quarter

Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/business/majore.htm#bs

15

Educational Theory and Practicum .......................... 2 English Composition: Research ................................ 3 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3 Lab Science requirement1 ...................................... 4 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3

Fourth Quarter

Portland State University - http://www.econ.pdx.edu/

17

Education Theory and Practicum ............................. 2 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3 Lab Science requirement1 ...................................... 4 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3

Third Quarter ED209B WR123

Cr

Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 Introduction to Education ...................................... 3 English Composition .............................................. 3 Oral Communication requirement1 .......................... 3 Lab Science requirement1 ...................................... 4

dain@mhcc.edu

If you want to be an elementary or secondary school teacher, you will be making a number of decisions: What age group do you want to teach? What subject do you want to teach? Will you transfer to a school with an undergraduate (four-year/Bachelors) or graduate (fifth year/Masters) teaching program? Which school do you want to transfer to? The answer to these questions will help determine the appropriate courses to take. MHCC offers a number of education courses to help you determine if teaching is really for you and prepare you for transfer to a four-year college or university. Two courses, ED200 and ED209A/B, are recommended for students who want to more fully explore the profession before beginning an educational program.

MHCC Program Web Links: http://www.mhcc.edu/programs Transfer Schools’ Web Links Concordia University - http://www.cu-portland.edu/admissions/majors/education.cfm Eastern Oregon University - http://www.eou.edu/sebp/ Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/education/ Portland State University - http://www.pdx.edu/gradeducate.phtml

The sample two-year course of study listed below is designed to meet the requirements of the Associate of Science degree from MHCC and to prepare students to complete a baccalaureate degree in Education from an accredited college or university. Education program requirements vary widely at the baccalaureate level so a student’s course work must be planned in accordance with their chosen transfer institution. Students completing an Associate of Science degree are strongly encouraged to work closely with the MHCC Education faculty advisor and their transfer institution to develop a meaningful course of study at MHCC.

University of Oregon - http://education.uoregon.edu/path. htm?setpath=19 Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/education/ Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Education. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

75


Instructional Assistant Recognition of Completion, may be awarded to a student who completes the following courses. The courses may provide a structured review of skills used by persons who work as instructional aides, teacher aides, education assistants, and teacher assistants, or are for those who wish to attain additional knowledge in support of public K-12 classroom teachers. Applications for this non-transcipted, institutional award of attendance are available with the program advisor. Please note that the following courses will be offered in later afternoon or early evening to meet the needs of those employed during the day. Some course work may be offered during the summer term in a compressed format.

because the requirements at each institution may vary by engineering field. In addition, you will need to keep abreast of any changes in the program of your choice. It is your responsibility as a student to learn the program requirements of the school that you plan to attend. NOTE: This program is specifically designed for transfer to a four-year institution and is not intended for students who seek direct entry into the job market after completion of an associate degree. MHCC’s Engineering Technology program offers an AAS program intended for direct entry to the engineering technician job market.

First Quarter CH221 GE101 MTH251 WR121

Please note that the following courses will be offered based on sufficient enrollment*.

Instructional Assistant ED110 ED123

Psychology of Learning .......................................... 3 Clasroom Techniques in Reading and Language* (Su) ........................................... 3 ED130 Classroom Management* (Su) ................................. 3 ED131 Teaching Strategies (Sp) .......................................... 3 ED200 Introduction to Education (F/W/Sp) ........................ 3 ED209A Education Theory and Practicum (F/W/Sp) ............... 1 ED209B Education Theory and Practicum (F/W/Sp) ............... 2 ED235 Instructional Technology* ..................................... 3 ED251 Overview of Students with Special Needs* (W) ......... 3 ED258 Multi-cultural Education* (Su) ................................ 3 ED268 Education of Mildly/Severely Handicapped* (F) ........ 3 PSY201 General Psychology (Su/F/W/Sp)............................. 3 MTH211 Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics I (F) ........ 3

Cr

General Chemistry I ............................................... 5 Engineering Orientation ......................................... 4 Calculus I ............................................................. 4 English Composition .............................................. 3

16

Second Quarter CH222 GE102 MTH252 SP111 WR122

General Chemistry II .............................................. 5 Engineering Computations ..................................... 3 Calculus II ............................................................ 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

18

Third Quarter GE115 MTH253 WR123

Select 9 credits from the following: CIS125__ Software Applications (Word) (Su/F/W/Sp) .............. 1 CIS125__ Software Applications (Excel) (Su/F/W/Sp) .............. 1 ENG221 Introduction to Children’s Literature ...................... 3 HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies (Su/F/W/Sp) or HE261 CPR-Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (F/W/Sp) ................................... 1-3 MTH212 Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics II (W) ...... 3 SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking (Su/F/W/Sp) ......... 3 WR121 English Composition (Su/F/W/Sp) ............................. 3

Engineering Graphics ............................................. 3 Calculus III .......................................................... 4 English Composition: Research or WR227 Technical Report Writing .......................... 3 Humanities requirement ....................................... 3 Social Science requirement ................................... 3 1

1

16

Fourth Quarter ENGR201 ENGR211 MTH254 PH211

Electrical Fundamentals I ....................................... 5 Statics ................................................................. 4 Vector Calculus I ................................................... 4 General Physics with Calculus I ............................... 5

18

Fifth Quarter

Engineering

ENGR213 MTH256 PH212

MHCC Faculty Advisor Nikolene Schulz: 503-491-7463 - Room AC 2581 schulzn@mhcc.edu

Sixth Quarter

Associate of Science

ENGR212 PH213

The Engineering Transfer curriculum offered at Mt. Hood Community College is designed to closely follow the pre-engineering program at Oregon State University, Portland State University and Oregon Institute of Technology and meet the requirements for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC. This program is intended, specifically, for civil, electrical, and mechanical engineering majors, however, it may be modified to meet the needs of students transferring into other disciplines of engineering and/or to other institutions. In all cases, the student must make application to both the transfer institution and the College or School of Engineering.

Strength of Materials ............................................. 4 Differential Equations ............................................ 4 General Physics with Calculus II ............................. 5

13

Dynamics.............................................................. 4 General Physics with Calculus III ............................ 5 Health and Physical Education requirement .............. 3 Humanities requirement ....................................... 3 Social Science requirement ................................... 3 1

1

18 1

Refer to Associate of Science degree requirements.

NOTE: The curriculum shown above consists of all of MHCC’s Engineering Transfer courses, and some of the other math and science courses available at MHCC that are required during the first two years of a typical pre-engineering curriculum. Not every course required by the various programs at different schools is offered at MHCC.

The MHCC program has entry-level expectations of students for skills in reading, writing, and mathematics. Prior to fall term registration, it is highly recommended that you consult the MHCC engineering faculty advisor or The Academic Advising and Transfer Center (see below). You should also make early contact with an advisor at the institution to which you plan to transfer. It is especially important that you do so,

76


Second Quarter

MHCC Transfer Center http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/advising/transfer_center/online.htm

WR122 ENG108

Related MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.edu/programs

Third Quarter

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Oregon Institute of Technology - http://www.oit.edu/d/geociv/

WR123 ENG109

Oregon State University - http://engr.oregonstate.edu/ Portland State University - http://www.cecs.pdx.edu/ Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Engineering. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

ENG 201-203 Shakespeare or ENG 204-206 British Literature or ENG 253-255 Survey/American Literature ............. 3 ANTH180 Language and Culture2 .......................................... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 1 Oral Communication/Rhetoric requirement1 ............. 3 Second-Year Modern Language requirement1 ............ 4 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3

barrag@mhcc.edu

English majors enjoy the study of imaginative literature and the development of effective utilization of language. The range of their classes may cover modern literature as well as great writers from America, Great Britain, Europe, and the world. Career paths for English majors are various; they may plan on careers in creative writing, education, journalism, law, technical writing - indeed, any field where expert command of the English language is central.

Fifth Quarter

17

ENG 201-203 Shakespeare or ENG 204-206 British Literature or ENG 253-255 Survey/American Literature ............. 3 MTH105 Intro to Contemporary Mathematics or MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elem Functions1 .............. 4 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 1 Second-Year Modern Language requirement1 ............ 4 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet requirements of the Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer degree (AA/OT) from MHCC and to prepare students to complete a Bachelor of Arts degree in English from an accredited college or university. Students are urged to consult catalogs and websites of the four-year institutions they are considering in order to meet fully their lower division course requirements. English majors also need to be aware that to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree they are required to achieve two years of college-level second language competency.

Sixth Quarter

15

ENG 201-203 Shakespeare or ENG 204-206 British Literature or ENG 253-255 Survey/American Literature ............. 3 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 1 Science/Math/Computer Science requirement1 ......... 3 Second-Year Modern Language requirement1 ............ 4 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 6

After consulting with their advisors, students may also choose to add a focus on creative writing by taking some of the following classes: WR226 Creative Nonfiction Writing WR241 Imaginative Writing: Fiction WR242 Imaginative Writing: Poetry WR244 Advanced Poetry Writing WR245 Advanced Fiction Writing WR247A/B The Literary Publication WR248 Strategies for Revision: Advanced Professional Writing

17 Note: A maximum of 15 credits of the highest level of ENL courses may be applied as electives only toward the AA-OT Degree. Refer to Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer (AAOT) requirements 2 Recommended course to fulfill social science general education requirement 1

Students should consult with their faculty advisor as they plan their individual course of study within the framework suggested below and the requirements of MHCC’s AA/OT degree. WR121 ENG107

15-16

Select a sequence from the following three options. Take one course from the sequence each quarter:

Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer

First Quarter

15-16

English Composition: Research ................................ 3 World Literature: Romanticism to Contemporary Writings (1800 - present) .............. 3 First-Year Modern Language requirement1 ................ 5 Lab Science requirement1 ................................... 4-5

Fourth Quarter

English

MHCC Faculty Advisor Gerry Barra: 503-491-7659 - Room 2386

English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 World Literature: The Renaissance to the Age of Reason (1200 - 1800) .............................. 3 First-Year Modern Language requirement 1 ............... 5 Lab Science requirement1 ................................... 4-5

Transfer Schools’ Web Links: Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/engwrite/

Cr

English Composition .............................................. 3 World Literature: The Classic World (7th Century B.C. to 1200 A.D.) ........................... 3 Computer Literacy requirement 1 ............................ 1 First-Year Modern Language requirement1 ................ 5 Lab Science requirement1 ................................... 4-5

Oregon State University - http://www.orst.edu/dept/english/ Portland State University - http://www.english.pdx.edu Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/catalog/00-01/ English/INDEX.HTM

16-17

77


University of Oregon - http://www.uoregon.edu/~engl/

Fourth Quarter

Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/humanities/ english.htm

BI211 EHS221

(Oregon Institute of Technology - No English Major or Department)

EHS225 ESR271

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in English. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the studentÕs responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

BI212 EHS201 EHS243

Direct Transfer Curriculum

MHCC Faculty Advisor Dr. Javid Mohtasham: 503-491-7440 - AC 2571 mohtashj@mhcc.edu

BI213 EHS222 EHS230 WE280EV

The two-year course of study listed below is designed to meet the transfer requirements for Portland State University, Concordia University, and Marylhurst University through formal agreements with these institutions. However students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions that require different courses within the various subject areas of General Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC are highly encouraged to consult with the program advisor and the institution they will be attending. It should be noted that an Associate Degree is not awarded at the completion of this course of study; rather students direct transfer to the four-year institution of their choice.

1

EHS101 MTH251 WR121

ESR281 WR122

ESR285 WR123

1

12

Biology III .......................................................... 5 Environment Safety II: Environmental Auditing ........ 4 Pollution Prevention (P2)....................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 3 1

CH104-106, MTH111 and BI101-103 may be substituted if you are planning to obtain an Environmental Policy or Management degree.

Related MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.edu/programs Transfer Schools’ Web Links Concordia University - http://www.cu-portland.edu Marylhurst University - http://www.marylhurst.edu Portland State University - http://www.esr.pdx.edu

General Chemistry I ............................................. 5 Introduction to Environment Health and Safety ........................................................ 2 Environment Health & Safety Regulations I .............. 3 Calculus I ............................................................ 4 English Composition .............................................. 3 1

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Engineering. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

1

17

Fine Arts

General Chemistry II ............................................ 5 Environment Science Lab I: EPA Methodology Lab and Sampling..................... 3 Elements of Industrial Hygiene ............................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 1

Direct Transfer Curriculum MHCC Faculty Advisors Mary Girsch: 503-491-7416 - Room VA 30E girschm@mhcc.edu Stephen Mickey: 503-491-7149 - Room VA 30C mickeys@mhcc.edu Tamsie Ringler: 503-491-6968 - Room VA 30A ringlert@mhcc.edu Georganne Watters: 503-491-6947 - Room VA 30B wattersg@mhcc.edu

14

Third Quarter CH170 CH223 EHS171

Biology II ........................................................... 5 Environment Health and Safety Regulations II ................................................... 3 Environment Science Lab II: Intro to Instrumental Analysis ............................ 4

15

Cr

Second Quarter CH222 EHS143

16

Sixth Quarter

The study of Environmental Science equips students with a general understanding of the environmental challenges facing our world. It is an interdisciplinary science that prepares students for positions in a variety of fields including environmental policy, natural resource management, pollution control, conservation, lobbying, environmental education, and environmental communication.

CH221 EHS100

1

Fifth Quarter

Environmental Science

First Quarter

Biology I ............................................................ 5 Environment Safety I: Emergency Response Planning ............................ 4 Human and Environment Toxicology ....................... 3 Environment Science II: Intro to Environmental Engineering ................... 4

Environ. Chemistry ................................................ 4 General Chemistry III ........................................... 5 Environment Science I: Chemistry of Hazardous Materials ....................... 3 Safety and Health Studies and Laws ........................ 3 English Composition: Research ................................ 3

The Mt. Hood Community College Fine Arts Department prepares students for entrance into Visual Arts programs at four-year colleges, universities, and art institutes for the completion of a Bachelors of Arts/Fine Arts. MHCC art courses are designed to fulfill typical humanities elective requirements of such schools, and as major requirements for the art major transfer degrees. The University of Oregon, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, Marylhurst University, Pacific Northwest College of Art, and Oregon College of Arts and Crafts are typical schools to which many interested students transfer.

1

18

78


Fish and Wildlife Science

It should be noted that an Associate Degree is not awarded at the completion of this course of study; rather students direct transfer to the four-year institution of their choice. MHCC Visual Arts courses generally transfer to most Oregon four-year educational institutions. However, it is highly recommended that students contact their transfer institution of choice immediately to begin the process of degree planning and to fulfill requirements for application and acceptance. MHCC art faculty and advising staff will assist students in communicating with transfer institutions and assessing methods for meeting the school’s requirements.

First year

Foundation courses ART115, 116, 117 ART201, 202, 203 ART231, 232, 233

(27 credits) Basic Design I, II, III Introduction to the History of Art Drawing I, II, III

Elective courses es: ART225, 226, 227 ART240, 241 ART254, 255, 256 ART257, 258, 259 ART271, 272, 273 ART281, 282, 283 ART291, 292, 293 ART288 ART294, 296, 297

Choose 6-9 credits of the following cours-

Associate of Science

MHCC Faculty Advisors Fisheries Tom Worcester: 503-491-7330 - Room AC 2570 worcestt@mhcc.edu Todd Hanna: 503-491-7163 - Room HF 13 hannat@mhcc.edu Wildlife Dr. Walter Shriner: 503-491-7362 - Room AC 2591 shrinerw@mhcc.edu

Fish and Wildlife Science is a diverse field of study devoted to examining our natural resources and the effect of human impact. It provides individuals with the knowledge necessary to address issues of conservation, sustainable use and ecosystem restoration. The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science in Fish and Wildlife Science at Oregon State University. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions that require different courses within the various subject areas of General Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor, and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

Applied Design: Computer Graphics I, II, III Drawing: Cartooning I, II Ceramics I, II, III Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing I, II, III Printmaking I, II, III Painting I, II, III Sculpture I, II, III Sculpture: Ceramic Watercolor I, II, III

First Quarter CH104 MTH251 SP111 WR121

Second year

Foundation courses (9 credits) ART234, 235, 236 Life Drawing Elective courses courses: ART254, 255, 256 ART257, 258, 259 ART271, 272, 273 ART281, 282, 283 ART288 ART289 ART290 ART291, 292, 293 ART294, 296, 297 ART198A/B/C

Second Quarter

Choose 18-24 credits of the following

CH105

Ceramics I, II, III Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing I, II, III Printmaking I, II, III Painting I, II, III Sculpture: Ceramic Sculpture: Metalcasting Sculpture: Welding Sculpture I, II, III Watercolor I, II, III Independent Studies: Visual Arts

FW251 WR122

WR123 HPE295

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/arts/ Portland State University - http://www.art.pdx.edu/

BI211 CH241 G201

University of Oregon - http://art-uo.uoregon.edu/ Marylhurst University - http://www.marylhurst.edu/attend/undergrad/ fna-art.html

BI212 CH242 MTH243

Oregon College of Arts and Crafts - http://www.ocac.edu Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Fine Arts. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

14

Biology II ............................................................. 5 Organic Chemistry I ............................................... 5 Probability and Statistics I..................................... 4

Sixth Quarter BI213 MTH244

15

Biology I .............................................................. 5 Organic Chemistry I ............................................... 5 Principles of Geology ............................................. 4

Fifth Quarter

Pacific Northwest College of Art - http://www.pnca.edu/bfa/index.php

17

General, Organic and Biological Chemistry III or CH223 General Chemistry III ........................... 5 English Composition: Research ................................ 3 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Computer Literacy requirement1 ............................. 1 Social Science requirement1 .................................. 3

Fourth Quarter

Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/art.shtml

15

General, Organic and Biological Chemistry II or CH222 General Chemistry II ............................ 5 Principles of Wildlife Conservation .......................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3 Social Science requirement1 ................................. 3

Third Quarter CH106

Cr

General, Organic and Biological Chemistry I or CH221 General Chemistry I.............................. 5 Calculus I ............................................................. 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 English Composition .............................................. 3

14

Biology III ........................................................... 5 Statistics II .......................................................... 4 Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3 Elective1 ............................................................. 3

15

79


Winter Quarter, Second Year 1

BI212 FT228 MTH243 WR122

For course selection, see a faculty advisor and/or refer to the OSU Baccalaureate Core website: http://oregonstatae. edu/Dept/admindb/bcc/index.htm

MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.edu/programs

FT235 BI213 EC202 SP111

F141 and F240 satisfy requirements for Forest Engineering and Forest Products degrees. However, Forest Management and Resource Recreation degrees require FOR241 and FOR341 at Oregon State University. F141 is great preparation for FOR241 Dendrology and F240 serves as a solid foundation or FOR341 Forest Ecology. 2 FT122 and FT221 together satisfy the requirements for FOR220 Aerial Photo Interpretation and Forest Measurements. 1

Forest Resources Management

Related MHCC Program Web Link Two thirds of MHCCÕs Forest Resources Technology program credits transfer to area universities. For program information, visit the website listed below.

Direct Transfer Curriculum

caldwelj@mhcc.edu

http://www.mhcc.edu/programs

Opportunities to study Forest Management, Forest Engineering, Forest Recreation, Natural Resources or Forest Products exist at many universities throughout the United States and Canada. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from institution to institution, but in general, most programs require a year of Biology, a year of Chemistry and Mathematics through Calculus. It should be noted that an Associate Degree is not awarded at the completion of this course of study; rather students directly transfer to Oregon State University.

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Oregon State University - http://www.cof.orst.edu (direct transfer & articulation agreement with MHCC) Humbolt State Univerity - http://humboldt.edu (direct transfer) University of Idaho - http://www.uidaho.edu/cnr (direct transfer & articulation agreement with MHCC) University of Montana - http://www.forestry.umt.edu (direct transfer & articulation agreement with MHCC) University of Washington - http://www.cfr.washington.edu (direct transfer) Washington State Universty - http://wsu.edu (direct transfer)

The following is a transfer guide for the Forest Management degree at Oregon State University. CH104 F111 F141 MTH95

CH105 EC201 FT122 MTH111

16

Geography

16

Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer

General, Organic & Biological Chemistry III .......... 5 Introduction to Forest Surveying ............................ 4 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Elementary Calculus............................................... 4

Fall Quarter, Second Year BI211 F240 FT221 WR121

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Forest Resources Management. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

General, Organic & Biological Chemistry II .............. 5 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3 Forest Measurements I2 ........................................ 4 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 4

Spring Quarter, First Year CH106 F200 HPE295 MTH241

Cr

General, Organic & Biological Chemistry I ................ 5 Introduction to Natural Resources ......................... 3 Tree and Shrub Identification1 ............................... 3 Intermediate Algebra with Right-Triangle Trigonometry ............................... 5

Winter Quarter, First Year

Outdoor Recreation .............................................. 3 Biology III .......................................................... 5 Prinicples of Economics II (Macro) .......................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3

14

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Fish and Wildlife Science. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

Fall Quarter, First Year

15

Spring Quarter, Second Year

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Oregon State University - http://fw.oregonstate.edu

MHCC Faculty Advisor Joan Caldwell: 503-491-7322 - Room AC 2569

Biology II ............................................................ 5 Intro to Geographic Information Systems ................ 3 Probability and Statistics I..................................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

MHCC Faculty Advisor Chris Gorsek: 503-491-7321 - Room AC 2674

gorsekc@mhcc.edu

This curriculum is recommended for students interested in studying geography at MHCC, earning an Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer Degree and transferring to a four-year college or university to work towards a bachelor’s degree. Courses provide students with general theoretical knowledge of the field of geography, as well as the ability to work as a field researcher or a computer map technician (using GIS - a Geographic Information System).

16

Biology I ............................................................. 5 Natural Resources Ecology1 .................................... 4 Aerial Photos and Resource Mapping2 ...................... 5 English Composition .............................................. 3

17

80


Professional Association and Transfer Schools’ Web Links Association of American Geographers - http://www.aag.org/

Many of our students transfer to such schools as Portland State University, the University of Oregon and Oregon State University. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions of their choosing. These institutions may require different courses within the various General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to any four-year college or university after attending MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center. NOTE: Oregon transfer students seeking a Bachelor of Arts degree must complete the second year of a language other than English (201-203 or equivalent)

First Quarter GEOG105 HUM100 MTH111 SOC204 WR121

GEOG214 GEOG290 HST111

Geology

16

Associate of Science MHCC Faculty Advisor Rick Bolesta: 503-491-7361 - Room AC 2564

bolestar@mhcc.edu

Geology is the science discipline that seeks to describe, classify and analyze the earthÕs physical and chemical characteristics and catalog the history of earth and its life forms. It is deeply concerned with the ties between the nature of our physical environment and the quality of human life.

17

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Art in Geology at Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, or University of Oregon. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions that require different courses within the various areas of General Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

15

First Quarter CH221 MTH251 WR121

18 CH222 MTH252 WR122

CH223 MTH253 WR123

General Biology III ................................................ 4 World Civilizations: Modern World ........................... 3 Physical Education ................................................ 1 International Relations .......................................... 3 Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3

G201 MTH254 PH201

15

General Chemistry III ............................................ 5 Calculus III .......................................................... 4 English Composition: Research or WR227 Technical Report Writing .......................... 3 Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3

Fourth Quarter

14

15

General Chemistry II ............................................. 5 Calculus II ............................................................ 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Social Science requirement1 .................................. 3

Third Quarter

16

Cr

General Chemistry I ............................................... 5 Calculus I ............................................................. 4 English Composition .............................................. 3 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3

Second Quarter

General Biology II ................................................. 4 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems.......................................... 3 Geography of Mexico and Central America ................ 3 Environmental Problems ......................................... 3 World Civilizations: Medieval World ......................... 3

Sixth Quarter BI103 HST112 PE185 PS205 WR227

Cr

General Biology I .................................................. 4 Aerial Photos and Resource Mapping........................ 5 Geography of Oregon ............................................. 3 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 World Civilizations: Ancient World.......................... 3

Fifth Quarter BI102 FT228

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Geography. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

Introduction to the History of Art........................... 3 Photography I ....................................................... 3 Introduction to Cultural Geography ........................ 3 Map Reading and Interpretation ............................. 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3

Fourth Quarter BI101 FT221 GEOG206 HPE295 HST110

University of Oregon - http://geography.uoregon.edu/

Introduction to the History of Art........................... 3 Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 Introduction to World Regional Geography .............. 3 Pre-Calculus II: Trigonometry/Geometry .................. 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

Third Quarter ART203 ART261 GEOG107 GEOG180 SP111

Portland State University - http://geogres.pdx.edu/

Introduction to Physical Geography ........................ 3 Humanities Through the Arts .................................. 3 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 4 General Sociology.................................................. 3 English Composition .............................................. 3

Second Quarter ART202 CIS120 CIS120L GEOG106 MTH112 WR122

Oregon State University - http://www.science.orst.edu/geography. html

15

Principles of Geology ............................................. 4 Vector Calculus I ................................................... 4 General Physics I or PH211 General Physics with Calculus I ................. 5 Elective1 .............................................................. 3

16

81


Fifth Quarter G202 PH202 SP111

Sixth Quarter CIS120 CIS120L G203 PH203

Corporate management trainers report liberal arts majors advance further in business careers than students with other majors; and recent figures show that students majoring in History score especially well in entrance examinations for Master’s of Business Administration (MBA) programs and for Law School.

Principles of Geology ......................................... 4 General Physics II or PH212 General Physics with Calculus II................ 5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3

Foundation History Courses: HST110 HST111 HST112 HST201 HST202 HST203

15

Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 Principles of Geology ......................................... 4 General Physics III or PH213 General Physics with Calculus III .............. 5 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ........... 3

Other MHCC History Electives

16 1

Cr

World Civilization: Ancient World ............................ 3 World Civilization: Medieval World .......................... 3 World Civilization: Modern World ............................ 3 U.S. History: Pre-Colonial - 1830............................. 3 U.S. History: 1830 - 1917 ...................................... 3 U.S. History: 1910 - Present ................................... 3

International History HST104 History of the Middle East* .................................... 3 HST195 History of the Vietnam War..................................... 3 HST270 History of Mexico* ................................................ 3 HST272 History of South America*...................................... 3 HST294 History of Ancient Greece* ..................................... 3

Refer to Associate of Science degree requirements.

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/geosciences/ Portland State University - -http://www.geol.pdx.edu/

United States History Ð specialized HST237 America in the 1960s ............................................. 3 HST240 History of Oregon .................................................. 3

Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/geology.shtml University of Oregon - http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~dogsci/ Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Geology. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

Women’s History HST204 Women in U.S. History ........................................... 3 HST225 Women in World History ......................................... 3 * Courses offered only as Independent Study options NOTE: Students who want to pursue an Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer degree should consult the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center for academic planning.

History

Direct Transfer Curriculum MHCC Faculty Advisors Patrick Casey: 503 491-7302 - Room AC 2680 caseyp@mhcc.edu Elizabeth Milliken: 503 491-7127 - Room AC 2679 millikee@mhcc.edu

Useful History Web Links American Historical Association - http://www.theaha.org/ Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://www.eou.edu/history/

The courses listed below are designed for direct transfer to four-year colleges/universities and completion of them does not result in the awarding of an associate degree. Two MHCC History sequences, World Civilizations (HST110, HST111, and HST112) and United States History (HST201, HST202, and HST203) transfer directly to Oregon’s public universities as History credit. Each of these courses may be taken individually or as part of a sequence. All other MHCC History classes transfer as a social sciences distribution requirement or a social sciences elective. As transfer policies at four-year schools differ, it is vital to check with the transfer institution directly for specific information.

Portland State University - http://www.history.pdx.edu/ Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/history/ Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/HISTORY.SHTML University of Oregon - http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~history/ Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/socsci/historydept.htm Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in History. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

Each of the History courses on this page is offered at least once a year at Mt. Hood Community College, and several are available in an Independent Study format. “Not to know what happened before one was born,” said the Roman orator Cicero, “is always to remain a child.” Studying History moves you beyond childhood by systematically observing and documenting the past. The knowledge this study uncovers - and the process of uncovering and recording it - provides you with a wealth of skills useful in careers such as teaching history, founding and managing a business, practicing law, reporting the news, writing novels, directing movies, managing an archive or library or being President of the United States - and anything in between.

82


Hospitality and Tourism Management

Fifth Quarter (Fall) BA211 CSX30IN HT241 HT250 HT242

Direct Transfer Curriculum

MHCC Faculty Advisors Larkin Franks: 503-491-7666 - Room AC2664 Court Carrier: 503-491-7486 - Room AC2665

franksl@mhcc.edu carrierc@mhcc.edu

HT260

The Mt. Hood Community College Hospitality and Tourism Program offers tremendous opportunities to the student who might be interested in a four-year degree transfer program. Students have transferred to numerous colleges and universities throughout the country in programs ranging from Hotel/Resort Management, Restaurant and Foodservice Management, Travel and Tourism Operations, Convention and Meetings Management, and Recreation and Leisure Management. Transfer agreements exist with in-state and out-of-state colleges and universities. Students have successfully transferred in the past to University of Nevada-Las Vegas, Hawaii Pacific University, Northern Arizona University, Southern Oregon University, Washington State University, University of Denver, University of Hawaii at Manoa, U.S. International University in San Diego and Portland State University.

BA212 CS125HTF EC201 GEOG105 HT170 HT206

BA205 BA213 BA231 EC202 HT230

CIS120 CIS120L HT141 HT133 MTH244 SP111

HT181

PSY201

WE280HTB

Business Communications ...................................... 4 Principles of Accounting III ................................... 4 Information Technology in Business ........................ 4 Principles of Economics II (Macro) .......................... 3 Hotel, Restaurant, Travel Law ................................. 3

18

WE280HTB Cooperative Education Internship ............................... 4 EC203 Principles of Economics III (optional) .................... 3 2

1

2

16

Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 Customer Service Management ................................ 3 Convention and Meetings Management .................... 3 Statistics II .......................................................... 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3

See prerequisites for this course. Students my take course during the summer or wait and take an upper division course after transfer.

Related MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.edu/hospitality/ Transfer Schools’ Web Links Portland State University - http://www.sba/pdx.edu Hawaii Pacific University - http://web2.hpu.edu/index. cfm?section=welcome280

17

Introduction to Business........................................ 4 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concepts to Customers ................... 3 Computer Applications for the Hospitality Industry or HT180_ Airline Computer Reservation System Training ............................... 3 General Psychology................................................ 3

Fourth Quarter (Summer)

16

Eighth Quarter (Summer)

1

Third Quarter (Spring) BA101 HPE295 HT105

Cr

Introduction to Travel and Tourism ......................... 3 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry ................. 3 Travel and Tourism Geography ................................. 3 Probability and Statistics I ................................... 4 English Composition .............................................. 3

Second Quarter (Winter)

Principles of Accounting II..................................... 3 Beginning HTML .................................................... 1 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3 Introduction to Physical Geography ........................ 3 Food Beverage and Labor Cost Control ............................................................. 3 Hotel/Resort Operation Management ....................... 3

Seventh Quarter (Spring)

The following transfer curriculum is designed for the PSU, School of Business Administration transfer. HT104 HT106 HT140 MTH243 WR121

17

Sixth Quarter (Winter)

Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

First Quarter (Fall)

Principles of Accounting I ...................................... 4 Beginning Internet ................................................ 1 International Hospitality and Tourism ..................... 3 Travel and Tourism Marketing ................................. 3 Supervisory Management for the Hospitality Industry .......................................... 3 Hospitality Industry Marketing ............................... 3

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in History. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

Journalism

Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer

16

MHCC Faculty Advisors Bob Watkins: 503-491-7413 - Room AC 1383 Russ Kendall: 503-491-7354 - Room AC 1384

Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 4

4

watkinsb@mhcc.edu kendallr@mhcc.edu

This curriculum is recommended for students interested in studying journalism at MHCC, earning an Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer Degree, and transferring to a four-year college or university to work toward a bachelor’s degree in journalism. This is not a degree in journalism.

83


Fifth Quarter

Students from MHCC most often transfer to the University of Oregon to work toward a Bachelor of Arts/Science degree in journalism. The courses listed below have been selected with the University of Oregon program in mind as part of current articulation agreement discussions.

BI102 EC202 HST202 J215B WR248

However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree in journalism, communications or new media also transfer to other institutions, including Southern Oregon University, University of Portland, Oregon State University, Washington State University, the University of Washington and Marylhurst University. These institutions may require different courses within the various subject areas of General Education.

HPE295 J202 J215B SP111

16 1

J215B Publications Lab* .................................................. 2 * This special session is required for journalism majors. It runs from 9 a.m. to 3 p.m. for 2 1/2 weeks just prior to the start of fall quarter. See fall course schedule for exact dates. The course includes orientation sessions, skill-building drills and production of the first newspaper of the year.

2

Cr

Transfer Schools’ Web Links University of Oregon - http://jcomm.uoregon.edu Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Journalism. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

1

J215A J217 PH122 WR121

13

Publications Lab ................................................... 1 Reporting II ......................................................... 3 General Astronomy ................................................ 3 English Composition. ............................................. 3 Humanities requirement ....................................... 3

Journalism Recognition of Completion, may be awarded to a student who completes the following courses. The courses are designed to provide a structured review of skills used by persons in the journalism field or for those seeking to add to their skill-base in communications, or for students who already hold a degree in another field. This set of courses encompasses skills specific to the profession, will help build a strong and diverse portfolio and offers the opportunity for practical experience in an accelerated format. Students may take coursework in reporting, technical writing, editing, computer design, publication production, photojournalism, advertising and public relations, among other areas.

1

Third Quarter J215A J218 HST201 MTH111 WR122 WR226

BI101 EC201 J204 J215B WR227

13

Publications Lab ................................................... 1 Copy Editing ......................................................... 3 History of the United States ................................... 3 Pre Calculus I: Elementary Functions ....................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Creative Non-fiction Writing ................................... 3

Fourth Quarter

The humanities literature course requirement may be satisfied with any of the following: FA257-258, ENG104-106, ENG107109, ENG202-203, ENG204-206, ENG212, ENG214, ENG222, ENG253-255. The lab science course requirement may be satisfied with any of the following: CH104-106, CH151, CH170, CH221-223, G201203, GS104-106, PH201-203, PH211-213.

Related MHCC Program Web Link http://www.mhcc.edu/programs

Quark XPress for Journalism .................................... 1 Introduction to Mass Communication ...................... 3 Publications Lab ................................................... 1 Reporting I ........................................................... 3 Introduction to Journalism Production .................... 2 Humanities requirement ....................................... 3

Second Quarter

Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Information Gathering ........................................... 4 Publications Lab ................................................... 2 Fundamentals of Public Speaking. ........................... 3 Lab Science requirement ...................................... 4 2

Pre-Fall Quarter (First and Second Year)

CS125QRK J211 J215A J216 J226

15

Sixth Quarter

Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

First Quarter

General Biology II ................................................. 4 Principles of Economics II (Macro) .......................... 3 History of the United States ................................... 3 Publications Lab ................................................... 2 Strategies for Revision: Advanced Professional Writing .......................................... 3

Students may take a variety of other journalism-related courses from the additional list printed below. For more information on this nontranscripted, institutional award of attendance, consult the faculty advisor, Bob Watkins at 503-491-7413 or by email at watkins@mhcc. edu .

17

General Biology I .................................................. 4 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3 Visual Communication ............................................ 4 Publications Lab ................................................... 2 Technical Report Writing ........................................ 3

16

84


Study Abroad options are available and recommended as part of language study at MHCC. Currently, there are spring term and summer programs in San Miguel de Allende, Mexico, for Spanish and a summer program in Kyoto, Japan, for Japanese. In both cases, language study is facilitated and enriched by cultural immersion. Check with the faculty advisor in Languages for details. (Programs may be changed or cancelled due to circumstances at the time of offering or departure.)

Please note that the following courses will be offered based on sufficient enrollment.

Journalism CS125QRK J202 J204 J211 J215A J215B J216 J217 J218 J226 WR227 WR248

Quark XPress for Journalism .................................... 1 Information Gathering (Sp) .................................... 4 Visual Communication (F)....................................... 4 Introduction to Mass Communications (F/Sp) ........... 3 Publications Lab (Su/F/W/Sp)................................. 1 Publications Lab* (Su/F/W/Sp) ............................... 6 Reporting I (F/W) .................................................. 3 Reporting II (W) ................................................... 3 Copy Editing (Sp) .................................................. 3 Introduction to Journalism Production (F) ............... 2 Technical Report Writing (F/W/Sp) .......................... 3 Strategies for Revision: Advanced Professional Writing (Sp) ....................................... 3

First Quarter WR121

Second Quarter WR122

Additional Journalism-Related Courses Individuals are encouraged to consider additional coursework from the list below to strengthen their skills and further develop their portfolio. ART261 J134 J205 J225 J280 SP111

WR123

15

(Modern Language)2014 ........................................ 4 Health and Physical Education requirement2 ............ 1 Humanities requirement (other than Modern Languages)2 ........................ 3 Lab Science requirement2 ................................... 4-5 Social Science requirement2 ................................... 3

Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer MHCC Faculty Advisor Paul Eckhardt: 503-491-7497 - AC 2377

15

(Modern Language)1031 ........................................ 5 English Composition: Research ................................ 3 Health and Physical Education requirement2 ............ 1 Science/Math/Computer Sci requirement2 ............... 3 Social Science requirement2 ................................... 3

Fourth Quarter

Modern Languages

16

(Modern Language)1021 ........................................ 5 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement2 ............ 1 Oral Communication requirement 3 .......................... 3 Social Science requirement2 ................................... 3

Third Quarter

Photography I (Su/F/W/Sp) .................................... 3 Photojournalism (W) .............................................. 3 Public Relations (W) .............................................. 3 Introduction to Advertising (W) ............................. 3 Cooperative Education Internships ......................3-12 Fundamentals of Public Speaking (Su/F/W/Sp) ......... 3

Cr

(Modern Language)1011 ......................................... 5 English Composition .............................................. 3 Computer Literacy requirement2 ............................. 1 Mathematics requirement2 ..................................... 4 Social Science requirement2 ................................... 3

eckhardtp@mhcc.edu

In a world that is increasingly interdependent, knowledge of other cultures and languages is crucial. In East Multnomah County, the three languages most needed by local businesses and service agencies, after English, are Spanish, Russian and American Sign Language (ASL). Statewide, Oregon’s two biggest trade partners are Japan (world’s second largest economy) and Canada (one-quarter French speaking). Other important Oregon customers and investors are Germany, France and Mexico. French is the world’s second most studied language. German is the second most prominent language in the global business world. Germany has the world’s third largest economy. Spanish is the second most spoken language in the United States, and the main language of 19 countries. All three are important heritage languages in the USA. MHCC offers: ASL, French, German, Italian (study abroad only), Japanese, Russian and Spanish.

Fifth Quarter

15-16

(Modern Language)2024 ........................................ 4 Lab Science requirement2 ................................... 4-5 Social Science requirement2 ................................... 3 Elective ................................................................ 3

Sixth Quarter

14-15

(Modern Language)2034 ........................................ 4 Lab Science requirement2 ...................................... 4 Electives .............................................................. 7

15

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Arts in Modern Languages from a four-year public university in Oregon. Students transferring from MHCC may also seek a baccalaureate at a different institution, which may require different courses within the subject various areas of General Education. It is recommended that students consult with their advisor and refer to the catalogs and websites of the institutions in which they have interest.

Modern Language includes French, German, Japanese, Russian, Spanish or ASL. ASL courses are 3 credits. Italian is offered as part of Study Abroad in Florence only. 2 Refer to Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer degree requirements and course options. 3 SP115, Intercultural Communication, is recommended. 4 Students taking second-year Spanish are also required to take one one-credit course of Intermediate Spanish Conversation during the year: SPAN 211 OR 212 OR 213. A similar requirement is being set up in the other languages. This would add one elective credit to one of the above terms. 1

Please note: Oregon transfer students must fulfill a second language requirement. For admission: two college terms of the first year (101 and 102) of a language other than English OR four semesters in high school. For graduation with a B.A.: the second year (201, 202 and 203, or equivalent) of a language other than English.

85


Recommended social sciences, humanities and elective courses: Social Sciences Courses: ANTH103, ANTH180, GEOG106, GEOG107, GEOG214, HST111, HST112, HST225, HST270, HST271, HST272, HST293

Fourth Quarter MUP201-246 MUP271-292 MUS211 MUS214 MUS261

Humanities courses: ART201, ART202, ART203, ENG107, ENG108, ENG109, ENG212, R210 Transfer Schools’ Web Links Oregon State University - http://orst.edu/dept/foreign_lang.htm

Fifth Quarter

Portland State University - http://www-adm.pdx.edu/user/fll/

MUP201-246 MUP271-292 MUS212 MUS215 MUS 262

University of Oregon - http://babel.uoregon.edu/romance/romance. htm (Romance Languages); http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~gerscan/ (Germanic Languages); http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~eall/ (East Asian Languages) Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Modern Languages. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

MUP201-246 MUP271-292 MUS213 MUS224 MUS263

Direct Transfer Curriculum MHCC Faculty Advisors Dave Barduhn: 503-491-6970 - Room AC 2130 barduhnd@mhcc.edu Susie Jones: 503-491-7158 - Room AC 2133 joness@mhcc.edu

Four years of Ensemble courses are required by most baccalaureate programs. 2 Most baccalaureate programs require four years of Applied Individual Lessons. An approved instructor list is available in Performing Arts. 3 First year Music Theory and Sight Singing/Ear Training requires concurrent enrollment in Group Piano. Students who wish to strengthen their music background may also want to register for MUS101, Music Fundamentals. 4 One year of Group Piano (or proficiency) is required prior to taking Keyboard Harmony classes in the second year. 5 Fewer General Education classes are required for the Bachelor of Music (B.MUS or BM) degree than for other baccalaureate degrees. Students should consult an advisor to determine which General Education courses are required for transfer to their selected school. 6 Second year Music Theory requires concurrent enrollment in Keyboard Harmony or Advanced Sight Singing/Ear Training. 7 Two years of Music History are required for a baccalaureate degree. The second year of Music History is taken at the junior level.

Cr

Band, Choir, or Orchestra1 ................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons2 ................................... 1 Music Theory I3 .................................................... 3 Sight Singing/Ear Training3 .................................... 1 Group Piano4 ........................................................ 2 General Education classes5

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/music/

Second Quarter MUP101-146 MUP171-192 MUS112 MUS115 MUS 132

Portland State University - http://www.pdx.edu/ugradfinearts.phtml

Band, Choir, or Orchestra..................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1 Music Theory II ..................................................... 3 Sight Singing/Ear Training ..................................... 1 Group Piano .......................................................... 2 General Education classes

University of Oregon - http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~music Central Washington University - http://www.cwu.edu/music University of North Texas - http://www.unt.edu/pais/insert/umusic. htm University of Wisconsin Eau-Claire - http://www.uwec.edu/mus-the/ index.html

Third Quarter MUP101-146 MUP171-192 MUS113 MUS116 MUS133

Band, Choir, or Orchestra..................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1 Music Theory VI ................................................... 3 Advanced Sight Singing/Ear Training ....................... 2 Music History III ................................................... 3 General Education classes

1

The two-year program listed below is designed for direct transfer to four-year colleges/universities and completion of them does not result in an associate degree. Students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree in music may transfer to any four-year institution. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center. MUP101-146 MUP171-192 MUS111 MUS114 MUS131

Band, Choir, or Orchestra..................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1 Music Theory V ...................................................... 3 Keyboard Harmony II ............................................. 2 Music History II .................................................... 3 General Education classes

Sixth Quarter

Music

First Quarter

Band, Choir, or Orchestra..................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1 Music Theory IV6 .................................................. 3 Keyboard Harmony I .............................................. 2 Music History I7 ................................................... 3 General Education classes

Band, Choir, or Orchestra..................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons ..................................... 1 Music Theory III.................................................... 3 Sight Singing/Ear Training ...................................... 1 Group Piano .......................................................... 2 General Education classes

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major Physical Education. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

86


Outdoor Recreation Leadership and Tourism

Fourth Quarter (Summer) PE280A

F240 BA226 HT140 HT241

MHCC Faculty Advisor Steve Rubinstein: 503-491-7353 - Room PE145 rubinsts@mhcc.edu

The Outdoor Recreation industry is a broad field with job opportunities ranging in scope from guiding mountaineering trips in remote, distant ranges to teaching environmental education to school children, working for state and federal land agencies or starting one’s own recreation-based small business. Students who graduate with the skills needed to develop and manage outdoor-recreation-centered programs and businesses will be able to fill a growing need locally, nationally, and internationally for well-trained professionals in this field.

GS104 MTH243 PE185RKI PE280A WR123

pus. Once enrolled at OSU, students will choose from four specific options within the degree: Outdoor and Experiential education; Tourism and Commercial Recreation Management; Applications of Outdoor Recreation to Special Populations; or International Ecotourism*

ANTH103 BA231 PE185ON PE233 SP111

Students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other four-year institutions that require different courses within the various subject areas of General Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they plan on attending, the faculty advisor, and the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

HE253 PE185OF PE185OG PE285OH SOC213 WR122

FT235 GS106 HPE295 PE282OL PE285ON PS217

15

Introduction to Cultural Anthropology..................... 3 Information Technology in Business ........................ 4 High Angle Rescue ................................................. 1 Place Mapping: Place-Based Learning Methods ......... 2 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 Related elective .................................................... 1

14 * MTH243 has a prerequisite of MTH105 or MTH111 with a grade of ‘C” or better.

Related Electives Students must choose at least one other activity from the following and are encouraged to take more. PE185KY River Kayaking ...................................................... 1 PE185OD Introduction to Sea Kayaking ................................. 1 PE185OJ Mountaineering Fundamentals ................................ 1 PE185OK Mountaineering Field Skills .................................... 1 PE185OL Progressive Fly Fishing, Level I ............................... 1 PE185OS Progressive Fly Fishing, Level II ............................. 1 PE185OT Snowboard and Ski: Backcountry Safety Skills .......... 1

Cr

Hospitality Industry Marketing ............................... 3 Backpacking: Pacific Northwest Coast ...................... 1 Day Hiking ............................................................ 1 Beginning Rock Climbing ........................................ 1 Wilderness Survival ............................................... 3 English Composition: Nature Writing ....................... 3 Humanities requirement ......................................... 3

15

MHCC Program Web Link: http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/classes_programs_d/ hpe/outdoor_ed/outdoors/main.htm

Wilderness Advanced First Aid ................................ 3 Winter Camping ..................................................... 1 Backcountry Winter Mountain Travel ....................... 1 Adventure Education ............................................. 2 Race Relations in the United States......................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

Third Quarter (Spring)

16

Physical Science - Physics ...................................... 4 Probability and Statistics I* ................................... 4 Intermediate Rock Climbing.................................... 1 Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 3 English Composition: Research ................................ 3

Seventh Quarter (Spring)

*Note: Some options are not yet officially being offered. Students must check with OSU- Cascades to confirm if their desired degree option is currently available.)

Second Quarter (Winter)

Natural Resources Ecology ...................................... 4 Introduction to Business Law ................................. 3 Travel and Tourism Geography ................................. 3 International Hospitality and Tourism ..................... 3 Humanities requirement ......................................... 3

Sixth Quarter (Winter)

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science in Outdoor Recreation

HT260 PE185OA PE185OB PE185RK PE285OL WR121

3

Fifth Quarter (Fall)

Associate of Science

First Quarter (Fall)

Cooperative Education Internship ........................... 3

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Oregon State University-Corvallis - http://oregonstate.edu/admissions/transfer/transfer Credits.html Oregon State University-Cascades - http://www.osucascades. edu/programs/OutdoorRec/outdoorrec.htm Central Oregon Community College - http://web.coc.edu/alish/ academic.htm

13

Outdoor Recreation ............................................... 3 Physical Science: Geology ...................................... 4 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Professional Activities: Outdoor Leadership Field Skills ........................................................ 2 Outdoor Leadership ............................................... 2 Introduction to Public Land Management: The Politics of Recreation................................... 3

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major Physical Education. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the studentÕs responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

17

87


A Recognition of Completion, Outdoor Education, may be awarded to a student who completes the following courses. The courses are open to individuals interested in integrating outdoor education into their current work. A small sample of individuals utilizing outdoor education techniques in their professions include; school counselors, physical education teachers, scout and youth group leaders, community organizers and group-home recreation coordinators.

Physical education is the study of sport, athletics, exercise and fitness. Historically, the major has prepared students to be teachers of Physical Education. The field has now broadened significantly to include opportunities in health and nutrition, exercise science, sports medicine, sports psychology, wellness, and fitness management. The two-year course of study listed below is designed to meet the requirements of the Associates of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) degree and most closely aligns with four-year programs at Oregon State University, Portland State University, University of Oregon, Western Oregon University, Eastern Oregon University and Southern Oregon University.

Applications for completion of the non-transcripted, institutional award of attendance are available in the Health and Physical Education Divison (PE155).

Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution of choice for advising/admissions information and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

Please note that the following courses may not be offered each term (please refer to quarterly class schedules) and will be offered based on sufficient enrollment.

Outdoor Education Required Courses HE253 PE185OB PE185OF PE185OG PE185ON PE185RK PE185RKI PE233 PE282OL PE285OH PE285OL PE285ON PS217 WR121 WE280PEA

NOTE: Oregon transfer students seeking a Bachelor of Arts degree must complete the second year of a language other than English (201-203 or equivalent).

Cr

Wilderness Advanced First Aid (W) .......................... 3 Day Hiking: Walking the Watershed (F) .................... 1 Winter Camping (W) ............................................... 1 Backcountry Winter Mountain Travel (W).................. 1 High Angle Rescue (Sp) .......................................... 1 Beginning Rock Climbing (Su/F/W/Sp) ..................... 1 Intermediate Rock Climbing (W).............................. 1 Place Mapping: Place-Based Learning Methods (W) ... 2 Professional Activities: Outdoor Leadership Field Skills (Sp) ................................................. 2 Adventure Education (W) ....................................... 2 Wilderness Survival (F/W/Sp).................................. 3 Outdoor Leadership (Sp)......................................... 2 Introduction to Public Land Management: The Politics of Recreation (Sp)............................ 3 English Composition: Nature Writing (F) ................. 3 Cooperative Education (2 quarters) ......................... 6 Activity Electives* ................................................ 2 Wilderness First Responder Certification Course (Su)

First Quarter CH104 MTH111 PE131 WR121

15

Second Quarter CH105 MTH112 PSY201 WR122

General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry II ........... 5 Pre-Calculus II: Trigonometry/Geometry .................. 4 General Psychology................................................ 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

15

Third Quarter CH106 HPE295 SP111 WR123

Activity Electives* Select two credits from the following: PE185KY PE185OA PE185OJ PE185OK PE185OL PE185OT

Cr

General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I ............ 5 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 4 Introduction to Physical Education ......................... 3 English Composition .............................................. 3

General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry III ......... 5 Health and Fitness for Life ..................................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ........................... 3 English Composition: Research ................................ 3

14

Fourth Quarter

River Kayaking (F/W/Sp) ........................................ 1 Backpacking (F) .................................................... 1 Mountaineering Fundamentals (Sp) ......................... 1 Mountaineering Field Skills (Sp) ............................. 1 Progressive Fly Fishing, Level I (F/W/Sp) ................. 1 Snowboard and Ski: Backcountry Safety Skills (W) .... 1

BI231 CIS120 CIS120L PSY237

Human Anatomy and Physiology I ........................... 4 Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 Human Development .............................................. 4 Humanities requirement ....................................... 3 1

15

Fifth Quarter

Physical Education/ Exercise and Sport Science

BI232

Human Anatomy and Physiology II .......................... 4 Social Science requirement .................................. 6 Humanities requirement ....................................... 3 Elective ............................................................. 3 1

1

Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer

1

MHCC Faculty Advisors Daryle Broadsword: 503-491-7350 - Room PE 153 broadswd@mhcc. edu Terry Folen: 503-491-6983 - Room PE 157 folent@mhcc.edu Cindy Harnly: 503-491-7355 - Room PE 158 harnlyc@mhcc.edu Keith Maneval: 503-491-7140 - Room PE 161 manevalk@mhcc.edu Rob Nielson: 503-491-7451 - Room PE 156 nielsonr@mhcc.edu Diane Peterson, 503-491-7351, Room PE160 petersod@mhcc.edu Steve Rubinstein: 503-491-7353 - Room PE145 rubinsts@mhcc.edu Fred Schnell: 503-491-6984 - Room PE 159 schnellf@mhcc.edu

16

Sixth Quarter BI233

Human Anatomy and Physiology III ........................ 4 Social Science requirement .................................. 3 Humanities requirement ...................................... 6 Elective ............................................................. 3 1

1

1

16 1

88

Refer to Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer (AAOT) requirements.


Fourth Quarter

Transfer School’s Web Links Eastern Oregon State - http://www.redtail.eou.edu/sebp/home. html Oregon State University - http://www.orst.edu/hhp/exss/index. html Southern Oregon University - http://wwwsou.edu/cgi/deptcat. cgi?dept=HPE University of Oregon - http://uoregon.edu/~ems

MTH254 PH211

Fifth Quarter MTH256 PH212

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major Physical Education. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the studentÕs responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

MTH255 PH213 SP111

1 2

faustd@mhcc.edu

Physics is the study of the structure and organization of the universe. It encompasses the observation of forces and matter, of motion, of cause and effect, and of the intrinsic properties of space and time. Physics analyzes these concepts in detail and uses them to synthesize models of complex phenomena.

CH222 MTH252 WR122

CH223 CIS120 CIS120L MTH253 WR123

Portland State University - http://physics.pdx.edu/ Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/physengineer. shtml University of Oregon - http://physics.uoregon.edu/ Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Physics. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

Cr

Political Science Direct Transfer Curriculum

15

MHCC Faculty Advisor Janet Campbell: 503-491-7430 - Room AC 2677 campbelj@mhcc.edu

General Chemistry II ............................................. 5 Calculus II ............................................................ 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Social Science requirement1 ................................. 3

Third Quarter

Refer to Associate of Science requirements. Suggested electives include: PH109C, PH121-123, MTH243244, MTH261.

Oregon State University - http://www.physics.orst.edu/

General Chemistry I ............................................... 5 Calculus I ............................................................. 4 English Composition .............................................. 3 Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3

Second Quarter

Vector Calculus II .................................................. 4 General Physics with Calculus III ............................ 5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ........................... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 3

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://physics.eou.edu/

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Arts in Physics at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, or University of Oregon. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions that require different courses within the various subject areas of General Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor, and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center. CH221 MTH251 WR121

15

15

Associate of Science

First Quarter

15

Differential Equations ............................................ 4 General Physics with Calculus II ............................. 5 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3 Elective2 .............................................................. 3

Sixth Quarter

Physics

MHCC Faculty Advisor David Faust: 503-491-7358 - Room AC 2593

Vector Calculus I ................................................... 4 General Physics with Calculus I ............................... 5 Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3 Elective2 .............................................................. 3

The courses listed below are designed for direct transfer to four-year colleges/universities and completion of them does not result in an associate degree. They transfer to most universities and colleges as a social science distribution requirement or elective. As transfer policies at four-year schools differ, it is vital to check with the transfer institution directly for specific information.

15

General Chemistry III ............................................ 5 Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 Calculus III .......................................................... 4 English Composition: Research or WR227 Technical Report Writing .......................... 3

Each of the Political Science courses on this page is offered at least once a year at Mt. Hood Community College, and some are available in an Independent Study format. So why study politics? Many students think political science is “dry” and “boring.” NOTHING could be further from the truth. Politics affects the way you think, eat, dress, socialize, and work, so it may be worth knowing about. Once you DO know about it you can begin to 1) understand what is going on around you, and 2) think for yourself. Here’s what students say: “I feel more powerful now knowing what I know”; “it changed my life”; “it was fun!”

16

89


Cr PS200 PS201 PS203 PS204 PS205 PS209 PS215 PS217 PS220 PS225 PS241 PS242 PS297 PS298 PS280

and an MHCC advisor or the Academic Advising and Transfer Center. These recommendations are meant to serve as a general guideline for students pursuing Pre-Law.

Introduction to Political Science1 ........................... 3 American Government1 .......................................... 3 State and Local Government1 ................................. 3 Introduction to Comparative Politics ....................... 3 International Relations .......................................... 3 Problems in American Politics ................................. 3 Global Issues ........................................................ 3 Introduction to Public Land Management: The Politics of Recreation.................................. 3 American Foreign Policy and World Order ................. 3 Political Ideology: Ideas about Government ............. 3 Political Terrorism ................................................. 3 The U.S. Intelligence System .................................. 3 Introduction to Environmental Politics .................... 3 Political Science Research ...................................... 1 Cooperative Work Experience ..............................3-12

First Quarter PS200 SP111 WR121

Second Quarter PHL202 PSY201 WR122

Courses offered in an Independent Study format:

1

NOTE: Students who are planning to major in Political Science upon transfer and want to obtain an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree are referred to the curriculum guide presented on the Pre-Law transfer page. It is suggested that the following courses be taken as electives within that curriculum: PS200 PS201 PS209 PS205 PS204 PS225

Introduction to Political Science ............................ 3 American Government ............................................ 3 Problems in American Politics ................................. 3 International Relations .......................................... 3 Comparative Politics .............................................. 3 Political Ideologies ............................................... 3

MTH111

GS106 HST203 SP114

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Political Science. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact his/her four-year transfer school for specific requirements.

17

Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 4 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 3 Humanities requirement2 ....................................... 3 Science/mathematics elective1 .............................. 3

Sixth Quarter

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Portland State University - http://www.pdx.edu/ University of Oregon - http://www.law.uoregon.edu/

15

Computer Concepts I.............................................. 3 Computer Concepts Lab I........................................ 1 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ............................ 3 Physical Science - Chemistry .................................. 4 Humanities requirement2 ....................................... 3 Elective3 .............................................................. 3

Fifth Quarter

Students are highly encouraged to consult the MHCC Advisor and/or the Office of Academic Advising and Transfer Center for academic planning.

14

General Biology I .................................................. 4 Elementary Logic................................................... 3 English Composition: Research ................................ 3 First-year language elective1 .................................. 5

Fourth Quarter CIS120 CIS120L EC201 GS105

14

Fundamental Ethics ............................................... 3 General Psychology................................................ 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 First-year language elective1 .................................. 5

Third Quarter BI101 PHL203 WR123

Cr

Introduction to Political Science ............................ 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 English Composition .............................................. 3 First-year language elective1 .................................. 5

13

Physical Science - Geology ..................................... 4 US History 1910 - Present....................................... 3 Argument and Critical Discourse ............................. 3 Humanities requirement2 ....................................... 3 Electives3 ......................................................... 4-6

17-19 Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree requirements. 2 Oregon transfer students seeking a Bachelor of Arts degree must complete the second year of a language other than English (201-203 or equivalent) Language requirements may be satisfied with the following course sequences: FR201-203, GER201-203, JPN201-203, SPAN201-203. 3 Suggested courses to fulfill elective requirements include: BA211, BA226, CJA112, CJA211-213, EC202, ENG104-106, ENG107-109, ENG201-203, ENG204-206, ENG212, ENG214, ENG222, ENG253-255, HST112, HST201-202, PHL208, PS201, PS203, PS205, PS225, SOC206, SP221. Other courses meeting AAOT degree requirements may be substituted. 1

Pre-Law

Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer MHCC Advisor Janet Campbell: 503-491-7430 - Room AC 2677 campbellj@mhcc.edu

This curriculum follows suggestions of the Association of American Law Schools for students contemplating the study of law. The required skills include language, critical thinking, and a broad liberal arts background. In addition, completion of these courses fulfills the degree requirements for the Associate of Arts-Oregon Transfer degree which provides junior standing at all of the Oregon University System schools. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions that require different courses within the various subject areas of General Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending,

Transfer Schools’ Web Links University of Oregon - http://www.law.uoregon.edu/

90


Fourth Quarter

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to study Pre-Law. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

BI211 CH241 SP111

Fifth Quarter

Pre-Professional (Medicine, Dentistry, Pharmacy, Veterinary Medicine)

BI212 CH242

BI213 CH243

MHCC Faculty Advisors Pre-Medicine: Susan Landesman: 503-491-7335 - Room AC 2589 landesms@mhcc.edu Lee Mitchell: 503-491-7441 - Room C 2595 mitchell@mhcc.edu

Pre-Pharmacy: Dr. Joyce Sherpa: 503-491-7443 - Room AC 2565

16

Biology II ............................................................. 5 Organic Chemistry II2 ............................................ 5 Computer Literacy requirement1 ............................. 1 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3

Sixth Quarter

Associate of Science

Pre-Veterinarian: Lee Mitchell: 503-491-7441 - Room AC 2595

Biology I .............................................................. 5 Organic Chemistry I2 ............................................. 5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ............................ 3 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3

14

Biology III ........................................................... 5 Organic Chemistry II2 .......................................... 5 Health & Physical Education requirement1 .............. 3 Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3

16

mitchell@mhcc.edu

1 2

sherpaj@mhcc.edu

Pre-Dental: Dr. Jeff Brunner 503-491-6915 - Room AC 2731 brunnerjh@yahoo.com

Many students plan to seek admission to health-related professional schools that provide advanced degrees in specialties such as medicine, dentistry, pharmacy and veterinary medicine. The Division of Science provides a complete array of courses that are required by professional schools for admittance.

Refer to Associate of Science requirements (see pages 7-9). This sequence replaces the 300-level Organic Chemistry requirement at colleges and universities. With an acceptable score on the ACS National Exam and a minimum of a CÓ or better in each course, this sequence transfers as 11-15 credits of 300-level coursework to all OUS schools.

Related MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/ transfers/other.htm

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Science degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/in the Biological Sciences at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon Health Sciences University, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, or University of Oregon. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions that require different courses within the various subject areas of General Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisors, and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/%7Ejrinehar/biodept.htm

First Quarter

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Biological Sciences in pre-professional preparation. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

CH221 MTH251 PH201 WR121

Portland State University - http://www.bio.pdx.edu/ and http://www. pdx.edu/ugradlibarts.phtml Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/biology.shtml University of Oregon - http://biology.uoregon.edu/

Cr

17

Psychology

General Chemistry II .............................................. 5 Calculus II ............................................................ 4 General Physics II ................................................. 5 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

Third Quarter CH223 PH203 WR123

Oregon State University - http://www.science.orst.edu/majors.html

General Chemistry I ............................................... 5 Calculus I ............................................................. 4 General Physics I ................................................... 5 English Composition .............................................. 3

Second Quarter CH222 MTH252 PH202 WR122

Oregon Health and Science Univ. - http://www.ohsu.edu/academic/

Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer MHCC Faculty Advisors Nicole Bragg: 503-491-7291 - Room AC 2680 braggn@mhcc.edu Stephanie Cram: 503-491-7626 - Room AC 2678 crams@mhcc.edu Nancy Olson: 503-491-7426 - Room AC 2681 olsonn@mhcc.edu Larry Wise: 503-491-7308 - Room AC 2673 wisel@mhcc.edu

17

General Chemistry III ............................................ 5 General Physics III ................................................ 5 English Composition: Research ................................ 3 Humanities requirement1 ...................................... 3

The discipline of psychology encompasses the understanding of individual human behavior in the context of our social, cultural and physical environment. Psychology is inherently interdisciplinary as it adheres to the scientific method in its approach and explores fundamental questions concerning human motivation and values.

16

91


The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Arts in Psychology at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon Institute of Technology, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, University of Oregon or Western Oregon University. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisors and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/psych/

First Quarter

Oregon Institute of Technology - http://www.oit.edu/index. html?method=psy

PSY201 WR121

Suggested courses to fulfill social science elective requirements include: ANTH101-103, PS 200 or any PS course that fulfills AAOT requirements, SOC204-206. 5 Suggested course sequence to fulfill lab science requirements is BI101-103. 6 Suggested courses to fulfill elective requirements include: ANTH101-103, PS200 or any PS course that fulfills AAOT requirements, PSY101, PSY151, PSY214, PSY216, PSY237, PSY239 or SOC204-206. 4

Cr

General Psychology................................................ 3 English Composition .............................................. 3 Computer Literacy requirement ............................. 1 First-year Language elective ................................. 5 Humanities requirement ....................................... 3

Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/psychology/ Portland State University - http://www.psy.pdx.edu/

1

Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/psych.shtml

2

University of Oregon - http://psychweb.uoregon.edu/

3

Second Quarter MTH111 PSY202 WR122

15

Sociology

Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer

17

MHCC Faculty Advisor Dr. Naomi Abrahams, 503-491-7604, Room AC 2676 abrahamn@mhcc.edu

Probability and Statistics I..................................... 4 Humanities requirement 3 ....................................... 3 Lab Science requirement5 ...................................... 4 Elective6 .............................................................. 3

Fifth Quarter MTH244

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in psychology. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

General Psychology................................................ 3 English Composition: Research ................................ 3 First-year Language elective2 ................................. 5 Oral Communication and Rhetoric requirement1 ....... 3 Social Science requirement4 ................................... 3

Fourth Quarter MTH243

Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/socsci/ psych/

Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................... 4 General Psychology................................................ 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 First-year Language elective2 ................................. 5

Third Quarter PSY203 WR123

15

The sociology transfer curriculum is designed to closely follow the lower division general education requirements for sociology majors at many universities and colleges in Oregon. Sociology majors develop a strong understanding of the social structures that create, maintain, and transform societies. A bachelorÕs degree in sociology provides excellent liberal arts foundation for embarking on a wide range of career paths.

14

Statistics II .......................................................... 4 Humanities requirement 3 ....................................... 3 Lab Science requirement5 ...................................... 4 Social Science requirement4 ................................... 3

Sixth Quarter

The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepare a student to obtain a Bachelor of Science/Arts in Sociology at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, University of Oregon, Western Oregon University, Lewis & Clark College, Reed College and University of Portland. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, the faculty advisor and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

14

Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 3 Humanities requirement 3 ....................................... 3 Lab Science requirement5 ...................................... 4 Electives6 ............................................................ 6

16 Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree requirements for course options. 2 First year language electives may be satisfied with the following course sequences FR101-103, GER101-103, JPN101-103, and SPAN101-103. 3 Suggested courses to fulfill humanities requirements include: PHL201-203, SP112, SP114, R210, ENG104 or FR201-203, GER201-203, JPN201-203, SPAN201-203. NOTE: Oregon transfer students seeking a Bachelor of Arts degree must complete the second year of a language other than English (201-203 or equivalent) before graduation from their transfer school. 1

92


First Quarter SOC204 WR121

Second Quarter ANTH103 SOC205 WR122

Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/sociology/

16

Portland State University - http://www.clas.pdx.edu/sociology/ Reed College - http://academic.reed.edu/sociology Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/socioanthro. shtml University of Oregon - http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~sociology/ University of Portland - http://www.uofport.edu

17

Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/socsci/sociologydept.htm Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in sociology. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

15

U. S. History - Pre-Colonial - 1830........................... 3 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3 Lab Science requirement7 ...................................... 4 Sociology elective5 ............................................... 3 Electives1 ............................................................ 3

Fifth Quarter HST202 MTH243

Lewis & Clark College - http://www.lclark.edu/COLLEGE/DEPAR/ SOAN

Introduction to Philosophy .................................... 3 English Composition: Research ................................ 3 First-year Language elective2 ................................. 5 Health and Physical Education requirement 3 ............ 1 Electives1 ........................................................... 3

Fourth Quarter HST201

Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/%7Ekdahl/anthro_soc.html

Introduction to Cultural Anthropology..................... 3 General Sociology.................................................. 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 First-year Language elective2 ................................. 5 Oral Communication requirement4 .......................... 3

Third Quarter PHL201 WR123

Cr

General Sociology.................................................. 3 English Composition .............................................. 3 Computer Literacy requirement1 ............................. 1 First-year Language elective2 ................................. 5 Mathematics requirement1 ..................................... 4

Theater Arts

Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer

16

Rick Zimmer: 503-491-7157 - Room AC 2135 Daryl Harrison-Carson: 503-491-7159

U. S. History 1830 - 1917 ...................................... 3 Probability and Statistics I..................................... 4 Health and Physical Education requirement 3 ............ 1 Humanities requirement1 ....................................... 3 Lab Science requirement7 ...................................... 4

Sixth Quarter

zimmerr@mhcc.edu harrisod@mhcc.edu

“The play’s the thing....,” Shakespeare said, and ever since people have been fascinated with the world of theater. This curriculum is recommended for students interested in studying theater arts at MHCC, earning an Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer degree, and transferring to a four-year college or university to work toward a bachelor’s dgree in theater.

15

Students in Theater Arts participate in quarterly productions and study a comprehensive program of courses that include acting and technical aspects of theatrical productions. After completing the Oregon Transfer degree at MHCC, they are prepared to transfer to a four-year college or university and pursue a baccalaureate degree in Theater. Students planning to transfer and complete a bachelor’s degree after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending, their faculty advisor, and/or the MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center.

Health and Physical Education requirement 3 ............ 1 Humanities requirement6 ....................................... 3 Lab Science requirement7 ...................................... 4 Political Science elective8 ..................................... 3 Sociology elective5 ............................................... 3

14 Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree requirements for course options. 2 First year language electives may be satisfied with the following course sequences FR101-103, GER101-103, JPN101-103, and SPAN101-103. 3 Suggested courses to fulfill health and physical education requirements include: HE202, HE206-208, PE185. 4 Suggested course to fulfill oral communication requirement is SP115 5 Suggested courses include: SOC206, 213, 215, 216, 232 6 Suggested courses to fulfill humanities elective requirements include: ART115, 201, 211, ENG104-107, 212, 214, 222, HUM110, MUS101or FR201-203, GER201-203, JPN201-203, SPAN201-203. NOTE: Oregon transfer students seeking a Bachelor of Arts degree must complete the second year of a language other than English (201-203 or equivalent) before graduation from their transfer school. 7 Suggested courses to fulfill lab science elective requirements include: BI101-103, 132, CH104-106, 170, FW251, 254, G201, GS104-106 8 Suggested courses include: PS105, 200, 201, 203-205, 241 1

Students interested in pursuing a two-year Associate of General Studies degree at MHCC, should consult the Special Studies programs in Acting/Directing and Technical Theater found on pages ____ of this catalog.

First Quarter TA106 TA111

TA153D WR121

Cr

Introduction to Theater I ....................................... 3 Theater Technology I and TA114 Technical Theater Workshop - First Year or TA141 Acting Fundamentals I ....................... 3-4 Theater Workshop: Children’s Workshop, First Year or TA227 Theatrical Makeup ............................. 2-3 English Composition .............................................. 3 Oral Communication requirement1 .......................... 3 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 1

15-17

93


Related MHCC Program Web Links: MHCC Theatre Arts Department

Second Quarter TA107 TA112

Introduction to Theater II...................................... 3 Theater Technology II and TA114 Technical Theater Workshop - First Year or TA142 Acting Fundamentals II ..................... 3-4 TA153A/B/C Theater Workshops, First Year or TA121 Costuming ........................................ 1-3 WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Mathematics requirement1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/classes_programs_d/humanities/perf_vis_arts/theatre/index.html Transfer Schools’ Web Links: Portland State University - http://www.theaterarts.pdx.edu/

14-17

Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/creativearts/ theater_dance/theatre_dance.htm

Appreciating Theater ............................................. 3 Theater Technology III and TA114 Technical Theater Workshop - First Year or TA143 Acting Fundamentals III .................... 3-4 TA153A/B/C Theater Workshops, First Year or TA199A/B/C Special Studies in Theater.......... 1-3 WR123 English Composition: Research Computer Literacy requirement1,2 ........................... 1 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ........... 1 Science/Math/Computer Science requirement1 ......... 3

Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/theatre_arts. shtml

Third Quarter TA101 TA113

University of Oregon - http://theatre.uoregon.edu/ Eastern Oregon University - http://www3.eou.edu/theatre/ Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in sociology. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to confirm specific admission requirements.

15-18 Fourth Quarter TA148

Movement for the Actor or TA227 Theatrical Makeup ............................. 2-3 TA253A/B/C Theater Workshops, Second Year or TA214A/B/C Technical Theater Workshop - Second Year .................................. 1-3 SP262 Voice and Articulation ........................................... 3 Lab Science requirement1 ................................... 4-5 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 3

Fifth Quarter

13-17

TA241

Intermediate Acting Techniques: Styles or TA213 Stage Lighting Design........................... 3 TA253A/B/C Theater Workshops, Second Year or TA214A/B/C Technical Theater Workshop - Second Year .................................. 1-3 Lab Science requirement1 ................................... 4-5 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 6

Sixth Quarter

14-17

TA144

Improvisation or TA211 Scene Design ....................................... 3 TA253A/B/C Theater Workshops, Second Year or TA214A/B/C Technical Theater Workshop - Second Year .................................. 1-3 Health and Physical Education requirement1 ............ 1 Lab Science requirement1 ................................... 4-5 Social Science requirement1 ................................... 6

15-18 Refer to Associate of Arts - Oregon Transfer (AAOT) requirements. 2 CIS120 and CIS120L are recommended to fulfill the Science/ Math/Computer Science and the Computer Literacy requirements. 1

94


Understanding Course Requirements Mt. Hood Community College is committed to student success. The college offers courses for students who need additional academic preparation. Mt. Hood Community College requires that students are proficient in reading, writing, and math or a combination of these basic skills before they can enroll in most college courses.

Proficiency is defined as course placement above:

RD90 Introduction to College Reading and Study Skills WR90 Basic Writing Skills

MTH20 Applied Arithmetic and Pre-Algebra Note: Students who have completed a reading, writing, or math prerequisite numbered higher than RD90, WR90 and MTH20 will meet the reading, writing, or math proficiency requirement.

Reading, Writing, and Math Proficiencies Reading Proficiency A student who meets the reading proficiency generally is able to read pre-college textbooks (9th grade level) and find main ideas and supporting details. Students may still have great difficulty when the amount of reading material is high, content is abstract, or vocabulary is difficult.

Writing Proficiency A student who meets the writing proficiency is able to generate ideas to write a logical nonfiction paragraph on a single topic. The writing will be free of distracting technical errors. The student may have difficulty writing long papers or answering essay questions. They should have little difficulty writing one or two paragraph essays or lab reports.

Math Proficiency A student who meets the math proficiency is able to understand and do basic mathematical problems with fractions, decimals, and percentages. Note: A student who places beyond a specific course may not have all the skills contained within the prior courses.

Proficiency Levels

Proficiency in reading, writing and mathematics can be determined by taking the College Placement Test (CPT) or by successfully completing previous college course work. There are two proficiency levels: Proficiency needed or Proficiency Required. Proficiency levels for each course can be found at the end of individual course descriptions.

Proficiency Needed

All students registering for proficiency-needed courses must meet the proficiencies in reading, writing, and mathematics either through the CPT or through self-evaluation. Self-evaluation can be used only if the student plans to enroll in five (5) or fewer credits. Students enrolling in five (5) or fewer must realize that they are expected to possess the needed reading, writing and math proficiencies to enroll in the specified course.

Proficiency Required

All students registering for proficiency-required courses will be required to take the CPT and place above RD90, WR90 and MTH20 or prove proficiency with successfully completed college course work regardless of the number of credit hours taken.

Other Helpful Course Description Terms Proficiency: Having suitable or sufficient skill, knowledge and /or experience.

Prerequisite: A requirement that must be successfully completed before taking the course.

Co-Requisite: A requirement or course that must be either successfully completed beforehand or taken in combination with the course.

Concurrent: A course that must be taken in combination with another course.

Recommended/Suggested Requisite: Students are strongly encouraged to complete the stated requirement in order to be better prepared for the course.


Course Descriptions AC38 Intermediate Accounting I

AH12 Medical Vocabulary

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course builds on the student’s understanding of accounting learned in the first two Accounting Principles courses. A more in-depth understanding and use of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles will enable students to determine whether information has been properly recorded (recognized, measured and classified) and clearly develop solutions to bring the financial statements into compliance. Recognizing both the value and the limitations of the financial statements, students will be ready to evaluate a company’s past performance and assess risks. Students will also develop their ability to research topics in accounting and present their findings both orally and in writing. This course will prepare students for accounting positions requiring them to detect and resolve accounting reporting problems. The students will also be prepared to make recommendations that will increase the efficiency and internal control of the accounting system. This course is also an excellent way to prepare for the rigorous accounting courses required in four-year accounting degree programs. Prerequisite: BA212 and concurrent enrollment in AC39. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The basic elements of medical words (prefixes, words, roots and suffixes) and medical abbreviations are studied so that the student is able to analyze, define and build medical terms that are most commonly used within the clinic/hospital environment. Proficiency Needed: Reading.

AH140 Clinical Emergency Procedures

Credits 2 (1 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F The principles and practices of medical emergency procedures commonly encountered in a hospital and/or other clinical setting are examined. Successful completion will lead to CPR for the Professional Rescuer, and Automatic External Defibrillator certifications. Limited to Physical Therapist Assistant majors. Prerequisite: Current Standard First Aid: Workplace Training Certification. Concurrent enrollment in AH140L is required.

AHX20 Central Service Technician

Credits 6 (6 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will provide instruction for students who wish to function in entry-level positions in Central Service/Sterile Processing departments of health care facilities. It will also serve to broaden the knowledge base of practicing Central Service Technicians. This course is designed to prepare students for the National Certification Examination for Sterile Processing and Distribution Technician. Prerequisite: MMR immunization required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Please note, high school diploma or GED may be required for employment.

AC39 Intermediate Accounting II

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is designed to enable students to continue applying Generally Accepted Accounting Principles to frequently encountered gray areas in financial reporting. Students will be able to distinguish between reporting requirements and options in the areas of inventory, fixed asset acquisitions vs. operating expenses, depreciation, revenue recognition, and commitments. When alternative reporting methods are available, students will make recommendations based on the resulting impact on financial statements. In addition, students will evaluate the merits of debt and equity financing. Prerequisite: BA212 and concurrent enrollment in AC38. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AM50 The Automotive Industry/Light Repair and Maintenance

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course introduces the student to a career in the automotive service industry. Shop safety, waste handling, use of service manuals and techniques of precision measurement will be taught. Students will also learn the different shop tools, equipment, fasteners, gaskets and sealants used today. Vehicle services and new car pre-delivery will also be covered using modern equipment and vehicles.

AC110 General Accounting I

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is an introductory course about basic accounting systems used by small businesses. This course is intended to provide the student with a practical knowledge of how accounting transactions are recorded and posted and eventually reflected on financial statements. The practical use of special journals, ledgers and worksheets will be emphasized. A computerized practice set will be used. This course assumes no previous accounting courses or experience. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.

AM51 General Brakes/Light Repair and Maintenance Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course teaches the fundamentals of braking systems as applied to the automotive industry today. Instruction will be given in theory of the modern brake systems. Students will be taught with a hands-on approach in the automotive shop using state-of-the-art braking systems equipment. Emphasis will be placed on application of processes using industry standards and equipment. Prerequisite: AM50.

AC120 Accounting for Professional Services

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W An introductory course presenting a system of accounting for use in an office providing professional services. Using the cash basis of accounting, the complete accounting cycle is presented with special emphasis on analyzing transactions, posting and billing charges, payroll procedures and required payroll forms. This course assumes no previous accounting courses or experience. Designed for a true novice to accounting theory. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AM52 Exhaust System Fabrication/Light Repair and Maintenance

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course will cover the welding of ferrous metals using the reactive gas and wire feed welding process. Instruction will be given in tubing bending, fabrication, installation and supporting of the exhaust system. Discussion will include the components used in the automotive exhaust system and the tools used to perform a complete automotive exhaust system overhaul.

AH11 Survey of Body Systems

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is a general introductory course in human anatomy and physiology. Included in this course is a brief study of the structure and function of the ten major body systems. It includes laboratory exercises that parallel the lecture topics. Recommended as an introductory course and for those who have no background in human biology. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact advisor.

97

Course Descriptions


AM53 Steering and Suspension/Light Repair and Maintenance

AM120 Minor Vehicle Services - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) This is a course designed to provide a foundation in theory and handson experiences in the operation, service, and repair procedures of the modern suspension and steering systems used in the automotive industry today. Students will be taught with state-of-the-art modern equipment and vehicles. Prerequisite: AM50, The Automotive Industry/Light Repair and Maintenance.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in shop safety, service manuals, techniques of precision measurement, shop tools and equipment, fasteners, gaskets and sealants, minor vehicle services and new car delivery.

AM127 Small Gas Engines

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp A theory and lab course on minor service, periodic maintenances and operating principles of small gas engines.

AM54 Basic Electrical/Light Repair and Maintenance Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course teaches the fundamentals of electricity as applied to the automotive industry. Students will be taught, with hands-on approach by building and troubleshooting electrical circuits on electrical training equipment and/or live vehicles. Emphasis will be placed on the application of general theories of electricity. Prerequisite: AM50, The Automotive Industry/Light Repair and Maintenance.

AM132 Automotive Electronics Theory I- DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering advanced electrical circuit operation and diagnostics. The application of electrical components in complex circuits, with the corresponding methods of diagnosis and repair will also be covered. This course will include instruction on the basics of semiconductors such as diodes, LED’s, and transistors. Emphasis will be on learning to use diagnostic tools such as DMM’s, Scantools, and Oscilloscopes. Concurrent enrollment in AM133 is required.

AM100 – AM280, are limited to students in the Automotive DaimlerChrysler CAP, Honda PACT, and IMPORT Programs.

AM100 Automotive Skill Building - DaimlerChryler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

AM133 Automotive Electronics Lab I - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) This is a self-study course designed to provide training in foundational automotive skills for individuals who desire to enter a full-time automotive program. Students will study a variety of fundamental topics such as internal combustion engines, basic electricity, auto shop safety, and nut and bolt identification. Instructor permission is required.

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control systems on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Emphasis will be on the use of digital multi-meters, scantools and oscilloscopes as diagnostic tools. Concurrent enrollment in AM132 is required.

AM110 Internal Combustion Engine Theory DaimerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

AM136 Brake Systems Theory - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F A lecture course with complete analysis of construction, working principles and proper service procedures for modern internal combustion engines. The study of measurements and fittings also is included. Concurrent enrollment in AM111 is required.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern disc and drum base braking systems, and anti-lock braking systems on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM137 is required.

AM111 Internal Combustion Engine Lab - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

AM137 Brake Systems Lab - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in overhaul methods, troubleshooting, general engine performance and testing, and service techniques covering valve, cylinder and bearing systems. Concurrent enrollment in AM110 is required.

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automotive disc and drum base brake systems, and anti-lock braking systems on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM136 is required.

AM118 Electrical Systems Theory - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

AM152 Automatic Transmission Theory - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F A lecture course covering electrical and electronic theories and components commonly used in the charging, starting, ignition and accessory systems of the automobile. Computer controlled electrical systems and components also will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in AM119 is required.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lecture course dealing with the principles and theory of hydraulically operated transmissions, transaxles, torque converters and fluid couplings. Concurrent enrollment in AM153 is required.

AM153 Automatic Transmission Lab - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

AM119 Electrical Systems Lab - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Instruction in automatic transmission, including principles of operation, troubleshooting and overhaul procedures on hydraulically operated transmissions and transaxles common to the automotive field. Concurrent enrollment in AM152 is required.

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in servicing charging systems, starting systems, ignition systems and accessory systems of the automobile. Computer controlled electrical systems and components also will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in AM118 is required.

Course Descriptions

98

See page 96 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


AM156 Power Train Theory - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

AM254 Steering and Suspension Lab - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering the function, operation and design of the power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and four-wheel drive components. Concurrent enrollment in AM157 is required.

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automotive suspension systems, steering systems and alignments on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM253 is required.

AM256 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

AM157 Power Train Lab - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Theory of operation, service, repair, and diagnostic procedures of the modern heating, defrosting and air conditioning systems on late model import, domestic cars, and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM257 is required.

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab class covering the diagnosis service and repair of the power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and four-wheel drive components. Safety and safety instruction will be conducted throughout this course. Concurrent enrollment in AM156 is required.

AM257 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

AM216 Engine Performance Theory I - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in the diagnosis, trouble-shooting, service and repair of the auto air conditioning, heating, and defrosting systems on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM256 is required.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course on terminology, principles of operation, and problems related to the fuel system, components, computer controls, emission systems, and diesel fuel delivery systems. Concurrent enrollment in AM217 is required.

AM258 Automotive Electronics Theory II DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

AM217 Engine Performance Lab I - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control systems on late model import, domestic cars, and light trucks. Emphasis will be on understanding computer controlled system operations and diagnostics, vehicle computer communications, and then using diagnostic equipment to troubleshoot these systems. Concurrent enrollment in AM259 is required.

Credits 2 (8 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A course in techniques and procedures for overhauling and service of fuel injection systems, components and delivery system. Diagnosis and testing procedures involving fuel injection and emissions system are covered. Concurrent enrollment in AM216 is required.

AM251 Engine Performance Theory II - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

AM259 Automotive Electronics Lab II - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in theory and operation of the automotive engine, engine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices as they relate to engine performance. Advanced methods of testing electrical and fuel injection system with emphasis on developing the ability to analyze and diagnose the operation of all components directly related to engine performance. Concurrent enrollment in AM252 is required.

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical systems, semiconductors, computer control systems and vehicle computer communications on late model import, domestic cars, and light trucks. Emphasis will be on diagnosing faults in computer controlled systems. Concurrent enrollment in AM258 is required.

AM252 Engine Performance Lab II - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

AM280 Automotive Dealership Experience DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in diagnosing malfunctions in the automotive engine, engine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices. Advanced methods of testing electrical and fuel injection system with emphasis on developing the ability to analyze and diagnose the operation of all components directly related to engine performance. Concurrent enrollment in AM251 is required.

Credits 6 (40 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will be employed a minimum of forty (40) hours per week in an automotive repair facility. Through agreement with the employer, a program instructor will coordinate the student’s work experience with his/her college studies. Instructor permission is required. AMF100 – AMF280 are limited to students in the Automotive Ford Asset Program.

AM253 Steering and Suspension Theory - DaimlerChrysler CAP, IMPORT, and Honda PACT

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern steering systems, suspension systems and alignments on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM254 is required.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact advisor.

AMF100 Automotive Skill Building - Ford Asset

Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) This is a self-study course designed to provide training in foundational automotive skills for individuals who desire to enter a full-time automotive program. Students will study a variety of fundamental topics such as internal combustion engines, basic electricity, auto shop safety, and nut and bolt identification. Instructor permission is required.

99

Course Descriptions


AMF110 Internal Combustion Engine Theory - Ford Asset

AMF152 Automatic Transmission Theory - Ford Asset

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F A lecture course with complete analysis of construction, working principles and proper service procedures for modern internal combustion engines. The study of measurements and fittings also is included. Concurrent enrollment in AMF111 is required.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lecture course dealing with the principles and theory of hydraulically operated transmissions, transaxles, torque converters and fluid couplings. Concurrent enrollment in AMF153 is required. AMF153 Automatic Transmission Lab - Ford Asset Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Instruction in automatic transmission, including principles of operation, troubleshooting and overhaul procedures on hydraulically operated transmissions and transaxles common to the automotive field. Concurrent enrollment in AMF152 is required.

AMF111 Internal Combustion Engine Lab - Ford Asset

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in overhaul methods, troubleshooting, general engine performance and testing, and service techniques covering valve, cylinder and bearing systems. Concurrent enrollment in AMF110 is required.

AMF156 Power Train Theory - Ford Asset

AMF118 Electrical Systems Theory - Ford Asset

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F A lecture course covering electrical theories and components commonly used in the charging, starting and accessory systems of the automobile. Introduction to computer controlled electrical systems and components also will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in AMF119 is required.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering the function, operation and design of the power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and four-wheel drive components. Concurrent enrollment in AMF157 is required.

AMF119 Electrical Systems Lab - Ford Asset

AMF157 Power Train Lab - Ford Asset

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab class covering the diagnosis service and repair of the power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and four-wheel drive components. Safety and safety instruction will be conducted throughout this course. Concurrent enrollment in AMF156 is required.

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in servicing charging systems, starting systems, ignition systems and accessory systems of the automobile. Computer controlled electrical systems and components also will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in AMF118 is required.

AMF120 Minor Vehicle Services - Ford Asset

AMF216 Engine Performance I Theory - Ford Asset

Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in shop safety, service manuals, techniques of precision measurement, shop tools and equipment, fasteners, gaskets and sealants, minor vehicle services and new car delivery.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course on terminology, principles of operation, and problems related to the fuel system, components, computer controls, emission systems, and diesel fuel delivery systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF217 is required.

AMF132 Automotive Electronics Theory I - Ford Asset

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering advanced electrical circuit operation and diagnostics. The application of electrical components in complex circuits, with the corresponding methods of diagnosis and repair will also be covered. This course will include instruction on the basics of semiconductors such as diodes, LED’s, and transistors. Emphasis will be on learning to use diagnostic tools such as DMMs, Scantools, and Oscilloscopes. Concurrent enrollment in AMF133 is required.

AMF217 Engine Performance I Lab - Ford Asset

Credits 2 (8 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A course in techniques and procedures for overhauling and service of fuel injection systems, components and delivery system. Diagnosis and testing procedures involving fuel injection and emissions system are covered. Concurrent enrollment in AMF216 is required.

AMF251 Engine Performance II Theory - Ford Asset

AMF133 Automotive Electronics Lab I - Ford Asset

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Emphasis will be on the use of digital multi-meters, scantools and oscilloscopes as diagnostic tools. Concurrent enrollment in AMF132 is required.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in theory and operation of the automotive engine, engine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices as they relate to engine performance. Advanced methods of testing electrical and fuel injection system with emphasis on developing the ability to analyze and diagnose the operation of all components directly related to engine performance. Concurrent enrollment in AMF252 is required.

AMF136 Brake Systems Theory - Ford Asset

AMF252 Engine Performance II Lab - Ford Asset

Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in diagnosing malfunctions in the automotive engine, engine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices. Advanced methods of testing electrical and fuel injection system with emphasis on developing the ability to analyze and diagnose the operation of all components directly related to engine performance. Concurrent enrollment in AMF251 is required.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern disc and drum base braking systems, and anti-lock braking systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF137 is required.

AMF137 Brake Systems Lab - Ford Asset

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automotive disc and drum base brake systems, and anti-lock braking systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF136 is required.

Course Descriptions

AMF253 Steering and Suspension Theory - Ford Asset

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern steering systems, suspension systems and alignments on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF254 is required.

100

See page 96 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


AMF254 Steering and Suspension Lab - Ford Asset

learn how culture is studied while performing cross-cultural analyses of various aspects of culture such as; religion, language, economy, and technology. Emphasis is placed on understanding cultural differences. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automotive suspension systems, steering systems and alignments on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF253 is required.

ANTH180 Language and Culture

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp How does language work? Where is it in the brain? How is it acquired by children? How does language affect thought and our perception of the world? How is our language different from that of other animals? How did human language evolve and develop throughout history? Is ‘Ebonics’ a language or a dialect? This course provides answers to these provocative questions by exploring the anthropological disciplines of descriptive, historical, and ethno linguistics. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

AMF256 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory - Ford Asset

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Theory of operation, service, repair, and diagnostic procedures of the modern heating, defrosting and air conditioning systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF257 is required.

AMF257 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab - Ford Asset

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in the diagnosis, trouble-shooting, service and repair of the automobile air conditioning, heating, and defrosting systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF256 is required.

ANTH211, ANTH212, ANTH213 Introduction to Field Archaeology

Credits 4,4,4, (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/Sp This class is an introduction to the methods and goals of American archaeology. Students will learn the basic techniques of scientific field archaeology, both in the classroom and at on-site archaeological digs and labs. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

AMF258 Automotive Electronics Theory II - Ford Asset

Credits 2 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Emphasis will be on understanding computer controlled system operations and diagnostics, vehicle computer communications, and then using diagnostic equipment to troubleshoot these systems. Concurrent enrollment in AMF259 is required.

ANTH215 Introduction to Greek Archaeology

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp How do we know what we know about ancient Greece? Introduction to Greek Archaeology investigates Greek archaeological sites central to our understanding of this ‘cradle of civilization’. Students will investigate the artifacts, ecofacts, and feature from the Bronze Age to Classical Greece and learn how archaeologists can reconstruct ancient Greek lifeways from the physical evidence. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

AMF259 Automotive Electronics Lab II - Ford Asset

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Emphasis will be on diagnosing faults in computer controlled systems. Concurrent enrollment in AMF258 is required.

ANTH231 Indian Cultures/Pacific Northwest

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F (alternate years) This class is a survey of Native American cultures in the Pacific Northwest from prehistoric to modern times. Archaeological findings, historical accounts and recent developments and issues are discussed. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

AMF280 Ford Dealership Experience-Asset

Credits 6 (40 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will be employed a minimum of forty (40) hours per week in a pre-assigned Ford or Lincoln-Mercury dealership. Through agreement with the employer, a program instructor will coordinate the student’s work experience with his/her college studies. Instructor permission is required.

ANTH232 North American Indians

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp This course is designed to provide the student with a broad introduction to the culture, arts, and history of the American Indians north of Mexico. Traditional Native American cultures, history of Native/U.S. relations and contemporary Native American issues are emphasized. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ANTH101 Introduction to Biological Anthropology

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class focuses on the physical aspect of humankind. Students will be introduced to the basic concepts of biological evolution as they apply to the human species. Emphasis on the narrative of human evolution is augmented by material on primatology and a discussion of human biological variation. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ANTH251 Archaeological Analysis and Interpretation

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp How do archaeologists reconstruct ancient environments, date ancient artifacts, and reveal ancient lifeways? This class provides hands-on experience with the analytical laboratory methods professional archaeologists use in solving the mysteries of the past. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ANTH102 Introduction to Archaeology and World Prehistory

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class is an introduction to the study of archaeology. Class topics include a brief introduction to archaeological methods and an overview of world prehistory from the mammoth hunters to the earliest civilization. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART115 Basic Design I: Two-Dimensional

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class explores the process of using art elements and organizational principles of design in inventing visual images. This course structure is built on the articulation of visual language, terminology, and a survey of processes. Class preparations in theoretical knowledge will be applied in final works of art using a variety of art materials and tools. Sequential. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ANTH103 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class focuses on the Anthropological concept of culture. Students The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact advisor.

101

Course Descriptions


ART116 Basic Design II: Color Theory

Medieval, Proto-Renaissance. ART203 includes c. 1400 to the present - Renaissance, Baroque, Rococo, Romantic, Realism, Impressionism, Modern. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This class explores color theory and its applications in designing invented images. This course continues to apply art elements and organizational principles as explored in Basic Design I, adding the complexities of color harmonies. Students will have the opportunity to manipulate color by using a variety of media and supports in designing final art works. Prerequisite: ART115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART211, ART212, ART213 Survey of Visual Arts

Credits 3,3,3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is a survey of traditional and contemporary art forms with emphasis on the observer, the artist, and the critic. Approximately half the course in any given term will involve field trips to museums, galleries, and studios. All terms also will include discussions of artist’s material, visual resources, newsletters, gallery memberships, gallery openings, periodicals, research, libraries, schools, vocations, and trends. Sequential. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART117 Basic Design III: 3-Dimensional

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This studio course is an introduction to the basic concepts of threedimensional design. This class begins with the most basic elements of three dimensional line and plane and works towards ideas of form, space and content. Assigned projects will help develop an understanding of sculptural and design considerations while expanding your conceptual and material ability. Demonstrations, lectures and critical discussions will contribute to developing a working vocabulary of spatial relations. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART214 Computer Graphics: Page Layout

ART167 History of Graphic Design

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F A survey of the history of modern design, beginning with the invention of movable type in the 15th Century to the present. The impact of technology, various art movements and styles upon graphics, advertising, fashion, architecture, and industrial design is emphasized.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W In this visual arts course, students will use the Macintosh computer and a page layout software program to learn the basic principles of combining type and images for the printed page. Applied projects will cover five major layout types: advertising, business stationery, brochure, editorial layout and short catalog. Emphasis will be placed on use of the Macintosh computer as a fine art-making tool. Students will learn how to effectively format type, import graphics and photographs, and position elements according to a grid. Conceptual as well as technical issues will be covered. Prerequisite: Macintosh computer experience recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART170 Basics of Relief Printmaking

ART219 Calligraphy

Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is a year-long course to enable the student to gain an understanding and technical competence of various calligraphic styles. You may start any term. Fall term is basic bookhand, plain and Roman capitals. Winter term presents italic with a variety of capital forms. A variety of historical styles - decorative hands are taught spring term. Layouts are developed in all alphabets.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This is a course designed specifically for those wishing to explore the very basics of relief printmaking techniques. Black-and-white prints in linocut, woodcut and relief collagraph processes will be addressed. Non-art majors as well as students from the larger community seeking an enriching experience in printmaking are especially welcome.

ART197 Gallery Design and Management

ART225 Applied Design: Computer Graphics I

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) The class provides an administrative and practical experience in the operation and design of an exhibition space. Whether it is a museum, gallery or alternative space, proper procedure needs to be observed in the selection, documentation and exhibit design of artists’ work. Projects include planning, publicity and physical installation of artwork. Course requirements include independent reviews of current gallery exhibits. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This visual arts course will introduce the art student to the use of Macintosh computers and a vector-based drawing program as a visualization tool, and a fine art medium. An overview of the Macintosh operating system and working with a variety of peripheral devices will be covered. Emphasis will be placed on use of the Macintosh computer as a fine artmaking tool. Through applied projects, students will learn how to use drawing tools, create paths, elemental graphic shapes, work with type and apply both color and gradient fills. Conceptual as well as technical issues will be covered. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART198 Independent Studies: Visual Arts

Credits 1-3 - maximum 9 (3-9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is designed for unique individual and/or group projects of a special nature for interdisciplinary or in-depth work in applied art not normally covered in an existing course. Maximum of three credits per term to a total of nine credits. Enrollment requires a written project proposal that must be approved by the instructor and dean before registration. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART226 Applied Design: Computer Graphics II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This visual arts course will introduce the art student to the use of Macintosh computers and an image-editing program as a means to digitally manipulate photographs as well as create original images. Students will learn how to use a flatbed scanner, digital camera, work with stock photography and other image sources. Emphasis will be placed on use of the Macintosh computer as a fine art-making tool. Paint tools, filters, color correcting, selection methods, color modes and file formats will be explored. Through assigned projects, students will learn how to alter, improve, create and manage bitmap images. Conceptual as well as technical issues will be covered. Prerequisite: Macintosh computer experience recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART201, ART202, ART203 Introduction to the History of Art

Credits 3,3,3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F A historical survey of the visual arts from prehistoric to modern times. Selected works of painting, sculpture, architecture, and other arts are studied in relation to the cultures producing them. Designed for nonmajors as well as for art majors. ART201 covers c. 30,000 BC to c. 0 - prehistoric Europe, Ancient Near East, Egypt, Aegean, Greece. ART202 encompasses c. 500 BC to c. 1400 AD - ancient Roman, Byzantine,

Course Descriptions

102

See page 96 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


ART227 Applied Design: Computer Graphics III

ART236 Life Drawing III

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp In this visual arts course, students will use the Macintosh computer and a modeling, rendering, and animation software program to learn the basic principles of 3-D or digital animation. Applied projects will cover such issues as the major model types, lighting and camera placement, rendering, surface maps, textures and 3-D environments. Emphasis will be placed on use of the Macintosh computer as a fine art-making tool. Simple 3-D images or animations will be created using a variety of approaches. Conceptual, as well as technical issues, will be covered. Prerequisite: Macintosh computer experience recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is an advanced level course in the study of the human form and anatomy. Although students in ART236 will continue to draw directly from the model in class, this course expands beyond the basic form and structure of the figure to discover conceptual and media explorations. Students will develop drawings that exhibit a personal or expressive component beyond the classical descriptive studies done in ART234 and ART235. Proposals for extended studies will be discussed in class and approved by the instructor. Prerequisite: ART235, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART240 Drawing - Cartooning I

ART231 Drawing I

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This is an introductory course in the art of cartooning which covers character development and marketing for various types and formats of cartoons. Prerequisite: None, however ART231 is recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is an introductory course designed for both the novice and the art major. This course content focuses on training the eye to see perceptually, developing a confidence of using traditional drawing tools, manipulating basic art elements such as space, value, line, shape and form, and on composing imagery reflecting volume and mass through the understanding of light. Sequential. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART241 Drawing: Cartooning II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course is a continuation of ART240. Emphasis will be on the use of Macintosh computer software and hardware in the design, development and production of cartoons. Applications introduced are: Adobe Streamline, Adobe Illustrator, and QuarkXpress. Idea gathering, refining of composition, hand-building and computer conversion are the major issues of the course, with preparation of files for printing also covered. Prerequisite: ART240 is recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART232 Drawing II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Drawing II continues the study of perceptual seeing with an emphasis on drawing methods and techniques. Students will experience a larger variety of drawing tools and supports, encouraging an exploration of process and content cohesion. Drawing II provides opportunity to enhance eye-hand coordination, improve methodologies in composition, form, spatial issues and mass. Prerequisite: ART231 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART254 Ceramics I

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An introductory course designed for the student with limited or no previous experience in pottery/ceramics. The student will be introduced to the materials, tools, and manipulative skills necessary to create both utilitarian and aesthetic three-dimensional art forms. Beginning with an investigation of cultural influences on primitive processes and continuing through contemporary techniques, visual literacy will be developed through a study and application of the elements of design by creating both hand built and wheel thrown projects, utilizing various techniques of decorating and glazing, and evaluating student work. The theory and practice in loading and firing the electric kiln will be explored. ART254, ART255 and ART256 are sequential courses. Prerequisite: None, but ART117 strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART233 Drawing III

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Drawing III works on refining methods and techniques with a portfolio of finished drawings as a final result of having taken this course. In addition to previous drawing course objectives, Drawing III students will study contemporary art issues, genres, mixed media, a variety of formats, and color. Students in this course will be expected to articulate outcomes and processes in drawing media and to create a body of work. Prerequisite: ART232 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART234 Life Drawing I

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course introduces the student to life drawing. Students will follow drawing methods that lead to observational documentation of the human form’s proportion, mass and structure. Students will explore the elements of line and value as enhancements to structure, issues in light, perspective, and surface anatomy. Prerequisite: ART231 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART255 Ceramics II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp A course for the student with previous ceramic training. Students will be introduced to an in-depth study of skill building techniques, materials, tools, design and glaze applications. Each student will be allowed to develop his/her wheel throwing or hand building skills or a combination thereof. Those choosing to concentrate on wheel throwing will practice the skill necessary to create the five basic pottery forms. Those interested in hand building skills will explore construction methods using five of the basic techniques. Emphasis in both areas will be on the implementation of design elements and their application to form. A basic understanding of decorating, glazing and kiln firing will be covered as well as the theory of glaze firing. ART254, ART255 and ART256 are sequential courses. Prerequisite: ART254 or consent of instructor. ART117 not required, but strongly recommended. Sequential. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART235 Life Drawing II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is an intermediate level course in the study of the human form and anatomy. This course builds upon skills developed in ART234, Life Drawing I, to delve deeper into studies of skeletal and muscular structure. In-class exercises will further students’ ability to respond to drawing the human form with accuracy and precision. Extended studies will investigate the potential of the human form as subject matter in explorations regarding color theory and composition. Prerequisite: ART234, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact advisor.

103

Course Descriptions


ART256 Ceramics III

ART258B Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp A course for the serious ceramic student with previous ceramic training in throwing and hand building skills. Students will be expected to demonstrate a proficiency in clay manipulation, development of form and use of tools in the formation of visual images. Students will learn to understand and recognize the role of visual and conceptual elements as they affect structure and form. Students will have the opportunity to evaluate various claybodies. Discussions of pottery as a business/profession and marketing techniques will be explored. The student will have the opportunity to experiment with and test glaze formulations, as well as participate in firing the glaze kilns. Evaluation through interaction with other students, instructor and self criticism. ART254, ART255, and ART256 are sequential courses. Prerequisite: ART255 or consent of instructor. ART117 not required, but strongly recommended. Sequential. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is a continuation of the study of applied metalsmithing design principles, emphasizing original designs. Students will develop greater manipulative skills related to both hand tools and power equipment through an in-depth study of one main metalsmithing process. Each student should gain greater insights into design opportunities and a greater appreciation of the art forms of jewelrymaking and metalsmithing. As a result of prior experiences in fundamental techniques and processes, the student will be able to operate at intermediate levels of competency and will be allowed more latitude in creative experiences. Individual and group discussions of jewelry/art metal and how it relates to fashion design, as well as historical and contemporary implications will be explored. In addition, students considering a career in the jewelry and metalsmithing trades will receive practical guidelines for pursuing their profession. Prerequisite: ART257B. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART257 Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing I

ART259 Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing III

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An introductory course designed for the student with limited or no previous jewelry/metalsmithing experience. The course is a marriage between the applied design principles of an art class and metalsmithing and jewelry as an art media. The course will further the student’s design awareness in combination with the continuing development of a sound, step-by-step metals technique, design application, craftsmanship skills and expertise in the use of power equipment and hand tools related to art metal. The student will become familiar with technical processes used by the professional jeweler and practicing artisan. Evaluation will be based upon a combination of applied design principles, original design concepts, craftsmanship, and a demonstration of competency in the use of tools. ART257, ART258, and ART259 are sequential courses. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The third term student will be expected to build on the skills acquired in the two preceding terms. Students will have more latitude in project selection, which will incorporate several advanced metalsmith techniques. Students will implement strategies in transferring applied design elements, manipulating tools and fabricating materials. This experience will help develop an insight on the process in order to successfully complete areas of study selected. Students will discuss and critique each other’s work and discuss basic aesthetics of art metal design and construction, thus expanding the student’s perception of themselves within an historical as well as contemporary context. In addition, students considering a career in the jewelry and metalsmithing trades will receive practical guidelines for pursuing their profession. ART257, ART258, and ART259 are sequential courses. Prerequisite: ART258. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART257B Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing I

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is an introductory course designed for the student with limited or no previous jewelry/metalsmithing experience. The course is a combination of the applied design principles and jewelrymaking/metalsmithing as an art media. It will include the continuing development of sound metalsmithing skills, design application, craftsmanship and expertise in the use of power equipment and hand tools related to art metal. The student will become familiar with technical processes used by the professional jeweler, practicing artisan and metalsmith. ART257B, ART258B, and ART259B are sequential courses. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART259B Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing III

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The third term student will be expected to build on the skills he/she has acquired in the two preceding terms. Students will be allowed more latitude in project selection and development. Students will implement specific advanced strategies in transferring applied design elements, manipulating tools and fabricating materials during an in-depth study of one main metalsmithing process. Student work and basic philosophies in art metal design and construction will be discussed and critiqued, thus expanding the student’s aesthetic perception within an historical as well as contemporary context. In addition, students considering a career in the jewelry and metalsmithing trades will receive practical guidelines for pursuing their profession. ART257B, ART258B, and ART259B are sequential courses. Prerequisite: ART258B. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART258 Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is the continuation of the study of applied design principles in metals, emphasizing original designs. Students will continue to learn manipulative skills with hand tools and power equipment related to more advanced technical processes. Each student should gain greater insight into design opportunities and appreciation of the art forms of jewelrymaking and metalsmithing. Prior experience in fundamental techniques and process allow the student to operate at higher levels of competency and have more latitude in their creative experiences. The use of related materials will be introduced as part of designing and the construction process. Both individual, and group discussions of jewelry/art metal and how it related to fashion design, as well as historical and contemporary implication will be explored. In addition, students considering a career in the jewelry and metalsmithing trades will receive practical guidelines for pursuing their profession. ART257, ART258, and ART259 are sequential. Prerequisite: ART257. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Course Descriptions

ART261 Photography I

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp A beginning black and white course emphasizing visual and technical proficiency using small format cameras. Camera mechanics, exposure control, lighting, film processing and printing are explained and practiced through lectures, visual illustration and lab work. Emphasis on design and composition. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. Adjustable camera is necessary.

ART262 Photography II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An intermediate black and white course designed to build proficiency beyond basic skills. Emphasis is on photo content, composition, lighting and darkroom practices that produce quality images. Students create a photo essay on a single theme. Covers advanced black and white pho-

104

See page 96 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


ART273 Printmaking III

tographic processes and techniques. Prerequisite: ART261 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is the third in a three-course sequence of printmaking. Students will continue to practice relief, intaglio and monotype with the addition of an introduction to lithography. The emphasis in the third level is to begin a personal exploration of imagery and to choose a conceptual area of interest (thematic) within the scope of printmaking processes and methods. It is expected that students in this course will be well practiced in the fundamentals of print materials and techniques and will use this time to declare a focus. Students will build on their imagination, inventiveness, and craftsmanship of the print. In addition, students will explore the history of the print as an art form. Prerequisite: ART272, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART263 Field Photography

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp An advanced black and white course in creative or applied photography through completion of student defined projects. Field trips provide experience in group practice, discussion and criticism. Emphasizes camera and darkroom skills and seeing photographically. Prerequisite: ART262, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

ART264 Portrait Photography

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sp Studio portrait techniques in black and white or color, adapted to small camera formats with emphasis on lighting, model, personality and cosmetics, background setting, print and portfolio presentation. Covers basic black and white photographic processes and techniques; development of camera and darkroom skills; seeing photographically. Prerequisite: PHO131 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

ART279 Integrated Media Survey

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Through the use of lecture and guest speakers, students will see examples of how graphic design, photography, film and videography, and sound-based technologies converge, integrate and emerge. This survey course explores the relationship between words, images, sound, motion, time and space in the context of interactive, integrated digital media. It seeks to clarify the relationship of integrated technologies to human thought, perception and cultural change. Through applied projects, students will gain an understanding of the production stream of conceptualization, collaborative design processes, problem solving, integrated media production and distribution. Limited to Graphic Design, Photography, Radio Production, and Television Production majors only.

ART265 Color Photography I

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Basic theory of three color negative color processes are explained and demonstrated. Fundamentals of color in composition, color printing technique and corrections processes, and color spotting are emphasized. Prerequisite: ART261 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

ART281 Painting I

ART266 Color Slide Photography

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The objectives of this course are: 1) manipulation of tools and materials, 2) introduction to basic color wheel, color properties, their mixtures, approaches and interactions, 3) an introduction to basic compositional concerns including placement and scale of subject matter, pictorial balance, volume and spatial depth, and 4) application of the above to the process of painting. Both individual and group criticisms, combined with discussions of painting ideology expand the students perception of themselves as artists within an historical and contemporary context. Prerequisite: None, but ART231 is recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F An introduction to color slide photography using slides for assignments and critiques. This non-lab class introduces camera use, lenses, aperture and shutter relationships and exposure. The properties of color balance, light, color slide films, and composition with color are covered. Prerequisite: ART261 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

ART271 Printmaking I

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is the first in a three-course sequence of printmaking. The emphasis in this first level is to introduce the novice to the direct method of image design and transfer to a block, to practice basic cutting and incising techniques, inking and pressing a print. Relief printmaking will be the focus of this first course covering both the Western and Japanese methods of registration and printing. In addition, the student will have the opportunity to experience the more painterly monotype, silkscreen, and drypoint, a non-acid method of intaglio. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART282 Painting II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is the second of a three-course sequence. The objectives of the course are 1) to learn a higher mastery of the tools and materials of traditional easel painting, 2) to achieve a theoretical understanding of basic color theory, interaction and perception, and 3) to apply the above to the processes of painting. The student is encouraged to begin and sustain the process of self-examination by dealing with diversified subject matter in both “object” and “non-objective” idioms. Both individual and group criticisms, combined with discussions of painting ideology, expand the student’s perception of themselves as artists within a historical and contemporary context. Prerequisite: ART281. ART231 is recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART272 Printmaking II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is the second in a three-course sequence of printmaking. The emphasis in the second level is to further the practice of the objectives of Printmaking I and to explore additional printmaking processes. In this course, students will have the chance to further explore relief, monotype, silkscreen and intaglio methods. As in Printmaking I, students will use both the direct and indirect method of imagery development. Prerequisite: ART271 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact advisor.

ART283 Painting III

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is the third of a three-course sequence. The objectives of the course are 1) to apply the tools and materials of traditional easel painting to more expanded forms and ideas, 2) to address the fundamental issues of contemporary abstraction in painting, narrative painting and society and issues in painting. Both individual and group criticism, combined with discussions of painting ideology, expand the student’s perception of themselves as artists within a historical and contemporary context. Prerequisite: ART282. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

105

Course Descriptions


ART287 Sculpture: Ironcasting

ART292 Sculpture: II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course is an introduction to iron casting. Students will learn to transform a sculptural form from sand mold to molten iron to finished sculpture. Students work on an individual basis with the instructor to complete their projects and to begin developing a personal aesthetic. The purpose of this course is to gain a working knowledge of cast iron sculptural form, vocabulary and history through lecture material, demonstrations of process, visual experience, physical practice, and critical discussion. Prerequisite: ART291 or equivalent experience. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp An intermediate level sculpture class. This course is an introduction to the constructive techniques of welding and woodworking and their application to sculptural ideas and forms. Students are encouraged to continue developing their ideas from beginning sculpture in a variety of media. The development of a personal sculptural aesthetic will be emphasized. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: ART291 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART293 Sculpture III

ART288 Sculpture: Ceramic

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This course is an advanced study of sculptural form, space and content. Students will be introduced to installation and site-specific sculpture. Working independently, students explore their own creative philosophy while sculpting in any medium including metal, wood and mixed media. This course is also an introduction to metal casting, with instruction in mold-making and casting techniques for bronze and aluminum. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: ART292 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is a beginning level sculpture class. Clay is one of the oldest sculptural media. Using low fire clay students will develop sculptural forms through a variety of techniques including slab and coil construction, mold making and slip casting. Instruction will include several finishing and glazing techniques. Students work on an individual basis with the instructor to complete their projects and to begin developing a personal aesthetic. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: None, but ART117 is strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART294 Watercolor I

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is an introductory course in Watercolor exploring basic English Transparent Watercolor techniques and their uses. Emphasis is on the technical uses of the media utilizing a limited palette of color as well as composition, color theory and mixing, design elements and principles. Imagery will include still-life, landscape, figurative, and abstract subject matter. Sequential. Prerequisite: None, however, ART231 is highly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART289 Sculpture: Metalcasting

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp An advanced level sculpture class, this course is an introduction to working in the metal casting foundry. Students will learn to transform a sculptural form from sand or investment mold to finished bronze or aluminum sculpture. The possibility for sculptural exploration throughout the process will be emphasized as students work on independent projects. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: ART292 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART295 Watercolor: Figure Painting

Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course uses watercolor techniques to paint from live models. The course will emphasize drawing techniques to gain control of proportion and values in order to give the figure a feeling of form and vitality. Prerequisite: None. However, ART231 or ART281 are recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART290 Sculpture: Welding

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is an introduction to the materials, processes and forms of welded sculpture. Knowledge of welding techniques is fundamental, not only for finished sculptural forms, but also as a structural foundation for other materials, and for finishing cast metal pieces. Instruction will cover fabrication processes including welding, brazing, cutting and bending. Finishing processes such as grinding and surface treatment are also included. The possibility for sculptural exploration throughout the process will be emphasized as students work on independent projects. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: ART291, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART296 Watercolor II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This is a course in Watercolor, further exploring English Transparent Watercolor and its combination with other materials such as fabrics and painted papers as a means of expression and communication. A variety of content issues will be addressed. Prerequisite: ART294. Also, ART231 and ART295 are highly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART291 Sculpture I

ART297 Watercolor III

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is an introduction to the sculpture studio. Traditional sculptural processes including modeling, mold making and construction are taught alongside contemporary sculptural concepts of form and content. Using plaster, clay, wood and material of your own choosing, you will learn how material and process interrelate to create form. You will be given an introduction to sculptural ideas and history with a view toward developing a personal form of expression. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: None, but ART117 is strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Course Descriptions

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This advanced level watercolor class explores the creative potential of water-based media. The course covers all of the materials and methods of ART294 and ART296, but extends the focus to include experimental uses of non-traditional watercolor materials and their expressive potential. Aside from an extended personalized palette, the student is expected to work independently under the direction of the instructor who will encourage an individual direction in choices of subject matter, technique, and materials with the end result being the creation of a body of mature work suitable for portfolio presentation. Prerequisite: ART294 and ART296. Also, ART231 and ART295 are highly recommended.

106

See page 96 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


ASL101 First-year American Sign Language I

AV108 Aviation Meteorology Theory

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course introduces communication techniques, cultural information about Deaf people and the ASL continuum. The course includes the manual alphabet, numbers, vocabulary items, facial markers and some grammar, along with a variety of everyday phrases and dialogues used both expressively and receptively. Prerequisite: None. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed as an introduction to the fundamentals of meteorology and the understanding and application of basic weather concepts to flight planning and in-flight operations. Emphasis is placed on maximizing aircraft performance and minimizing exposure to weather hazards. Study will include atmospheric circulation patterns and resultant weather systems. Detailed analysis of weather reports and forecasts will place emphasis on pilot flight planning and decision making with respect to flight operations. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

ASL102 First-year American Sign Language II

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course continues the introduction to the conversational use of American Sign Language, with additional vocabulary and linguistic devices used by Deaf people, including appropriate sign choice, quantifiers, classifiers and gloss, directional verbs and verb tenses. Continues the study of Deaf Culture. Prerequisite: ASL101 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

AV110 Private Pilot

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Initial ground instruction in aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the Professional Pilot syllabus. Course involves an introduction to pilot training, human factors in aviation, and aviation opportunities, with emphasis on flight planning and decision making, human factors, and crew resource management. The student will obtain a basic working knowledge of subjects including fundamentals of flight, aerodynamics, aircraft instruments and systems, airspace and airport operations, air traffic control and radar services, radio communications, basic flight physiology, sources of flight information, fundamentals of weather theory, aviation weather hazards, interpretation of aviation weather reports and forecasts, predicting aircraft performance, controlling aircraft weight and balance, VFR charts, cross country flight planning and VFT navigation, basic instrument flight, flight dispatching and crew coordination, radio navigation systems, physiological factors involved in flight safety, dealing with in-flight emergencies, accidents, incidents, applicable Federal Aviation Regulations, and aeronautical decision making pertinent to Private Pilot flight operations. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

ASL103 First-year American Sign Language III

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This course concludes the introduction to American Sign Language, Deaf Culture and receptive-expressive communication as used by Deaf people, including technology. Additional classifiers, verb tenses, and directional verbs will be taught. Introduces expressive signing of song performances. Prerequisite: ASL102 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

ASL201 Second-year American Sign Language I

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Continues the work of ASL103 by reviewing, expanding and perfecting expressive and receptive skill, structure and vocabulary for the purpose of active communication in American Sign Language. Includes nonmanual behavior, ASL structure, fluency and story telling. Deepens student understanding of and appreciation for Deaf Culture. Prerequisite: ASL103 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

AV115 Careers in Aviation

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F The course is designed to help students explore various career options and prepare for a career in aviation. A variety of employment opportunities are investigated, including commercial, business, corporate, military and general aviation. Emphasis will be given to careers in operations and flight technology.

ASL202 Second-year American Sign Language II

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W This course provides a further expansion and perfection of expressive and receptive skill, structure and vocabulary for the purpose of active communication in American Sign Language, with a special focus on increasing sign clarity, fluency and nonmanual behavior. Continues study of Deaf Culture. Prerequisite: ASL201 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

AV150 Aerodynamics

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W This course is an in-depth study of aerodynamics, beginning with a brief history of the development of flight and flight theory. The physics of lift, drag, weight, and thrust are related to airfoil and airplane design and operational characteristics. Aircraft stability and control are related to airplane performance and safety. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

ASL203 Second-year American Sign Language III

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Concludes the review, expansion and perfecting of expressive and receptive skill, structure and vocabulary for the purpose of active communication in American Sign Language at the intermediate level. Studies ways in which signers construct meanings and messages in ASL, grammatical variation and discourse strategies over a variety of topics, with an emphasis on accuracy and fluency. Prerequisite: ASL202 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

AV204 Aircraft Systems II

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course entails a detailed study of aircraft systems and structures and enables the student to progress into heavier, more complex single and multi-engine aircraft. Aircraft in current use by industry will be studied with an emphasis placed on operations, including emergencies. Applicable Federal Aviation Regulations, including use of minimum equipment lists, will be studied. Prerequisite: AV104. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV104 Aircraft Systems I

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course introduces the student to the training aircraft that will be used in this program. Aircraft in current use by industry will be studied and emphasis placed on basic operations, including emergencies. Applicable Federal Aviation Regulations, including use of minimum equipment lists, will be introduced. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact advisor.

107

Course Descriptions


AV208 Aviation Meteorology Application

AV240 Small Business in Aviation

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This class includes detailed analysis of weather reports and forecasts and application of weather information to VFR and IFR flight planning and decision-making. Atmospheric circulation systems, airmass characteristics, and large scale patterns are related to instrument and commercial flight operations. Weather hazards, including wind shear, turbulence, icing, and instrument meteorological conditions will be discussed with emphasis on flight safety. Prerequisite: AV108 or instructor consent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F An introductory course designed to acquaint the student with the various entrepreneurial opportunities in general aviation and the requirements for the formation of a business in general aviation. Emphasis is placed on the development of the business concept, how to research concept feasibility, legal structures, organization, management, financial requirements, marketing, decision process, goal setting, and the business plan. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV256 Certified Flight Instructor Ground School

AV210 Instrument Pilot

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed to provide the commercial pilot/flight instructor applicant with fundamental concepts and practice for successful flight instruction at the private and commercial pilot level. Elements include fundamentals of instruction, developing lesson plans for private pilot and commercial pilot syllabus, designing curriculum, creating objective evaluation and grading criteria, and practical application in presenting technical material in an interactive classroom setting. Students participate by giving one-on-one flight briefings, leading classroom discussions, and teaching in a classroom setting. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course includes ground instruction of aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the instrument pilot certification portion of the Professional Pilot training syllabus. Emphasis is on flight planning and decision making. Subjects covered include night flight, physiology, aircraft flight instruments and instrument systems, systems and equipment malfunctions, attitude instrument flight, instrument preflight procedures, radio navigation systems and operation, and basic radio navigation. Study also includes environmental hazards, airspace and airport operations, Air Traffic Control system and services, obtaining weather reports and forecasts for IFR flight, Federal Aviation Regulations applicable to instrument flight, IFR departure, enroute and approach procedures and operations, and IFR emergencies. Prerequisite: AV110 and FAA Private Pilot Certificate. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

***

BA100 Introduction to Entrepreneurship

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The course is designed for someone who wants to evaluate owning and operating their own business. Students learn about opportunities in small business as well as the risks and rewards to a business owner. Important elements of developing and operating a small business are briefly reviewed, and helpful traits as well as important skills of a small business owner are discussed. The course is practically-oriented. It includes interaction with business owners as well as seeing and hearing owners on video discuss what it’s like to have your own company and important elements affecting your success or failure. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

AV220 Commercial Pilot

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Ground instruction of aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the commercial pilot certification portion of the Professional Pilot training syllabus. Subjects covered include night flight, physiology, advanced aerodynamics, aircraft performance, weight and balance, complex aircraft operations, advanced airplane systems, commercial operations, and Federal Aviation Regulations for commercial pilots and commercial flight operations, with emphasis on human factors, crew resource management and decision-making. Prerequisite: AV210 and FAA Private Pilot Certificate. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA101 Introduction to Business

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp An introductory course designed to acquaint the student with the various phases of business and the changing role of technology in business. Emphasis is placed on ownership and organization, marketing, human resource management, business ethics, financial management, and the ways that new technology impacts these areas. The purpose of the course is to show the interrelationship between business disciplines and technology. Proficiency Needed. Reading.

AV230 Multi-engine Pilot

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Ground instruction of aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the commercial and multi-engine pilot certification portion of the Professional Pilot training syllabus. Emphasis is on flight planning and decision-making, human factors, and crew resource management. Includes multi-engine aircraft systems and operations, aerodynamics of multi-engine aircraft, performance considerations, engine-out operations, emergency operations, multi-engine instrument operations, and high altitude operations. Prerequisite: AV220 and FAA Private Pilot license or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA150 Developing a Small Business

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The course is designed for students to learn important elements and steps involved in starting a small business. Students learn how to evaluate, test, and protect business ideas. They learn how to formulate a mission statement and produce a cash flow projection to determine cash needs. In addition, students learn about choosing a business legal structure, building a company image, record keeping, financial statements, people decisions, selling, and insurance. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV235 Human Factors in Aviation

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp An introduction to the field of human behavior and characteristics as critical factors in the design and operation of electronic/machine systems. Emphasis is on crew resource management and human factors, including the study of human performance in complex systems with an examination of personality, stress, anxiety, fatigue, communication skills, leadership/followership, decision making, situational awareness, analysis of aviation incidents and accidents, and practical application of human factors and performance to modern aviation. Three hours of simulator training is required to complete this course. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Course Descriptions

BA177 Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax Filing Requirements

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed to enable students to process payroll and meet the needs of the employer and legal requirements. Students will learn the basic payroll rules and regulations. In addition, students will prepare all necessary payroll journal entries, updating the general ledger

108

See page 96 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


accounts and employee earning records, federal, state and city tax forms. Students will demonstrate in-depth understanding of payroll by completing a computerized payroll project for a 3-month cycle. Prerequisite: BA211; and CIS90 or equivalent computer experience. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

area and/or transfer to an undergraduate degree program in any area of business. This course emphasizes external financial reporting. Topics covered will include long-term assets, current and long-term liabilities, stockholder’s equity, the statement of cash flow, financial statement analysis, international accounting and inter-company investments. Prerequisite: BA211. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA200 Marketing Warfare

BA213 Principles of Accounting III

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed for students to learn the fundamentals of marketing for small business. Students will learn about the customers, what they are really buying and why, and how to segment and target customers. Students will also learn about the market, researching the market, developing the right market image, creating uniqueness in marketing and exploring many specific and helpful advertising and promotional techniques for the small business owner. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is the third course in the basic accounting sequence designed to serve students who plan to pursue an associates degree in some business area and/or transfer to an undergraduate degree program in any area of business. This course will emphasize the use of accounting information by managers. Topics covered will include managerial accounting systems, product costing, standard costs, cost behavior and analysis, profit planning, budgets, responsibility accounting, and capital budgeting decisions. Some assignments will be done using an electronic spreadsheet. Prerequisite: BA211 or equivalent and an electronic spreadsheet course. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA202 Customer Service and Employee Relations

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp The course is designed for students to learn about employees and customers and how to satisfy their goals and objectives. Personnel selection, hiring, training, compensation, and treatment are discussed. Students learn the fundamental skills of managing and communicating with people through a variety of methods including role playing. The course also focuses upon the customer and the systems, methods, and strategies used to establish and maintain quality customer service in order to reap resulting profit. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA215 Cost Accounting I

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course should enable the student to analyze manufacturing and services costs for purposes of decision making and understand the ramification of their behavior. The student will be able to make production and pricing decisions, allocate costs, and make management decisions. The course focuses on cost management and covers activitybased costing as well as job costing. Prerequisite: BA213 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA205 Business Communications

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp This course develops required skills to effectively communicate in a business environment. Technology is viewed and used as an efficient tool for processing and presenting information in a business setting. Students learn and practice effective strategies for writing, persuasive, good and bad news letters and memos. They learn interpersonal and organizational communication skills for working with individuals and in groups as well as. Students will collaborate to research, write, and present business reports. Email, word processing, spreadsheets, online research, and presentation software will be used to enhance the communication process. Prerequisite: CIS120L and WR121, or CIS120L and WR101. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA220 Tax Accounting

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course should enable students to prepare Federal individual tax returns including Schedules A, B, C, D, and E and forms 2106, 3903, 2441, and 4562. Students will also become familiar with the basic tax returns for Sub S Corporations, partnerships, and corporations. Students will review the state tax returns. Prerequisite: BA212. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA222 Finance

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp An introductory study of financial management. The course covers issues such as the sources of capital financial statement analysis, the time value of money, capital budgeting, working capital management, financial structures and other factors that influence the financial decisions of management. Prerequisite: BA211 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA206 Management Fundamentals

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is an introductory course in management. Major topics are evolution and scope of management, planning, decision-making, organizing, leading, and controlling. Current relevant management issues such as re-engineering, ethics, and managing in a global economy will be covered. Prerequisite: BA101. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA223 Principles of Marketing

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course offers a general introduction to fundamental marketing principles and policies. Course units include: marketing functions; price policies and controls; trade channels; merchandising; market research; competitive practices; government regulations; and integration of marketing with other activities of the business enterprise. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA211 Principles of Accounting I

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is an introductory accounting course designed to serve students who plan to pursue an associates degree in a business area and/or transfer to an undergraduate degree program in any area of business. This course will emphasize external financial reporting for business enterprises. Information gathering, recording, and financial statement preparation will be covered with an emphasis on understanding, interpreting and applying accounting information. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA224 Human Resources Management

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course provides perspectives on important traditional, current, and emerging practices to help the student develop a practical, realistic, and modern view of human resources management (HRM). Students study the HRM functions of the line executive or supervisor as well as functions of the HRM director in today’s business environment. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA212 Principles of Accounting II

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is the second course in the basic accounting sequence designed to serve students who plan to pursue an associates degree in a business The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact advisor.

109

Course Descriptions


BA226 Introduction to Business Law

BA250 Small Business Management

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The nature and functions of law, including areas such as torts, contracts and intellectual property, as they pertain to the business environment. There will be particular emphasis on recent developments in business law, such as electronic commerce. Emphasis will be placed on the student’s ability to understand and apply rules of law. In both class and homework assignments, students will be asked to think critically by: identifying legal issues in given situations; identifying the law applicable to those issues; analyzing the facts of the given situations in light of the applicable law; expressing the most likely outcomes of those situations; and explaining lessons the student learned from such assignments. This reasoning process will enable students to identify legal issues in the business environment and will facilitate the students’ learning about the legal process in general. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is designed for a student to learn the practical and specific aspects of how to operate a small business. Creative thinking and leadership is discussed as well as planning and time-management. Other aspects of business management studied are: record keeping and controlling, buying and inventory, marketing, financing, and human resource management. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA255 Supervisory Management

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Discusses common problems and issues of first line supervision. General emphasis is on the role of the supervisor in creating a challenging, rewarding and productive work environment. Particular focus is on selecting, training, motivating, and evaluating employees. Additional topics include leadership styles and effectiveness, communication, handling grievances and ineffective employees, group work and quality improvement. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA228 Computer Accounting Applications

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course focuses on using accounting general ledger software, including a commercial general ledger package. It provides a good review of accounting procedures and topics. Prerequisite: BA211 and CIS90. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA264 eBusiness

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is a foundation course that provides an overview of the emerging digital economy, focusing on the current role of eCommerce. An indepth analysis of the marketing and customer service issues as they relate to the integration of the Internet into overall business strategy for new and existing businesses. Prerequisite: None. BA223 is recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA230 Business Plan - Operating/Financial

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed in conjunction with BA223, Principles of Marketing. The two courses together comprise a complete business plan course. The BA230 course covers all of the business plan except the marketing portion. Students learn about what comprises and how to write a complete business plan, including the following sections: company description, management, operations plan, and financial statements and projections. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA265 eManagement

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This course examines current and future management issues in electronic business. Strategic business models are evaluated. Revising business processes for electronic business is explored and practiced. Strategies and materials are related to “bricks and mortar” and “pure play” internet companies developing and using electronic business. Prerequisite: BA264 or consent of instructor. CIS120 is recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA231 Information Technology in Business

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp The purpose of this course is to present business professionals with the basic concepts and skills for the strategic use of information systems in the organization. This course describes how information systems can be applied to business processes by supporting communications, improving decision making, and increasing organizational performance. The components and development of the appropriate personal, workgroup and enterprise systems will be examined. Additional lab time is required for hands-on applications experience in the use of information and computer technology for communication and decision making. Prerequisite: CIS120L or successful completion of CIS120L equivalency test. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA267 eBusiness Project Management

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This is a hands-on class for students who want to work with an on-line business. Working on project teams, students consult on projects for area businesses and service organizations drawing on previous course knowledge to solve business management problems. Students will have an opportunity to work with students in a variety of majors. This is a final course in the Business/eBusiness marketing and Management program. Prerequisite: BA231 or web development coursework, and BA264; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA238 Sales

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An examination of the salesperson’s role in modern marketing. Emphasis is placed on buyer behavior, the sales communication process, prospecting for customers, planning the sales call, developing and giving the sales presentation, handling objections, and closing the sale. Presentations give the students opportunities to apply sales concepts. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA271 Financial Statement Analysis

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed to enable students to interpret and analyze real world financial reports of various manufacturing, retailing and service firms from the perspective of investors, creditors, and prospective employees. This analysis will be used to assess a company’s liquidity, profitability and solvency in order to judge whether there is a viable basis for relationship. Students will also develop their ability to locate comparable industry data, rating services and credit reporting services and apply this information in their evaluation of a company’s past performance and assessment of the company’s future risks and rewards. Prerequisite: BA212 and AC38; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA239 Advertising in Business

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Detailed examination of the purpose, preparation, placement and analysis of the various types of advertisements within each of the media, such as television, radio and print. The relative merits of the most popular media are examined. The course involves practice in the planning and analysis of complete advertising campaigns and their coordination with other marketing strategies. Prerequisite: BA101 is recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Course Descriptions

110

See page 96 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


BA285 Leadership and Human Relations

of behavior as well as strategies of habitat choice, foraging, defense, courtship, parental care and sociality. The laboratory provides opportunities to conduct research on animal behavior. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp Leadership and Human Relations can best be described as a management skills practicum. Students will examine the human side of the work environment. The focus will be on relationships with supervisors, subordinates, and peers, and on the human relations skills necessary for career success. The course’s basic premise is that individuals possessing solid people skills dramatically increase their chances of becoming successful managers, regardless of an organization’s type or size. The course is organized as an integrated, comprehensive learning model designed to change behavior. The main objective is to change behaviors, not simply to teach new ideas. Key topics include assessment of management skills, self-awareness, stress management, creative problem solving, communications, motivation, negotiations, conflict, empowerment, and team building. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BI145 Environmental Problems

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F A non-majors course designed to provide students with an introduction to the principles of ecology and the impacts of humans on the environment. Through lectures and discussions students will consider major environmental issues facing modern society, both locally and globally. Students may not receive credit for BI145 if they have completed GEOG290 prior to Fall 2004. Prerequisite: None. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI211, BI212, BI213 Biology I, II, III

Credits 5,5,5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F A pre-professional course designed for students planning to major in biology, conservation, pre-medicine, pre-dentistry, fish and game, range management, wildlife and biology education. This class is designed to teach the basic principles of biology with emphasis on molecular biology, cellular structure and function, genetics, evolution, physiological, organismic and developmental biology, botany, behavior and ecology. Field trips are likely in spring quarter. Not to be taken out of sequence.: BI211 Co-requisite: CH104, CH151, or CH221 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI101, BI102, BI103 General Biology I, II, III

Credits 4,4,4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) BI101 - Su/F/W/Sp, BI102 - Su/W/Sp, BI103 - Su/Sp Survey of principles and concepts of life. This sequence fulfills the college requirements for a year of laboratory science. General Biology has its basis in the physical sciences and, therefore, includes a simple introduction to physical and chemical concepts as they apply to the study of life. Normally, BI101 includes basic cell structure, function and cycles; BI102 includes meiosis, Mendelian genetics, molecular genetics, gene technology, and evolution; BI103 includes population dynamics, community ecology, ecosystems, climate and biomes. Not to be taken out of sequence, except by consent of instructor. This sequence is designed for non-majors. Those students who are considering majors in biology or pre-professional health occupations are advised to take BI211, BI212, BI213. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI231, BI232, BI233 Human Anatomy and Physiology I, II, III

Credits 4,4,4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F/W This three-course series is designed for the pre-professional student planning a career in medicine, dentistry, physical therapy, nursing (RN) or a related field of health care. The courses emphasize mastery of the body’s structure and function as well as the application of this knowledge, as in case studies. BI231 covers cell structure and function, tissues and membranes, and the integumentary, skeletal, muscular, and endocrine (introduction only) systems. BI232 covers the nervous system, special senses, lymphatic/body defenses, and cardiovascular systems. BI233 covers the human respiratory system, urinary system, water and electrolyte balance, digestive system, nutrition and metabolism, endocrine system, lymphatic system, and reproductive system. Must be taken in sequence; a grade of C or better is considered passing. BI231 Prerequisite: BI101 or BI211 or equivalent, and MTH65 or higher (except MTH211-213), both with a grade of C or better within the last 7 years. Co-requisite: CH104 or CH151 or CH221 with a grade of C or better within the last 7 years. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI110 Introduction to Biomanufacturing

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp An introduction to laboratory methods commonly used in biomanufacturing applications including mammalian cell/tissue culture, bacterial cell culture/fermentation, transformation/transfection procedures, methods of cell counting and other microscopic procedures. Students will practice sterile technique, raise cells, isolate molecules, practice appropriate documentation techniques, and analyze and present acquired data. The course will explore the current state of biotechnology and biomanufacturing in the United States and how it is impacted by the regulatory environment. Prerequisite: BI101. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI121, BI122 Essentials/Human Anatomy and Physiology I, II

Credits 4,4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins Su/F/W A course designed to cover the basic anatomy and physiology for most Allied Health students. BI121 covers body organization, cell structure and function, tissues and membranes, and the integumentary, skeletal, muscular, nervous (with special senses) and endocrine systems. BI122 covers the cardiovascular, lymphatic, respiratory, digestive, urinary and reproductive (with development) systems. Must be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: One year high school biology, BI101, or equivalent with a grade of C or better. AH11 and high school chemistry, CH104, or equivalent is strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI234 Microbiology

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course serves to provide students with a basic knowledge of microorganisms and their role in the disease process. Emphasis is placed upon bacteria and viruses with some consideration of fungi and protozoans. Bacterial structure is examined in detail followed by discussion of growth, metabolism, and genetics of microorganisms. Application of the role which each of these topics plays in infection and disease is stressed. Concepts related to inhibition of microbial growth and the role of immunity and host defense mechanisms are also discussed. The course concludes with discussions of transmissible disease of concern to the health care provider. Laboratory techniques for the study and identification of bacteria utilizing aseptic techniques are also presented. Prerequisite: BI101 or BI211 or equivalent; and MTH65 or higher (except MTH211-213); and CH104 or CH151 or CH221; all courses with a grade of C or better within the last 7 years or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI132 Introduction to Animal Behavior

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W A general science course designed to provide students with an introduction to the field of animal behavior. The course takes a biological perspective to investigate both the proximate and ultimate causes of behavior. Topics include the genetics, development, and neural basis

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact advisor.

111

Course Descriptions


BI235 Medical Microbiology/Immunology

BT101 Office Careers Survey

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is an extension of the concepts and principles presented in BI234, with emphasis upon bacteria, viruses and other agents that cause human disease. The course examines in depth mechanisms of pathogenicity and transmissibility. Discussion of disease etiology in the respiratory, gastro-intestinal, genito-urinary, nervous and integumentary systems are provided. Additionally, host defense mechanisms are examined in detail, with emphasis on inflammatory processes, types of immunity, cytotoxic reactions, and immune complex disorders. The companion laboratory serves to isolate and examine disease organisms, investigate and conduct epidemiological studies, and challenge the student with case studies. Prerequisite: BI234. BI121 and BI122, or AH11 are also strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Exploration of all office career programs featuring speakers from various segments of business and industry. Offered during the day, fall term, before fall term classes begin.

BT103 Business Mathematics

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course provides the student with a mathematical background for general business, office work, and consumer knowledge. The student will learn how to solve basic business mathematical problems, will learn to estimate answers, and will learn terminology associated with business mathematics. Prerequisite: Placement on the mathematics placement exam at MTH60 or above. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI240 Pathology

BT110 Business Editing

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A survey of the fundamental nature of disease. Topics include injury and repair, inflammation, immunopathology, infectious disease, cancer, hemodynamic disorders, and pathologies of selected systems. Non-sequential course except for dental hygiene students, who should take this course in sequence or only after admittance to the Dental Hygiene Program. Prerequisite: BI234 and completion of BI121, BI231 or AH11. Co-requisite: BI122 or BI232. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course will provide an opportunity for in-depth study of the mechanics of language; review of grammar and punctuation rules; and practice in correcting, editing, and revising business documents. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BT111 Editing Techniques

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Accuracy is the most important standard for measuring quality of work in business. To achieve accuracy, editing for clarity and proofreading for correctness are essential skills for effective written communications. This course provides students with practice and shortcuts to detecting types and locations of errors in actual business documents. Also, computerized on-screen proofreading techniques are covered. Students will learn to use popular editing desk references effectively. Prerequisite: BT110 or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BINF290 Introduction to Bioinformatics

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp An introductory course for students interested in bioinformatics, the study of computational and analytical methods and their application to biological problems. Bioinformatics incorporates expertise from the biological sciences, computer science and mathematics to address problems such as analysis of the human genome, identification of targets for drug discovery, development of new algorithms and analysis methods, and molecular evolution. This course provides a survey of the major issues in bioinformatics and the way these issues are being addressed by bioinformaticists. Prerequisite: MTH111 and either BI212 (with a grade of C or better) or CS161 (with a grade of C or better); or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BT116 Business Tools and Techniques

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Maximize your employment opportunities and business skills by learning Microsoft’s most popular information management and communication tool, Microsoft Outlook! Familiarization with this high-powered organizational tool in a model office environment is the key to using Microsoft Office software effectively and efficiently. The most current business etiquette techniques will be discussed and reviewed in the use of e-mail, calendaring, handling contacts, and strategies in using business telephone systems. The latest technology tools in information management will be introduced and discussed in this course. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BT11F Basic Keyboarding

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This beginning course in keyboarding is for those students with no previous keyboarding experience. The course covers the basic techniques of the touch typing system, speed and accuracy, and machine manipulation using a computer keyboard and software. Proficiency Needed: Reading.

BT117 Professional Development

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed to help the student recognize the importance of intellectual, social, and emotional dimensions while practicing the tasks of business situations and making written presentations. Emphasis is placed on oral and nonverbal communications, values, ethics, organizational conflict and change, and personal development in applications of case discussions. Prerequisite: BT116, and the ability to keyboard and format office documents. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BT11FO Basic Keyboard One-Hand

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk)- Su/F/W/Sp This beginning course in keyboarding is for those students with no previous keyboarding experience who have the use of one hand only. The course covers the basic techniques of the touch typing system, speed and accuracy, and machine manipulation using a computer keyboard and software. An introductory set of lessons will guide the student through learning the alphabetic portion of the keyboard using either the left or the right hand only. Proficiency Needed: Reading.

BT121 Keyboarding Principles

BT11S Keyboard/Formatting

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This beginning course is for those students with no previous keyboarding instruction or who have not attained the performance requirements for keyboarding principles. This course provides a strong foundation for personal use, covering: 1) correct touch operation of the keyboard; 2) straight copy skill of not less than 30 words a minute; 3) the ability

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is designed for the student who wants to take charge of their own personal typing needs. After completion of this course, a student should be able to format the most commonly used letter, memo, report, and table styles encountered in classroom, business, or personal settings. Prerequisite: Ability to keyboard by touch. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Course Descriptions

112

See page 96 for explanation of proficiency and other course r